As filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission on August 17, 2021.

Registration No. 333-              

   

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

___________________

FORM F-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

___________________

Incannex Healthcare Limited
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

___________________

Australia

 

2834

 

Not Applicable

(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

Incannex Healthcare Limited
Suite
15, Level 12, 401 Docklands Drive
Docklands 3008, Victoria
Australia
+ 61 409 840 786
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

___________________

Vcorp Services, LLC
25 Robert Pitt Drive, Suite 204
Monsey, New York 10952

Tel: +1 888 528 2677

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

___________________

Copies to:

Andrew Reilly
Rimon Law
Level
10, 20 Martin Place
Sydney, NSW 2000
Australia
andrew.reilly@rimonlaw.com

 

Jonathan Zimmerman
Ben Stacke
Faegre Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP
2200 Wells Fargo Center
90 S
. Seventh Street
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402
United States
(612) 776-7000

___________________

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following box:

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an emerging growth company as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

Emerging growth company

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.

 

Table of Contents

Calculation of Registration Fee

Title of Each Class of Securities to be Registered

 

Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price

 

Amount of
Registration
Fee
(5)

Ordinary shares, no par value(1)(3)

 

$

25,000,000

 

$

2,730

Underwriter’s warrants(2)

 

$

1,875,000

 

$

205

Ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the Underwriter’s warrants(4)

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

26,875,000

 

$

2,935

____________

(1)      All ordinary shares in the offering will be in the form of American Depositary Shares, or ADSs, with each ADS representing 50 ordinary shares. ADSs issuable upon deposit of the ordinary shares registered hereby are being registered pursuant to a separate registration statement on Form F-6.

(2)      We have calculated the proposed maximum aggregate offering price of the ordinary shares underlying the underwriter’s warrants to purchase up to 7.5% of the amount of securities sold in this offering by assuming that (i) 2.5% of such warrants are exercisable at a price per share equal to 120% of the public offering price of the ADSs sold in this offering, (ii) 2.5% of such warrants are exercisable at a price per share equal to 135% of the public offering price of the ADSs sold in this offering, (iii) 2.5% of such warrants are exercisable at a price per share equal to 150% of the public offering price of the ADSs sold in this offering. All ordinary shares will be in the form of ADSs, with each ADS representing 50 ordinary shares. ADSs issuable upon deposit of the ordinary shares registered hereby are being registered pursuant to a separate registration statement on Form F-6.

(3)      Includes ordinary shares (which may be in the form of ADSs) that the underwriter has an option to purchase. See “Underwriting.”

(4)      No additional registration fee is payable pursuant to Rule 457(i) under the Securities Act.

(5)      Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, based on an estimate of the proposed maximum offering price.

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to completion, dated August 17, 2021

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

American Depositary Shares
representing           Ordinary Shares
$           per American Depositary Share

___________________

We are offering            American depositary shares, or ADSs, in the United States, representing          ordinary shares of Incannex Healthcare Limited (“Incannex” or the “Company”). Each ADS represents 50 ordinary shares, no par value, deposited with Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as depositary.

The offering is being underwritten on a firm commitment basis. We have granted the underwriter an option to buy up to an additional            ADSs to cover over-allotments. The underwriter may exercise this option at any time and from time to time during the 30-day period from the date of this prospectus.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the ADSs. We have applied to list the ADSs on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “IXHL”.

Our ordinary shares are listed on the Australian Securities Exchange under the symbol “IHL.” On           , 2021, the last reported sale price of our ordinary shares on the Australian Securities Exchange was A$           per ordinary share, equivalent to a price of US$           per ADS, after giving effect to the Australian dollar/U.S. dollar exchange rate        of as of           , 2021, and an ADS-to-ordinary share ratio of 1 to 50.

The final offering price per ADS in U.S. dollars will be determined through negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriter and will be based, in part, on prevailing market prices of our ordinary shares on the Australian Securities Exchange, after taking into account market conditions and other factors. For a discussion of the other factors considered in determining the final offering price per ADS, see “Underwriting.”

 

No Exercise of
Over-Allotment

 

Full Exercise of
Over-Allotment

   

Per Share

 

Total

 

Per Share

 

Total

Public offering price

 

$

   

$

   

$

   

$

 

Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)

 

$

   

$

   

$

   

$

 

Proceeds to us, before expenses

 

$

   

$

   

$

   

$

 

____________

(1)      In addition, we have agreed to reimburse the underwriter for certain expenses. See “Underwriting” on page 115 of this prospectus for additional information.

Investing in our securities involves a high degree of risk. See the section entitled “Risk Factors” appearing on pages 9 of this prospectus and elsewhere in this prospectus and the accompanying base prospectus for a discussion of information that should be considered in connection with an investment in our securities.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriter expects to deliver the ADSs to purchasers on or about           , 2021 through the book-entry facilities of The Depository Trust Company.

___________________

Roth Capital Partners

The date of this prospectus is           , 2021

 

Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Page

Prospectus Summary

 

1

The Offering

 

5

Summary Consolidated Financial Data

 

7

Risk Factors

 

9

Industry and Market Data

 

33

Use of Proceeds

 

34

Dividend Policy

 

35

Capitalization

 

36

Dilution

 

37

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

 

39

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

40

Business

 

47

Management

 

84

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

 

93

Principal Shareholders

 

94

Description of Share Capital

 

95

Description of American Depositary Shares

 

98

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

 

107

Material United States Federal Income and Australian Tax Considerations

 

108

Enforcement of Civil Liabilities

 

114

Underwriting

 

115

Expenses Relating to the Offering

 

120

Legal Matters

 

121

Experts

 

121

Where You Can Find More Information

 

121

We are responsible for the information contained in this prospectus and any free writing prospectus we prepare or authorize. We and the underwriter have not authorized anyone to provide you with different information. We and the underwriter take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information others may give you. We are not, and the underwriter are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than its date.

For investors outside the United States: neither we nor any of the underwriter have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus or any free writing prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus or any free writing prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the ADSs and the distribution of this prospectus and any free writing prospectus outside the United States.

We are incorporated under the laws of Australia, and a majority of our outstanding ordinary shares are owned by non-U.S. residents. Under the rules of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, we are eligible for treatment as a “foreign private issuer.” As a foreign private issuer, we will not be required to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as domestic registrants whose securities are registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act.

Our reporting and functional currency is the Australian dollar, and our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus are presented in Australian dollars. The consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus have been prepared under the International Financial Reporting Standards, or IFRS, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, or IASB, which differs in certain significant respects from U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, or GAAP.

i

Table of Contents

All references in this prospectus to “US$” and “U.S. dollars” mean U.S. dollars and all references to “A$” or “$” mean Australian dollars, unless otherwise noted. Throughout this prospectus, all references to “ADSs” mean American depositary shares, each of which represents of our ordinary shares, no par value, and all references to “ADRs” mean the American depositary receipts that evidence the ADSs.

This prospectus contains translations of some Australian dollar amounts into U.S. dollars. Except as otherwise stated in this prospectus, all translations from Australian dollars to U.S. dollars are based on the exchange rate of US$0.7702 to A$1.00 published by the Reserve Bank of Australia as of December 31, 2020. No representation is made that the Australian dollar amounts referred to in this prospectus could have been or could be converted into U.S. dollars at such rate.

“Incannex”, the Incannex logo and other trademarks or service marks of Incannex appearing in this prospectus are the property of Incannex or its subsidiary. Solely for convenience, the trademarks, service marks and trade names referred to in this prospectus are listed without the ® and symbols, but such references should not be construed as any indicator that their respective owners will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, their right thereto. All other trademarks, trade names and service marks appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.

ii

Table of Contents

Prospectus Summary

This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in the ADSs. You should read this entire prospectus, and the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, including “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. Unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, “Incannex,” the “Company,” “our company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Incannex Healthcare Limited and its consolidated subsidiary, taken as a whole.

Overview

Our legal name is Incannex Healthcare Limited (“Incannex”). We were incorporated in Australia in April 2001 under the name Mount Magnet South Limited. In November 2016, we changed name to Impression Healthcare Limited, and in June 2020, to Incannex Healthcare Limited. Incannex is listed on the ASX under the symbol “IHL”.

Since 2019, we have been conducting research and development for synthetic cannabidiol pharmaceutical products and psychedelic medicine therapies for treatment of a range of indications. Our mission is to create first-in-class pharmaceutical drugs and therapies for patients that we believe have unmet medical needs. We aim to be recognized as a leading specialty drug development company at the forefront of innovation, committed to restoring health and transforming the lives of patients through the development of novel pharmaceutical products and treatments.

We are developing targeted and scientifically validated fixed-dose combinations of synthetic cannabidiol and psychedelic agents, applying proprietary insights in an effort to create long term value for our patients and shareholders. We focus on clinical indications that we believe represent unmet or inadequately addressed medical needs and also represent compelling commercial opportunities. In particular, we are developing three unique pharmaceutical compositions to target five indications: obstructive sleep apnea (“OSA”), traumatic brain injury (“TBI”)/concussion, rheumatoid arthritis, inflammatory bowel disease and inflammatory lung conditions (“ARDS”, “COPD”, Asthma, Bronchitis). We are also developing a treatment for generalized anxiety disorder (“GAD”) utilizing psilocybin combined with innovative psychotherapy methods. We are pursuing FDA registration and marketing approval for each product and therapy under development. Each indication represents major global markets and currently have either no, or limited, existing registered pharmacotherapy (drug) treatments available to the public. To support the development of such drug candidates, we have been implementing a strong patent filing strategy as we develop our drug candidates in conjunction with our medical and scientific advisory board and its collaborative partners, including Monash University, The Alfred Hospital and the University of Western Australia Centre for Sleep Science. See “Business” section for more information.

To achieve our commercial goals, we intend to advance our novel investigational drug candidates towards approval in the United States and elsewhere. We plan to take advantage of accelerated commercialization pathway options, such as breakthrough designation, accelerated approval, priority review, and/or fast track, to reduce the time and cost of development. We intend to develop future clinical candidates that target unmet medical needs. We also will continue to maintain a strong intellectual property portfolio to protect our assets in key global markets, including the United States, Europe, Japan, and Israel.

Corporate Information

Our registered office is located at Suite 15, Level 12, 401 Docklands Drive, Docklands 3008, Victoria, Australia and our telephone number is +61 409 840 786. Our website address is www.incannex.com.au. The information on, or accessible through, our website is not part of this prospectus. We have included our website address in this prospectus solely as an inactive textual reference. All information we file with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) is available through the SEC’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system, which may be accessed through the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

1

Table of Contents

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

As a company with less than $1.07 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act. As an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of specified reduced disclosure and other requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include:

•        exemption from the auditor attestation requirement of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, in the assessment of our internal controls over financial reporting; and

•        to the extent that we no longer qualify as a foreign private issuer, (i) reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements and (ii) exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation, including golden parachute compensation.

We may take advantage of these exemptions until such time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. Accordingly, the information that we provide shareholders and holders of the ADSs may be different than you might obtain from other public companies. We will cease to be an emerging growth company upon the earliest to occur of (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have more than $1.07 billion in annual revenue; (ii) the last day of the fiscal year in which we qualify as a “large accelerated filer”; (iii) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; and (iv) the last day of the fiscal year in which the fifth anniversary of this offering occurs.

Implications of Being a Foreign Private Issuer

We are also considered a “foreign private issuer” under U.S. securities laws. In our capacity as a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from certain rules under the Exchange Act that impose certain disclosure obligations and procedural requirements for proxy solicitations under Section 14 of the Exchange Act. In addition, our senior management, the members of our board of directors and our principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and “short-swing” profit recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules under the Exchange Act with respect to their purchases and sales of our securities. Moreover, we are not required to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act. In addition, we are not required to comply with Regulation FD, which restricts the selective disclosure of material information.

We may take advantage of these exemptions until such time as we are no longer a foreign private issuer. We will remain a foreign private issuer until such time that 50% or more of our outstanding voting securities are held by U.S. residents and any of the following three circumstances applies: (i) the majority of the members of board of directors or our senior management are U.S. citizens or residents; (ii) more than 50% of our assets are located in the United States; or (iii) our business is administered principally in the United States.

Risk Factors Summary

Our business is subject to a number of risks of which you should be aware prior to making a decision to invest in our ADSs. You should carefully consider all of the information set forth in this prospectus and, in particular, should evaluate the specific factors set forth in the section titled “Risk Factors” before deciding whether to invest in our ADSs. Among these important risks are, but not limited to, the following:

•        We have a history of operating losses and may not achieve or maintain profitability in the future.

•        We currently have no source of product revenue and may never become profitable.

•        We will require additional financing and may be unable to raise sufficient capital, which could have a material impact on our research and development programs or commercialization of our drug candidates.

•        We may find it difficult to enroll patients in our current and any future clinical trials, and patients could discontinue their participation in our current and any future clinical trials, which could delay or prevent our current and any future clinical trials of our drug candidates and make those trials more expensive to undertake.

2

Table of Contents

•        Positive results from preclinical studies of our drug candidates are not necessarily predictive of the results of our planned clinical trials of our drug candidates.

•        Ongoing and future clinical trials of drug candidates may not show sufficient safety and efficacy to obtain requisite regulatory approvals for commercial sale.

Even if our drug candidates receive regulatory approval, they may still face development and regulatory difficulties that may delay or impair future sales of drug candidates.

•        Because we rely on third party manufacturing and supply partners, our supply of research and development, preclinical and clinical development materials may become limited or interrupted or may not be of satisfactory quantity or quality.

•        Future potential sales of our drug candidates may suffer if they are not accepted in the marketplace by physicians, patients and the medical community.

•        Our drug candidates will be subject to controlled substance laws and regulations. Failure to receive necessary approvals may delay the launch of our drug candidates and failure to comply with these laws and regulations may adversely affect the results of our business operations.

•        Intellectual property rights of third parties could adversely affect our ability to commercialize our drug candidates, such that we could be required to litigate with or obtain licenses from third parties in order to develop or market our drug candidates. Such litigation or licenses could be costly or not available on commercially reasonable terms.

•        Our reliance on third parties requires us to share our trade secrets, which increases the possibility that a competitor will discover them or that our trade secrets will be misappropriated or disclosed.

•        The trading price of the ADSs may be volatile, and purchasers of the ADSs could incur substantial losses.

•        There has been no prior market for the ADSs and an active and liquid market for our securities may fail to develop, which could harm the market price of the ADSs.

•        You will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value of the ADSs you purchase in this offering.

•        As long as we remain subject to the rules of the ASX and Nasdaq, we will be unable to access equity capital without shareholder approval if such equity capital sales would result in an equity issuance above regulatory thresholds and, consequently, we may be unable to obtain financing sufficient to sustain our business if we are unsuccessful in soliciting requisite shareholder approvals.

•        Our ADS holders are not shareholders and do not have shareholder rights.

•        Australian takeovers laws may discourage takeover offers being made for us or may discourage the acquisition of large numbers of our shares.

•        U.S. investors may have difficulty enforcing civil liabilities against our company, our directors or member of senior management and the experts named in this prospectus.

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements about us and our industry that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our future results of operations, financial condition, business strategy and plans and objectives of management for future operations, are forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements because they contain words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “contemplate,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “target,” “will,” or “would,” or the negative of these words or other similar terms or expressions.

3

Table of Contents

We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy and financial needs. These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of known and unknown risks, uncertainties, other factors and assumptions, including the risks described in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus, regarding, among other things:

•        our product development and business strategy, including the potential size of the markets for our drug candidates and future development and/or expansion of our drug candidates in our markets;

•        our current and future research and development activities, including clinical testing and manufacturing and the costs and timing thereof;

•        the impact that the COVID-19 pandemic could have on business operations;

•        sufficiency of our cash resources;

•        our ability to commercialize drug candidates and generate product revenues;

•        our ability to raise additional funding when needed;

•        any statements concerning anticipated regulatory activities or licensing or collaborative arrangements, including our ability to obtain regulatory clearances;

•        our research and development and other expenses;

•        our operations and intellectual property risks;

•        our ability to remain compliant with the Australian Securities Exchange (“ASX”) and Nasdaq’s continuing listing standards;

•        any statement of assumptions underlying any of the foregoing; and

•        other risks and uncertainties, including those listed under “Risk Factors.”

These risks are not exhaustive. Other sections of this prospectus may include additional factors that could harm our business and financial performance. New risk factors may emerge from time to time and it is not possible for our management to predict all risk factors, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in, or implied by, any forward-looking statements.

You should not rely on forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. We have based the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus primarily on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition and operating results. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements made in this prospectus to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this prospectus or to reflect new information or the occurrence of unanticipated events, except as required by law. We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements, and you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Our forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, joint ventures or investments.

In addition, statements that “we believe” and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based on information available to us as of the date of this prospectus. While we believe that information provides a reasonable basis for these statements, that information may be limited or incomplete. Our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain, and investors are cautioned not to unduly rely on these statements.

You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part with the understanding that our actual future results, levels of activity, performance and achievements may be different from what we expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

4

Table of Contents

The Offering

AADSs offered by us

 

ADSs.

Option to purchase additional ADSs

 

The underwriter has an option for a period of 30 days from the date of this prospectus to purchase up to additional ADSs.

Ordinary shares to be outstanding after this offering, including shares underlying ADSs

 

shares (or          shares if the underwriter exercises its option to purchase additional ADSs in full).

American depositary shares

 

Each ADS represents 50 ordinary shares. The ADSs are issued by the depositary. You will have the rights of an ADS holder as provided in the deposit agreement among us, the depositary and all owners and holders of ADSs issued thereunder. The depositary, through its custodian, will be the holder of the ordinary shares underlying the ADSs.

   

You may surrender your ADSs to the depositary for cancellation to receive the ordinary shares underlying your ADSs. The depositary will charge you a fee for such a cancellation.

   

We may amend or terminate the deposit agreement for any reason without your consent. Any amendment that imposes or increases fees or charges or that materially prejudices any substantial existing right you have as an ADS holder will not become effective as to outstanding ADSs until 30 days after notice of the amendment is given to ADS holders. If an amendment becomes effective, you will be bound by the deposit agreement as amended if you continue to hold your ADSs.

   

To better understand the terms of the ADSs, you should carefully read the section titled “Description of American Depositary Shares.” We also encourage you to read the deposit agreement, which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Depositary

 

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas.

Use of proceeds

 

We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of the ADSs that we are selling in this offering will be approximately US$ million (or approximately US$ million if the underwriter’s option to purchase additional ADSs is exercised in full), based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $ per ADS, after giving effect to the Australian dollar/U.S. dollar exchange rate of as of , 2021, and an ADS-to-ordinary share ratio of 1-to-50, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

   

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash, to further our clinical trials, for working capital and other general corporate purposes. See “Use of Proceeds” for additional information.

5

Table of Contents

Underwriter Warrants

 

Upon the closing of this offering, we will issue warrants to the underwriter (the “Underwriter Warrants”) entitling it to purchase a number of ordinary shares, represented by ADSs, equal to 7.5% of the ADSs sold in this offering by us, in three tranches of 2.5% each: (i) the first tranche representing 2.5% of the ADSs sold in this offering having an exercise price equal to 120% of the public offering price of the ADSs in this offering, (ii) the second tranche representing 2.5% of the ADSs sold in this offering having an exercise price equal to 135% of the public offering price of the ADSs in this offering and (iii) the third tranche representing 2.5% of the ADSs sold in this offering having an exercise price equal to 150% of the public offering price of the ADSs in this offering. All ordinary shares will be in the form of ADSs, with each ADS representing 50 ordinary shares. The Underwriter Warrants will expire three (3) years after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. See “Underwriting.”

Risk factors

 

See “Risk Factors” and the other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of the risks you should carefully consider before investing in the ADSs.

Proposed Nasdaq Capital Market symbol for the ADSs

 

“IXHL”

Australian Stock Exchange symbol for our ordinary shares

 

“IHL”

The number of ordinary shares (including ordinary shares underlying ADSs) that will be outstanding after this offering is based on 1,065,859,479 ordinary shares outstanding as of June 30, 2021 and excludes 337,184,818 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options as of June 30, 2021, with a weighted-average exercise price of A$0.1655 per ordinary share.

In addition, unless we specifically state otherwise, the information in this prospectus assumes (i) no exercise by the underwriter of (a) its option to purchase up to additional ADSs or (b) their warrants to purchase (x) ADSs at an exercise price equal to 120% of the initial public offering price per ADS, (y) ADSs at an exercise price equal to 135% of the initial public offering price per ADS and (z) ADSs at an exercise price equal to 150% of the initial public offering price per ADS and (ii) no exercise of outstanding options to purchase ordinary shares.

6

Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Financial Data

The following tables summarize our consolidated financial and other data. The summary consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income data for the six months ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 and the consolidated statement of financial position data as of December 31, 2020 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income data for the years ended June 30, 2020 and 2019 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our audited consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS, as issued by the IASB, as of and for the years ended June 30, 2020 and 2019.

You should read the consolidated financial and other data set forth below in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes, the information in “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and the information in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income Data

 

Six months ended December 31,

 

Year ended June 30,

2020
(Unaudited)

 

2019
(Unaudited)

 

2020

 

2019

(in A$, except share amounts)

 

(in A$, except share amounts)

Revenue

 

1,177,163

 

 

7,350

 

 

604,884

 

 

 

Product costs

 

(537,939

)

 

(8,450

)

 

(450,345

)

 

 

Research and development costs

 

(2,039,147

)

 

(313,426

)

 

(2,110,639

)

 

(736,140

)

Loss after income tax expense from continuing operations

 

(2,889,389

)

 

(1,925,473

)

 

(3,929,284

)

 

(1,426,198

)

Net loss

 

(2,889,389

)

 

(2,212,004

)

 

(4,697,636

)

 

(2,718,399

)

Loss per share from continuing operations – basic and diluted (in A$ cents)

 

(0.32

)

 

(0.30

)

 

(0.57

)

 

(0.32

)

Loss per share from continuing operations and discontinued operations – basic and diluted (in A$ cents)

 

(0.32

)

 

(0.34

)

 

(0.69

)

 

(0.61

)

Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding – basic and diluted

 

902,054,732

 

 

649,048,889

 

 

684,035,399

 

 

447,439,263

 

Dividends per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position Data(1)(2)

 

As of December 31, 2020
(Unaudited)

Actual

 

As Adjusted(1)(2)

(in A$)

 

(in US$)

 

(in A$)

 

in US$)

Cash

 

11,840,308

 

 

9,119,405

 

       

Net assets

 

11,802,503

 

 

9,090,287

 

       

Total assets

 

12,180,952

 

 

9,381,769

 

       

Total liabilities

 

378,449

 

 

291,481

 

       

Accumulated losses

 

(35,407,592

)

 

(27,270,927

)

       

Issued capital

 

45,076,484

 

 

34,717,907

 

       

7

Table of Contents

____________

(1)      The as adjusted statement of financial position data give effect to our receipt of net proceeds from the issuance and sale of ADSs at the assumed initial offering price of US$ per ADS, after giving effect to the ADS-to-ordinary share ratio of 1-to-50, after deducting underwriting commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

(2)      Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of US$ per ADS, after giving effect to the ADS-to-ordinary share ratio of 1-to-50, would increase or decrease, respectively, the amount of cash, working capital, total assets and total equity by A$ million (or US$ million), assuming the number of ADSs offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of ADSs we are offering. An increase or decrease of 1,000,000 in the number of ADSs we are offering would increase or decrease the amount of cash, working capital, total assets and total equity by A$ million (or US$ million), assuming the assumed initial public offering price per ADS remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions. The as adjusted information is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

8

Table of Contents

Risk Factors

Investing in the ADSs involves a high degree of risk. You should consider and read carefully all of the risks and uncertainties described below, as well as other information included in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. If any of the following risks actually occur, it could harm our business, prospects, results of operations and financial condition. In such event, the trading price of the ADSs could decline and you might lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business

We have a history of operating losses and may not achieve or maintain profitability in the future.

We have experienced significant recurring operating losses and negative cash flows from operating activities since inception. For example, for the years ended June 30, 2020 and 2019, we had net losses of approximately A$4.7 million and approximately A$2.7 million, respectively, and approximately A$2.9 million and approximately A$2.2 million for the six months ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. As of December 31, 2020, we had accumulated losses of approximately A$35.4 million.

We are a clinical stage pharmaceutical development company and the success of our drug candidates is therefore uncertain. We focus on medicinal synthetic cannabinidiol pharmaceutical products and psychedelic medicine therapies.

We expect to continue to incur losses from operations for the foreseeable future and expect the costs of drug development to increase in the future as more patients are recruited to the clinical trials. In particular, we expect to continue to incur significant losses in the development of our clinical trials and drug candidates. Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with the development, manufacturing, sales and marketing of our drug candidates, we may experience larger than expected future losses and may never become profitable.

Moreover, there is a substantial risk that we, or our development partners, may not be able to complete the development of our current drug candidates or develop other pharmaceutical products. It is possible that none of them will be successfully commercialized, which would prevent us from ever achieving profitability.

The increase in expenses may adversely impact our business if our sources of funding and revenue are insufficient.

We anticipate that as the costs related to the development of our clinical trials will increase, we will require additional funds to achieve our long-term goals of commercialization and further development of our drug candidates. In addition, we will require funds to pursue regulatory applications, defend intellectual property rights, contract manufacturing capacity, potentially develop marketing and sales capability and fund operating expenses. We intend to seek such additional funding through public or private financings and/or through licensing of our assets or other arrangements with corporate partners. However, such financing, licensing opportunities or other arrangements may not be available from any sources on acceptable terms, or at all. Any shortfall in funding could result in us having to curtail or cease our research and development activities, thereby harming our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with the development of our drug candidates, we are unable to predict the timing or amount of increased expenses, or when, or if, we will be able to achieve or maintain profitability. Our expenses could significantly increase beyond current expectations if the applicable regulatory authorities require further studies in addition to those currently anticipated. In any case, even if our drug candidates are approved for commercial sale, we anticipate incurring significant costs associated with the commercial launch of such drug candidates and there can be no guarantee that we will ever generate significant revenues.

We currently have no source of product revenue and may never become profitable.

Our drug candidates have not been approved for commercial sale, and we expect it to be several years before they are approved, if ever, and we are able to commence sales of our drug candidates. To date, we have not generated any revenue from the licensing or commercialization of our drug candidates and do not expect to receive revenue

9

Table of Contents

from them for a number of years, if ever. We will not be able to generate product revenue unless and until our current drug candidates or any future drug candidates, alone or with future partners, successfully completes clinical trials, receives regulatory approval and is successfully commercialized. Although we may seek to obtain revenue from collaboration or licensing agreements with third parties, we currently have no such agreements that could provide us with material, ongoing future revenue and we may never enter into any such agreements.

We will require additional financing and may be unable to raise sufficient capital, which could have a material impact on our research and development programs or commercialization of our drug candidates.

We have historically devoted most of our financial resources to research and development, including pre-clinical and clinical development activities. To date, we have financed a significant amount of our operations through equity financings. The amount of our future net losses will depend, in part, on the rate of our future expenditures and our ability to obtain funding through equity or debt financings or strategic collaborations. The amount of such future net losses, as well as the possibility of future profitability, will also depend on our success in developing and commercializing products that generate significant revenue. Our failure to become and remain profitable would depress the value of our ADSs and could impair our ability to raise capital, expand our business, maintain our research and development efforts, diversify our product offerings or even continue our operations.

We anticipate that our expenses will increase substantially for the foreseeable future if, and as, we:

•        continue our research and preclinical and clinical development of our drug candidates;

•        expand the scope of our current proposed clinical studies for our drug candidates;

•        initiate additional preclinical, clinical or other studies for our drug candidates;

•        change or add additional manufacturers or suppliers;

•        seek regulatory and marketing approvals for our drug candidates that successfully complete clinical studies;

•        seek to identify and validate additional drug candidates;

•        acquire or in-license other drug candidates and technologies;

•        maintain, protect and expand our intellectual property portfolio;

•        attract and retain skilled personnel;

•        create additional infrastructure to support our operations as a publicly quoted company and our product development and planned future commercialization efforts;

•        add an internal sales force; and

•        experience any delays or encounter issues with any of the above.

Until our drug candidates become commercially available, we will need to obtain additional funding in connection with the further development of our drug candidates. Our ability to obtain additional financing will be subject to a number of factors, including market conditions, our operating performance and investor sentiment. As such, additional financing may not be available to us when needed, on acceptable terms, or at all. If we are unable to raise capital when needed or on attractive terms, we could be forced to delay, reduce or eliminate our research and development programs or any future commercialization efforts or obtain funds by entering agreements on unattractive terms.

Furthermore, any additional equity fundraising in the capital markets may be dilutive for shareholders and any debt-based funding may bind us to restrictive covenants and curb our operating activities and ability to pay potential future dividends even when profitable. We cannot guarantee that future financing will be available in sufficient amounts or on acceptable terms, if at all. If we are unable to raise additional capital in sufficient amounts or on acceptable terms, we will be prevented from pursuing research and development efforts. This could harm our business, operating results and financial condition and cause the price of our ADSs to fall.

10

Table of Contents

If we are unable to secure sufficient capital to fund our operations, we may be required to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our product development or future commercialization efforts or grant rights to third parties to develop and market drug candidates that we would otherwise prefer to develop and market ourselves. For example, additional strategic collaborations could require us to share commercial rights to our drug candidates with third parties in ways that we do not intend currently or on terms that may not be favorable to us. Moreover, we may also have to relinquish valuable rights to our technologies, future revenue streams, research programs or drug candidates or grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us.

We may find it difficult to enroll patients in our current and any future clinical trials, and patients could discontinue their participation in our current and any future clinical trials, which could delay or prevent our current and any future clinical trials of our drug candidates and make those trials more expensive to undertake.

Identifying and qualifying patients to participate in current and any future clinical trials of our drug candidates is critical to our success. The timing of our clinical trials depends on the speed at which we can recruit patients to participate in testing our drug candidates. Patients may be unwilling to participate in any future clinical trials because of negative publicity from adverse events in the biotechnology industry. Patients may be unavailable for other reasons, including competitive clinical trials for similar patient populations, and the timeline for recruiting patients, conducting trials and obtaining regulatory approval of potential products may be delayed. If we have difficulty enrolling a sufficient number of patients to conduct any future clinical trials as planned, we may need to delay, limit or discontinue those clinical trials. Clinical trial delays could result in increased costs, slower product development, setbacks in testing the safety and effectiveness of our technology or discontinuation of the clinical trials altogether.

Any failure to implement our business strategy could negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The development and commercialization of our drug candidates is subject to many risks, including:

•        additional clinical or pre-clinical trials may be required beyond what we currently expect;

•        regulatory authorities may disagree with our interpretation of data from our preclinical studies and clinical studies or may require that we conduct additional studies;

•        regulatory authorities may disagree with our proposed design of future clinical trials;

•        regulatory authorities may delay approval of our drug candidates, thus preventing milestone payments from our collaboration partners;

•        regulatory authorities may not accept data generated at our clinical study sites;

•        we may be unable to obtain and maintain regulatory approval of our drug candidate in any jurisdiction;

•        the prevalence and severity of any side effects of any drug candidate could delay or prevent commercialization, limit the indications for any approved drug candidate, require the establishment of a risk evaluation and mitigation strategy, or cause an approved drug candidate to be taken off the market;

•        regulatory authorities may identify deficiencies in manufacturing processes;

•        regulatory authorities may change their approval policies or adopt new regulations;

•        the third party manufacturers we expect to depend on to supply or manufacture our drug candidates may not produce adequate supply;

•        we, or our third party manufacturers, may not be able to source or produce current Good Manufacturing Practice (cGMP) materials for the production of our drug candidates;

•        we may not be able to manufacture our drug candidates at a cost or in quantities necessary to make commercially successful products;

•        we may not be able to obtain adequate supply of our drug candidates for our clinical trials;

11

Table of Contents

•        we may experience delays in the commencement of, enrolment of patients in and timing of our clinical trials;

•        we may not be able to demonstrate that our drug candidates are safe and effective as a treatment for its indications to the satisfaction of regulatory authorities, and we may not be able to achieve and maintain compliance with all regulatory requirements applicable to our drug candidates;

•        we may not be able to maintain a continued acceptable safety profile of our products following approval;

•        we may be unable to establish or maintain collaborations, licensing or other arrangements;

•        the market may not accept our drug candidates;

•        we may be unable to establish and maintain an effective sales and marketing infrastructure, either through the creation of a commercial infrastructure or through strategic collaborations, and the effectiveness of our own or any future strategic collaborators’ marketing, sales and distribution strategy and operations will affect our profitability;

•        we may experience competition from existing products or new products that may emerge;

•        we and our licensors may be unable to successfully obtain, maintain, defend and enforce intellectual property rights important to protect our drug candidates; and

•        we may not be able to obtain and maintain coverage and adequate reimbursement from third party payors.

If any of these risks materializes, we could experience significant delays or an inability to successfully develop and commercialize our drug candidates we or our partners may develop, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Positive results from preclinical studies of our drug candidates are not necessarily predictive of the results of our planned clinical trials of our drug candidates.

Positive results in preclinical proof of concept and animal studies of our drug candidates may not result in positive results in clinical trials in humans. Many companies in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries have suffered significant setbacks in clinical trials after achieving positive results in preclinical development or early stage clinical trials, and we cannot be certain that we will not face similar setbacks. These setbacks can be caused by, among other things, preclinical findings made while clinical trials were underway or safety or efficacy observations made in clinical trials, including adverse events. Moreover, preclinical and clinical data are often susceptible to varying interpretations and analyses, and many companies that believed their drug candidates performed satisfactorily in preclinical studies and clinical trials nonetheless failed to obtain FDA or other regulatory authority approval. If we fail to produce positive results in our clinical trials of our drug candidates, the development timeline and regulatory approval and commercialization prospects for our drug candidates, and, correspondingly, our business and financial prospects, would be negatively impacted.

Ongoing and future clinical trials of drug candidates may not show sufficient safety and efficacy to obtain requisite regulatory approvals for commercial sale.

Phase I and Phase II clinical trials are not primarily designed to test the efficacy of a drug candidate but rather to test safety and to understand the drug candidate’s side effects at various doses and schedules. Furthermore, success in preclinical and early clinical trials does not ensure that later large-scale trials will be successful nor does it predict final results. Acceptable results in early trials may not be repeated in later trials. Further, Phase III clinical trials may not show sufficient safety or efficacy to obtain regulatory approval for marketing. In addition, clinical results are frequently susceptible to varying interpretations that may delay, limit or prevent regulatory approvals. Negative or inconclusive results or adverse medical events during a clinical trial could require that the clinical trial be redone or terminated. The length of time necessary to complete clinical trials and to submit an application for marketing approval by applicable regulatory authorities may also vary significantly based on the type, complexity and novelty of the drug candidate involved, as well as other factors. If we suffer any significant delays, quality issues, setbacks or negative results in, or termination of, our clinical trials, we may be unable to continue the development of our drug candidates or generate revenue and our business may be severely harmed.

12

Table of Contents

If we do not obtain the necessary regulatory approvals, we will be unable to commercialize our drug candidates.

The clinical development, manufacturing, sales and marketing of our drug candidates are subject to extensive regulation by regulatory authorities in the United States, the United Kingdom, the European Union, Australia and elsewhere. Despite the substantial time and expense invested in preparation and submission of a Biologic License Application or equivalents in other jurisdictions, regulatory approval is never guaranteed. The number, size and design of preclinical studies and clinical trials that will be required will vary depending on the product, the disease or condition for which the product is intended to be used and the regulations and guidance documents applicable to any particular product. Additionally, during the review process and prior to approval, the FDA and/or other regulatory bodies may require additional data, including with respect to whether our products have abuse potential, which may delay approval and any potential controlled substance scheduling processes. The FDA or other regulators can delay, limit or deny approval of a product for many reasons, including, but not limited to, the fact that regulators may not approve our or a third party manufacturer’s processes or facilities or that new laws may be enacted or regulators may change their approval policies or adopt new regulations requiring new or different evidence of safety and efficacy for the intended use of a product.

Successful results in clinical trials and in the subsequent application for marketing approval are not guaranteed. If we are unable to obtain regulatory approvals, we will not be able to generate revenue from our drug candidates. Even if we receive regulatory approval for any of our drug candidates, our profitability will depend on our ability to generate revenues from their sale or the licensing of our technology.

Even if our drug candidates receive regulatory approval, it may still face development and regulatory difficulties that may delay or impair future sales of drug candidates.

Even if we or our licensing partners receive regulatory approval to sell any drug candidates, the relevant regulatory authorities may, nevertheless, impose significant restrictions on the indicated uses, manufacturing, labelling, packaging, adverse event reporting, storage, advertising, promotion and record keeping or impose ongoing requirements for post-approval studies. In addition, regulatory agencies subject a marketed product, its manufacturer and the manufacturer’s facilities to continual review and periodic inspections. Previously unknown problems with the drug candidate, including adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, may result in restrictions on the marketing of the product, and could include withdrawal of the product from the market. In addition, new statutory requirements may be enacted or additional regulations may be enacted that could prevent or delay regulatory approval of our drug candidates.

We have limited manufacturing experience with our drug candidates.

We have no manufacturing capabilities and are dependent on third parties for cost effective manufacture and manufacturing process development of the company’s drug candidates. Problems with third party manufacturers or the manufacturing process, or the scaling up of manufacturing activities as such may delay clinical trials and commercialization of our drug candidates.

To the extent we rely significantly on contractors, we will be exposed to risks related to the business and operational conditions of our contractors.

We are a small company, with few internal staff and limited facilities. We are and will be required to rely on a variety of contractors to manufacture and transport our drug candidates, to perform clinical testing and to prepare regulatory dossiers. Adverse events that affect one or more of our contractors could adversely affect us, such as:

•        a contractor is unable to retain key staff that have been working on our drug candidates;

•        a contractor is unable to sustain operations due to financial or other business issues;

•        a contractor loses their permits or licenses that may be required to manufacture our drug candidates; or

•        errors, negligence or misconduct that occur within a contractor may adversely affect our business.

13

Table of Contents

We depend on, and will continue to depend on, collaboration and strategic alliances with third partners. To the extent we are able to enter into collaborative arrangements or strategic alliances, we will be exposed to risks related to those collaborations and alliances.

An important element of our strategy for developing, manufacturing and commercializing our drug candidates is entering into partnerships and strategic alliances with other pharmaceutical companies or other industry participants.

Any partnerships or alliance we have or may have in the future may be terminated for reasons beyond our control or we may not be able to negotiate future alliances on acceptable terms, if at all. These arrangements may result in us receiving less revenue than if we sold our products directly, may place the development, sales and marketing of our products outside of our control, may require us to relinquish important rights or may otherwise be on unfavorable terms. Collaborative arrangements or strategic alliances will also subject us to a number of risks, including the risk that:

•        we may not be able to control the amount and timing of resources that our strategic partner/collaborators may devote to the drug candidates;

•        strategic partner/collaborators may experience financial difficulties;

•        the failure to successfully collaborate with third parties may delay, prevent or otherwise impair the development or commercialization of our drug candidates or revenue expectations;

•        products being developed by partners/collaborators may never reach commercial stage resulting in reduced or even no milestone or royalty payments;

•        business combinations or significant changes in a collaborator’s business strategy may also adversely affect a collaborator’s willingness or ability to complete their obligations under any arrangement;

•        a collaborator could independently move forward with a competing product developed either independently or in collaboration with others, including our competitors; and

•        collaborative arrangements are often terminated or allowed to expire, which would delay the development and may increase the cost of developing drug candidates.

Because we rely on third party manufacturing and supply partners, our supply of research and development, preclinical and clinical development materials may become limited or interrupted or may not be of satisfactory quantity or quality.

We rely on third party supply and manufacturing partners to manufacture and supply the materials for our research and development and preclinical and clinical study supplies. We do not own manufacturing facilities or supply sources for such materials.

There can be no assurance that our supply of research and development, preclinical and clinical development biologics and other materials will not be limited, interrupted or restricted in certain geographic regions, be of satisfactory quality or continue to be available at acceptable prices. Replacement of a third party manufacturer could require significant effort, cost and expertise because there may be a limited number of qualified replacements.

The manufacturing process for a drug candidate is subject to FDA and foreign regulatory authority review. Suppliers and manufacturers must meet applicable manufacturing requirements and undergo rigorous facility and process validation tests required by regulatory authorities in order to comply with regulatory standards. In the event that any of our suppliers or manufacturers fails to comply with such requirements or to perform its obligations to us in relation to quality, timing or otherwise, or if our supply of components or other materials becomes limited or interrupted for other reasons, we may be forced to manufacture the materials ourselves or enter into an agreement with another third party, which would be costly and delay any future clinical trials.

Further, if any third-party provider fails to meet its obligations to manufacture our products, or fails to maintain or achieve satisfactory regulatory compliance, the development of such substances and the commercialization of any therapies, if approved, could be stopped, delayed or made commercially unviable, less profitable or may result in enforcement actions against us.

14

Table of Contents

Our research and development efforts will be jeopardized if we are unable to retain key personnel and cultivate key academic and scientific collaborations.

Changes in our senior management may be disruptive to our business and may adversely affect our operations. For example, when we have changes in senior management positions, we may elect to adopt different business strategies or plans. Any new strategies or plans, if adopted, may not be successful and if any new strategies or plans do not produce the desired results, our business may suffer.

Moreover, competition among biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies for qualified employees is intense and as such we may not be able to attract and retain personnel critical to our success. Our success depends on our continued ability to attract, retain and motivate highly qualified management, clinical and scientific personnel, manufacturing personnel, sales and marketing personnel and on our ability to develop and maintain important relationships with clinicians, scientists and leading academic and health institutions. If we fail to identify, attract, retain and motivate these highly skilled personnel, we may be unable to continue our product development and commercialization activities.

In addition, biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries are subject to rapid and significant technological change. Our drug candidates may be or become uncompetitive. To remain competitive, we must employ and retain suitably qualified staff that are continuously educated to keep pace with changing technology, but may not be in a position to do so.

We may encounter difficulties in managing our growth, which could negatively impact our operations.

As we advance our clinical development programs for drug candidates, seek regulatory approval in the United States and elsewhere and increase the number of ongoing product development programs, we anticipate that we will need to increase our product development, scientific and administrative headcount. We will also need to establish commercial capabilities in order to commercialize any drug candidates that may be approved. Such an evolution may impact our strategic focus and our deployment and allocation of resources.

Our ability to manage our operations and growth effectively depends upon the continual improvement of our procedures, reporting systems and operational, financial and management controls. We may not be able to implement administrative and operational improvements in an efficient or timely manner and may discover deficiencies in existing systems and controls. If we do not meet these challenges, we may be unable to execute our business strategies and may be forced to expend more resources than anticipated addressing these issues.

We may acquire additional technology and complementary businesses in the future. Acquisitions involve many risks, any of which could materially harm our business, including the diversion of management’s attention from core business concerns, failure to effectively exploit acquired technologies, failure to successfully integrate the acquired business or realize expected synergies or the loss of key employees from either our business or the acquired businesses.

In addition, in order to continue to meet our obligations as a public listed company in both Australia and the United States and to support our anticipated long-term growth, we will need to increase our general and administrative capabilities. Our management, personnel and systems may not be adequate to support this future growth.

If we are unable to successfully manage our growth and the increased complexity of our operations, our business, financial position, results of operations and prospects may be harmed.

Future potential sales of our drug candidates may suffer if they are not accepted in the marketplace by physicians, patients and the medical community.

There is a risk that our drug candidates may not gain market acceptance among physicians, patients and the medical community, even if they are approved by the regulatory authorities. The degree of market acceptance of any of our approved drug candidates will depend on a variety of factors, including:

•        timing of market introduction, number and clinical profile of competitive products;

•        our ability to provide acceptable evidence of safety and efficacy and our ability to secure the support of key clinicians and physicians for our drug candidates;

15

Table of Contents

•        cost-effectiveness compared to existing and new treatments;

•        availability of coverage, reimbursement and adequate payment from health maintenance organizations and other third party payers;

•        prevalence and severity of adverse side effects; and

•        other advantages over other treatment methods.

As controlled substances, the products may generate public controversy. Physicians, patients, payers or the medical community may be unwilling to accept, use or recommend our drug candidates which would adversely affect our potential revenues and future profitability. Adverse publicity or public perception regarding cannabis and psilocybin to our current or future investigational therapies using these substances may negatively influence the success of these therapies.

We face competition from entities that may develop drug candidates for our target disease indications, including companies developing novel treatments and technology platforms based on modalities and technology similar to ours.

The development and commercialization of drug candidates is highly competitive. Multinational pharmaceutical companies and specialized biotechnology companies could develop drug candidates and processes competitive with our drug candidates. Competitive therapeutic treatments include those that have already been approved and accepted by the medical community, patients and third party payers, and any new treatments that enter the market.

There may be a significant number of products that are currently under development, and may become commercially available in the future, for the treatment of conditions for which we are developing, and may in the future try to develop, drug candidates.

Multinational pharmaceutical companies and specialized biotechnology companies could have significantly greater financial, technical, manufacturing, marketing, sales and supply resources and experience than we have. If we successfully obtain approval for any drug candidate, we could face competition based on many different factors, including the safety and effectiveness of our drug candidates, the ease with which our drug candidates can be administered and the extent to which patients accept relatively new routes of administration, the timing and scope of regulatory approvals for these drug candidates, the availability and cost of manufacturing, marketing and sales capabilities, price, reimbursement coverage and patent position.

Competing products could present superior treatment alternatives, including by being more effective, safer, less expensive or marketed and sold more effectively than any products we may develop. Competitive products may make any products we develop obsolete or non-competitive before we recover the expense of developing and commercializing our drug candidates. Such competitors could also recruit our employees, which could negatively impact our level of expertise and our ability to execute our business plan.

If healthcare insurers and other organizations do not pay for our drug candidates or impose limits on reimbursement, our future business may suffer.

Our drug candidates may be rejected by the market due to many factors, including cost. The continuing efforts of governments, insurance companies and other payers of healthcare costs to contain or reduce healthcare costs may affect our future revenues and profitability. In Australia and certain foreign markets, the pricing of pharmaceutical products is subject to government control. We expect initiatives for similar government control to continue in the United States and elsewhere. The adoption of any such legislative or regulatory proposals could harm our business and prospects.

Successful commercialization of our drug candidates will depend in part on the extent to which reimbursement for the cost of our products and related treatment will be available from government health administration authorities, private health insurers and other organizations. Our drug candidates may not be considered cost-effective and reimbursement may not be available to consumers or may not be sufficient to allow our products to be marketed on a competitive basis. Third-party payers are increasingly challenging the price of medical products and treatment.

16

Table of Contents

If third party coverage is not available for our drug candidates the market acceptance of these drug candidates will be reduced. Cost-control initiatives could decrease the price we might establish for drug candidates, which could result in product revenues lower than anticipated. If the price for our drug candidates decreases or if governmental and other third-party payers do not provide adequate coverage and reimbursement levels our potential revenue and prospects for profitability will suffer.

We may be exposed to product liability claims which could harm our business.

The testing, marketing and sale of therapeutic products entails an inherent risk of product liability. We rely on a number of third-party researchers and contractors to produce, collect, and analyze data regarding the safety and efficacy of our drug candidates. We also have quality control and quality assurance in place to mitigate these risks, as well as professional liability and clinical trial insurance to cover financial damages in the event that human testing is done incorrectly or the data is analyzed incorrectly.

Notwithstanding our control procedures, we may face product liability exposure related to the testing of our drug candidates in human clinical trials. If any of our drug candidates are approved for sale, we may face exposure to claims by an even greater number of persons than were involved in the clinical trials once marketing, distribution and sales of our drug candidates begin. Regardless of merit or eventual outcome, liability claims may result in:

•        decreased demand for our drug candidates;

•        injury to our reputation;

•        withdrawal of clinical trial participants;

•        costs of related litigation;

•        substantial monetary awards to patients and others;

•        loss of revenues; and

•        the inability to commercialize drug candidates.

With respect to product liability claims, we could face additional liability beyond insurance limits if testing mistakes were to endanger any human subjects. In addition, if a claim is made against us in conjunction with these research testing activities, the market price of our ADSs may be negatively affected.

The outbreak of the novel strain of coronavirus, SARS-CoV-2, which causes COVID-19, could adversely impact our business, including our non-clinical studies and clinical trials.

Public health crises such as pandemics or similar outbreaks might adversely impact our business. In December 2019, a novel strain of coronavirus, SARS-CoV-2, which causes coronavirus disease 2019 (COVID-19), surfaced in Wuhan, China. Since then, COVID-19 has spread to most countries in the world.

As a result of the COVID-19 outbreak, or similar pandemics, we have and may in the future experience disruptions that could severely impact our business, preclinical studies and clinical trials, including:

•        delays or difficulties in enrolling patients in our clinical trials;

•        delays or difficulties in clinical site initiation, including difficulties in recruiting clinical site investigators and clinical site staff;

•        delays or disruptions in non-clinical experiments and investigational new drug application-enabling good laboratory practice standard toxicology studies due to unforeseen circumstances at contract research organizations and vendors along their supply chain;

•        increased rates of patients withdrawing from our clinical trials following enrollment as a result of contracting COVID-19, being forced to quarantine, or not wanting to attend hospital visits;

17

Table of Contents

•        diversion of healthcare resources away from the conduct of clinical trials, including the diversion of hospitals serving as our clinical trial sites and hospital staff supporting the conduct of our clinical trials;

•        interruption of key clinical trial activities, such as clinical trial site data monitoring, due to limitations on travel imposed or recommended by national, state or local governments, employers and others or interruption of clinical trial subject visits and study procedures (particularly any procedures that may be deemed non-essential), which may impact the integrity of subject data and clinical study endpoints;

•        interruption or delays in the operations of the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, the European Medicines Agency, the Australian Therapeutic Goods Administration or other foreign regulatory agencies, which may impact approval timelines;

•        interruption of, or delays in receiving, supplies of our drug candidates from our contract manufacturing organizations due to staffing shortages, production slowdowns or stoppages and disruptions in our supply chain or distribution vendors’ ability to ship drug candidates; and

•        limitations on employee resources that would otherwise be focused on the conduct of our non-clinical studies and clinical trials, including because of sickness of employees or their families, the desire of employees to avoid contact with large groups of people, an increased reliance on working from home or mass transit disruptions.

Product shipment delays could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

The shipment, import and export of our drug candidates and the API used to manufacture them will require import and export licenses. In the United States, the FDA, U.S. Customs and Border Protection, and the DEA; in Canada, the Canada Border Services Agency, Health Canada; in Europe, the EMA and the European Commission; in Australia and New Zealand, the Australian Customs and Board Protection Service, the TGA, the New Zealand Medicines and Medical Device Safety Authority and the New Zealand Customs Service; and in other countries, similar regulatory authorities, regulate the import and export of pharmaceutical products that contain controlled substances. Specifically, the import and export processes require the issuance of import and export licenses by the relevant controlled substance authority in both the importing and exporting country.

We may not be granted, or if granted, maintain, such licenses from the authorities in certain countries. Even if we obtain the relevant licenses, shipments of API and our drug candidates may be held up or lost in transit, which could cause significant delays and may lead to product batches being stored outside required temperature ranges. Inappropriate storage may damage the product shipment resulting in delays in clinical trials or, upon commercialization, a partial or total loss of revenue from one or more shipments of API or our drug candidates. A delay in a clinical trial or, upon commercialization, a partial or total loss of revenue from one or more shipments of API or our drug candidates could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our drug candidates will be subject to controlled substance laws and regulations. Failure to receive necessary approvals may delay the launch of our drug candidates and failure to comply with these laws and regulations may adversely affect the results of our business operations.

Our drug candidates contain controlled substances as defined in the Controlled Substance Act (“CSA”). Controlled substances that are pharmaceutical products are subject to a high degree of regulation under the CSA, which establishes, among other things, certain registration, manufacturing quotas, security, recordkeeping, reporting, import, export and other requirements administered by the DEA. The DEA classifies controlled substances into five schedules: Schedule I, II, III, IV or V substances. Schedule I substances by definition have a high potential for abuse, have not currently “accepted medical use” in the United States, lack accepted safety for use under medical supervision, and may not be prescribed, marketed or sold in the United States. Pharmaceutical products approved for use in the United States may be listed as Schedule II, III, IV or V, with Schedule II substances considered to present the highest potential for abuse or dependence and Schedule V substances the lowest relative risk of abuse among such substances. Schedule I and II drugs are subject to the strictest controls under the CSA, including manufacturing and procurement quotas, security requirements and criteria for importation. In addition, dispensing of Schedule II drugs is further restricted. For example, they may not be refilled without a new prescription.

18

Table of Contents

As a synthetic cannabinoids pharmaceutical product with psychedelic agents, our drug candidates are likely to be scheduled as Schedule II or III controlled substance. We will need to identify wholesale distributors with the appropriate DEA registrations and authority to distribute the products to pharmacies and other healthcare providers, and these distributors would need to obtain Schedule II or III distribution registrations. The failure to obtain, or delay in obtaining, or the loss of any of those registrations could result in increased costs to us. If any of our drug candidates is a Schedule II drug, pharmacies would have to maintain enhanced security with alarms and monitoring systems, and they must adhere to additional recordkeeping and inventory requirements. This may discourage some pharmacies from carrying the product. Furthermore, state and federal enforcement actions, regulatory requirements, and legislation intended to reduce prescription drug abuse, such as the requirement that physicians consult a state prescription drug monitoring program, may make physicians less willing to prescribe, and pharmacies to dispense, Schedule II products.

We intend to manufacture the commercial supply of our drug candidates outside of the United States. If any of our products are approved by the FDA and classified as a Schedule II or III substance, an importer can import for commercial purposes if it obtains from the DEA an importer registration and files an application with the DEA for an import permit for each import. The failure to identify an importer or obtain the necessary import authority could affect the availability of our drug candidates and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, an application for a Schedule II importer registration must be published in the Federal Register, and there is a waiting period for third party comments to be submitted. The failure to maintain the necessary registrations or comply with applicable laws could delay the commercialization of our drug candidates and could delay the completion of the clinical studies. Furthermore, failure to maintain compliance with the CSA, particularly non-compliance resulting in loss or diversion, could result in regulatory action that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. The DEA may seek civil penalties, refuse to renew necessary registrations, or initiate proceedings to restrict, suspend or revoke those registrations. In certain circumstances, violations could lead to criminal proceedings. In addition, if the FDA, DEA, or any foreign regulatory authority determines that our drug candidates may have potential for abuse, it may require us to generate more clinical or other data than we currently anticipate to establish whether or to what extent the substance has an abuse potential, which could increase the cost and/or delay the launch of which could increase the cost and/or delay the launch of our drug candidates.

Individual states have also established controlled substance laws and regulations. Though state-controlled substance laws often mirror federal law, because the states are separate jurisdictions, they may separately schedule our drug candidates as well. While some states automatically schedule a drug based on federal action, other states schedule drugs through rulemaking or a legislative action. State scheduling may delay commercial sale of any product for which we obtain federal regulatory approval and adverse scheduling could have a material adverse effect on the commercial attractiveness of such product. We or our partners must also obtain separate state registrations, permits or licenses in order to be able to obtain, handle, and distribute controlled substances for clinical trials or commercial sale, and failure to meet applicable regulatory requirements could lead to enforcement and sanctions by the states in addition to those from the DEA or otherwise arising under federal law.

We intend to contract manufacturers in Australia to produce the drug product for our clinical trials and the API for our drug candidates. In addition, we may decide to develop, manufacture or commercialize our drug candidates in additional countries. As a result, we will also be subject to controlled substance laws and regulations from the TGA in Australia and from other regulatory agencies in other countries where we develop, manufacture or commercialize our drug candidates in the future. We plan to submit NDAs for our drug candidates to the FDA upon completion of all requisite clinical trials and may require additional DEA scheduling decisions at such time as well.

Changes in U.S. healthcare law and implementing regulations, as well as changes in healthcare policy, may impact our business in ways that we cannot currently predict and may harm our business and results of operations.

There have been, and likely will continue to be, several executive, legislative and regulatory changes and proposed changes regarding the healthcare system that could prevent or delay marketing approval of drug candidates, restrict or regulate post-approval activities and affect our ability to profitably sell any drug candidates for which we obtain marketing approval. Among policy makers and payors in the United States there is significant interest in promoting changes in healthcare systems with the stated goals of containing healthcare costs, improving quality and/or expanding access and the pharmaceutical industry has been a particular focus of these efforts and has been significantly affected by major legislative initiatives.

19

Table of Contents

The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, collectively referred to as the Affordable Care Act, substantially changed the way healthcare is financed by both the government and private insurers, and significantly impacts the U.S. pharmaceutical industry. The Affordable Care Act, among other things: (1) introduced a new average manufacturer price definition for drugs and biologics that are inhaled, infused, instilled, implanted or injected and not generally dispensed through retail community pharmacies; (2) increased the minimum Medicaid rebates owed by manufacturers under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program and expanded rebate liability from fee-for-service Medicaid utilization to include the utilization of Medicaid managed care organizations as well; (3) established a branded prescription drug fee that pharmaceutical manufacturers of branded prescription drugs must pay to the federal government; (4) expanded the list of covered entities eligible to participate in the 340B drug pricing program by adding new entities eligible for the program; (5) established a new Medicare Part D coverage gap discount program, in which manufacturers must agree to offer 50% (increased to 70% pursuant to the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2018, or BBA, effective as of January 2019) point-of-sale discounts off negotiated prices of applicable branded drugs to eligible beneficiaries during their coverage gap period, as a condition for the manufacturer’s outpatient drugs to be covered under Medicare Part D; (6) extended manufacturers’ Medicaid rebate liability to covered drugs dispensed to individuals who are enrolled in Medicaid managed care organizations; (7) expanded eligibility criteria for Medicaid programs by, among other things, allowing states to offer Medicaid coverage to additional individuals, including individuals with income at or below 133% of the federal poverty level, thereby potentially increasing manufacturers’ Medicaid rebate liability; (8) created a licensure framework for follow-on biologic products; and (9) established a Center for Medicare and Medicaid Innovation at the CMS to test innovative payment and service delivery models to lower Medicare and Medicaid spending.

There remain judicial and Congressional challenges to certain aspects of the Affordable Care Act, as well as efforts by the Trump administration to repeal or replace certain aspects of the Affordable Care Act. For example, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017, or the TCJA, was enacted, which included a provision that repealed, effective January 1, 2019, the tax-based shared responsibility payment imposed by the Affordable Care Act on certain individuals who fail to maintain qualifying health coverage for all or part of a year that is commonly referred to as the “individual mandate.” On December 14, 2018, a U.S. District Court Judge in the Northern District of Texas ruled that the individual mandate is a critical and inseverable feature of the Affordable Care Act, and therefore, because it was repealed as part of the TCJA, the remaining provisions of the Affordable Care Act are invalid as well. On December 18, 2019, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the 5th Circuit ruled that the individual mandate was unconstitutional but remanded the case back to the District Court to determine whether the remaining provisions of the Affordable Care Act are invalid as well. On March 2, 2020, the U.S. Supreme Court granted the petitions for writs of certiorari to review the case, although it is unclear when a decision will be made or how the Supreme Court will rule. In addition, there may be other efforts to challenge, repeal or replace the Affordable Care Act. We are continuing to monitor any changes to the Affordable Care Act that, in turn, may potentially impact our business in the future.

Other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted since the Affordable Care Act was enacted. These changes include aggregate reductions to Medicare payments to providers of 2% per fiscal year pursuant to the Budget Control Act of 2011 and subsequent laws, which began in 2013 and will remain in effect through 2030, unless additional Congressional action is taken. These Medicare sequester reductions will be suspended from May 1, 2020 through December 31, 2020 due to the COVID-19 pandemic. In January 2013, the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 was signed into law, which, among other things, further reduced Medicare payments to several types of providers, including hospitals, imaging centers and cancer treatment centers, and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years. New laws may result in additional reductions in Medicare and other healthcare funding, which may materially negatively affect customer demand and affordability for our drug candidates and, accordingly, the results of our financial operations. Also, there has been heightened governmental scrutiny recently over the manner in which pharmaceutical companies set prices for their marketed products, which have resulted in several Congressional inquiries and proposed federal legislation, as well as state efforts, designed to, among other things, bring more transparency to product pricing, reduce the cost of prescription drugs under Medicare, review the relationship between pricing and manufacturer patient programs, and reform government program reimbursement methodologies for drug products. At the state level, individual states in the United States are increasingly active in passing legislation and implementing regulations designed to control pharmaceutical and biological product pricing, including price or

20

Table of Contents

patient reimbursement constraints, discounts, restrictions on certain product access and marketing cost disclosure and transparency measures, and, in some cases, designed to encourage importation from other countries and bulk purchasing. Legally mandated price controls on payment amounts by third-party payors or other restrictions on coverage or access could harm our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects. In addition, regional healthcare authorities and individual hospitals are increasingly using bidding procedures to determine what pharmaceutical products and which suppliers will be included in their prescription drug and other healthcare programs. This could reduce the ultimate demand for our drug candidates that we successfully commercialize or put pressure on our product pricing.

In addition, proposed federal and state legislation may increase competition as it relates to cannabis derived products. Under the Cannabis Administration and Opportunity Act, the U.S. Senate proposed legalizing the use of hemp-derived CBD in dietary supplements by amending the FDCA. The Hemp Access and Consumer Safety Act of 2021 (SB 1698) also permits hemp-derived CBD to be used in dietary supplements. States are considering the reimbursement of medical marijuana. For example, New Jersey lawmakers introduced legislation, which is still pending, that requires reimbursement for medical marijuana under certain circumstances, while New York lawmakers introduced pending legislation that classifies medical marijuana as a prescription drug that may be covered for workers’ compensation purposes. As the availability and reimbursement of cannabis-derived products potentially expand, the pharmaceutical industry may directly compete with state-regulated cannabis businesses for market share.

We expect that these and other healthcare reform measures that may be adopted in the future, may result in more rigorous coverage criteria and lower reimbursement, and put additional downward pressure on the price that we receive for any approved product. It is possible that additional governmental action is taken in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. We cannot predict the likelihood, nature or extent of government regulation that may arise from future legislation or administrative action in the United States. If we or any third parties we may engage are slow or unable to adapt to changes in existing requirements or the adoption of new requirements or policies, or if we or such third parties are not able to maintain regulatory compliance, our drug candidates may lose any regulatory approval that may have been obtained and we may not achieve or sustain profitability

Risks Related to Intellectual Property

Our success depends on our ability to protect our intellectual property and our proprietary technology.

Our success is to a certain degree also dependent on our ability to obtain and maintain patent protection or where applicable, to receive/maintain orphan drug designation/status and resulting marketing exclusivity for our drug candidates.

We may be materially adversely affected by our failure or inability to protect our intellectual property rights. Without the granting of these rights, the ability to pursue damages for infringement would be limited. Similarly, any know-how that is proprietary or particular to our technologies may be subject to risk of disclosure by employees or consultants despite having confidentiality agreements in place.

Any future success will depend in part on whether we can obtain and maintain patents to protect our own products and technologies; obtain licenses to the patented technologies of third parties; and operate without infringing on the proprietary rights of third parties. Biotechnology patent matters can involve complex legal and scientific questions, and it is impossible to predict the outcome of biotechnology and pharmaceutical patent claims. Any of our future patent applications may not be approved, or we may not develop additional products or processes that are patentable. Some countries in which we may sell our drug candidate or license our intellectual property may fail to protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as the protection that may be afforded in the United States or Australia. Some legal principles remain unresolved and there has not been a consistent policy regarding the breadth or interpretation of claims allowed in patents in the United States, the United Kingdom, the European Union, Australia or elsewhere. In addition, the specific content of patents and patent applications that are necessary to support and interpret patent claims is highly uncertain due to the complex nature of the relevant legal, scientific and factual issues. Changes in either patent laws or in interpretations of patent laws in the United States, the United Kingdom, the European Union or elsewhere may diminish the value of our intellectual property or narrow the scope of our patent protection. Even if we are able to obtain patents, they may not issue in a form that

21

Table of Contents

will provide us with any meaningful protection, prevent competitors from competing with us or otherwise provide us with any competitive advantage. Our competitors may be able to circumvent our patents by developing similar or alternative technologies or products in a non-infringing manner. We may also fail to take the required actions or pay the necessary fees to maintain our patents.

Moreover, any of our pending applications may be subject to a third party pre-issuance submission of prior art to the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, or USPTO, the European Patent Office, or EPO, the Intellectual Property Office, or IPO, in the United Kingdom, the Australian Patent and Trademark Office and/or any patents issuing thereon may become involved in opposition, derivation, reexamination, inter partes review, post grant review, interference proceedings or other patent office proceedings or litigation, in the United States or elsewhere, challenging our patent rights. An adverse determination in any such submission, proceeding or litigation could reduce the scope of, or invalidate, our patent rights, and allow third parties to commercialize our technology or products and compete directly with us, without payment to us. In addition, if the breadth or strength of protection provided by our patents and patent applications is threatened, it could dissuade companies from collaborating with us to exploit our intellectual property or develop or commercialize current or future drug candidates.

The issuance of a patent is not conclusive as to the inventorship, scope, validity or enforceability, and our patents may be challenged in the courts or patent offices in the United States, the European Union, Australia and elsewhere. Such challenges may result in loss of ownership or in patent claims being narrowed, invalidated or held unenforceable, in whole or in part, which could limit the duration of the patent protection of our technology and products. As a result, our patent portfolio may not provide us with sufficient rights to exclude others from commercializing products similar or identical to ours.

In addition, other companies may attempt to circumvent any regulatory data protection or market exclusivity that we obtain under applicable legislation, which may require us to allocate significant resources to preventing such circumvention. Such developments could enable other companies to circumvent our intellectual property rights and use our clinical trial data to obtain marketing authorizations in the European Union, Australia and in other jurisdictions. Such developments may also require us to allocate significant resources to prevent other companies from circumventing or violating our intellectual property rights.

Intellectual property rights of third parties could adversely affect our ability to commercialize our drug candidates, such that we could be required to litigate with or obtain licenses from third parties in order to develop or market our drug candidates.

Our commercial success may depend upon our future ability and the ability of our potential collaborators to develop, manufacture, market and sell our drug candidates without infringing valid intellectual property rights of third parties.

If a third-party intellectual property right exists it may require the pursuit of litigation or administrative proceedings to nullify or invalidate the third party intellectual property right concerned, or entry into a license agreement with the intellectual property right holder, which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, if at all.

Third-party intellectual property right holders, including our competitors, may bring infringement claims against us. We may not be able to successfully settle or otherwise resolve such infringement claims. If we are unable to successfully settle future claims or otherwise resolve such claims on terms acceptable to us, we may be required to engage in or continue costly, unpredictable and time-consuming litigation and may be prevented from, or experience substantial delays in, marketing our drug candidate.

If we fail to settle or otherwise resolve any such dispute, in addition to being forced to pay damages, we or our potential collaborators may be prohibited from commercializing any drug candidates we may develop that are held to be infringing, for the duration of the patent term. We might, if possible, also be forced to redesign our formulations so that we no longer infringe such third-party intellectual property rights. Any of these events, even if we were ultimately to prevail, could require us to divert substantial financial and management resources that we would otherwise be able to devote to our business.

22

Table of Contents

Our reliance on third parties requires us to share our trade secrets, which increases the possibility that a competitor will discover them or that our trade secrets will be misappropriated or disclosed.

Because we collaborate with various organizations and academic institutions on the advancement of our technology and drug candidates, we may, at times, share trade secrets with them. We seek to protect our proprietary technology in part by entering into confidentiality agreements and, if applicable, material transfer agreements, collaborative research agreements, consulting agreements or other similar agreements with our collaborators, advisors, employees and consultants prior to beginning research or disclosing proprietary information. These agreements typically limit the rights of the third parties to use or disclose our confidential information, such as trade secrets. Despite these contractual provisions, the need to share trade secrets and other confidential information increases the risk that such trade secrets become known by potential competitors, are inadvertently incorporated into the technology of others, or are disclosed or used in violation of these agreements. Given that our proprietary position is based, in part, on our know-how and trade secrets, discovery by a third party of our trade secrets or other unauthorized use or disclosure would impair our intellectual property rights and protections in our drug candidates.

In addition, these agreements typically restrict the ability of our collaborators, advisors, employees and consultants to publish data potentially relating to our trade secrets. Our academic collaborators typically have rights to publish data, provided that we are notified in advance and may delay publication for a specified time in order to secure our intellectual property rights arising from the collaboration. In other cases, publication rights are controlled exclusively by us. In other cases, we may share these rights with other parties. Despite our efforts to protect our trade secrets, our competitors may discover our trade secrets, either through breach of these agreements, independent development or publication of information including our trade secrets in cases where we do not have proprietary or otherwise protected rights at the time of publication.

Obtaining and maintaining our patent protection depends on compliance with various procedural, document submission, fee payment and other requirements imposed by governmental patent agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for non-compliance with these requirements.

Periodic maintenance fees, renewal fees, annuity fees and various other governmental fees on patents and applications are required to be paid to the United State Patent and Trademark Office and other governmental patent agencies outside of the United States in several stages over the lifetime of the patents and applications. The USPTO and various corresponding governmental patent agencies outside of the United States require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other similar provisions during the patent application process and after a patent has issued. There are situations in which non-compliance can result in abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction.

We may become involved in lawsuits to protect and defend our patents or other intellectual property, which could be expensive, time consuming and unsuccessful.

Competitors may infringe our patents or other intellectual property and we may inadvertently infringe the patent or intellectual property of others. To counter infringement or unauthorized use, we may be required to file claims, and any related litigation and/or prosecution of such claims can be expensive and time consuming. Any claims we assert against perceived infringers could provoke these parties to assert counterclaims against us alleging that we infringe their intellectual property. In addition, in a patent infringement proceeding, a court may decide that a patent of ours is invalid in whole or in part, unenforceable, or construe the patent’s claims narrowly allowing the other party to commercialize competing products on the grounds that our patents do not cover such products.

Even if resolved in our favor, litigation or other legal proceedings relating to intellectual property claims may cause us to incur significant expenses and could distract our technical and management personnel from their normal responsibilities. Such litigation or proceedings could substantially increase our operating losses and reduce our resources available for development activities. We may not have sufficient financial or other resources to adequately conduct such litigation or proceedings. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of such litigation or proceedings more effectively than we can because of their substantially greater financial resources. The effects of patent litigation or other proceedings could therefore have a material adverse effect on our ability to compete in the marketplace.

23

Table of Contents

Confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with our employees, advisors and consultants may not adequately prevent disclosure of trade secrets and protect other proprietary information.

We consider proprietary trade secrets and/or confidential know-how and unpatented know-how to be important to our business. We may rely on trade secrets and/or confidential know-how to protect our technology, especially where patent protection is believed by us to be of limited value. However, trade secrets and/or confidential know-how can be difficult to maintain as confidential.

To protect this type of information against disclosure or appropriation by competitors, our policy is to require our employees, advisors and consultants to enter into confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with us. However, current or former employees, advisors and consultants may unintentionally or willfully disclose our confidential information to competitors, and confidentiality and invention assignment agreements may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized disclosure of confidential information. Enforcing a claim that a third party obtained illegally and is using trade secrets and/or confidential know-how is expensive, time consuming and unpredictable. The enforceability of confidentiality and invention assignment agreements may vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction.

Failure to obtain or maintain trade secrets and/or confidential know-how trade protection could adversely affect our competitive position. Moreover, our competitors may independently develop substantially equivalent proprietary information and may even apply for patent protection in respect of the same. If successful in obtaining such patent protection, our competitors could limit our use of our trade secrets and/or confidential know-how.

Intellectual property rights do not address all potential threats to our competitive advantage.

The degree of future protection afforded by our intellectual property rights is uncertain because intellectual property rights have limitations, and may not adequately protect our business, or permit us to maintain our competitive advantage. The following examples are illustrative:

•        Others may be able to make products that are similar to ours but that are not covered by our intellectual property rights.

•        Others may independently develop similar or alternative technologies or otherwise circumvent any of our technologies without infringing our intellectual property rights.

•        We or any of our collaboration partners might not have been the first to conceive and reduce to practice the inventions covered by the patents or patent applications that we own, license or will own or license.

•        We or any of our collaboration partners might not have been the first to file patent applications covering certain of the patents or patent applications that we or they own or have obtained a license, or will own or will have obtained a license.

•        It is possible that any pending patent applications that we have filed, or will file, will not lead to issued patents.

•        Issued patents that we own may not provide us with any competitive advantage, or may be held invalid or unenforceable, as a result of legal challenges by our competitors.

•        Our competitors might conduct research and development activities in countries where we do not have patent rights, or in countries where research and development safe harbor laws exist, and then use the information learned from such activities to develop competitive products for sale in our major commercial markets.

•        Ownership of our patents or patent applications may be challenged by third parties.

•        The patents of third parties or pending or future applications of third parties, if issued, may have an adverse effect on our business.

24

Table of Contents

We may face difficulties with protecting our intellectual property in certain jurisdictions, which may diminish the value of our intellectual property rights in those jurisdictions.

The laws of some jurisdictions do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws in the United States and the European Union, and many companies have encountered significant difficulties in protecting and defending such rights in such jurisdictions. If we or our collaboration partners encounter difficulties in protecting, or are otherwise precluded from effectively protecting, the intellectual property rights important for our business in such jurisdictions, the value of these rights may be diminished and we may face additional competition from others in those jurisdictions.

Some countries in Europe and China have compulsory licensing laws under which a patent owner may be compelled to grant licenses to third parties. In addition, many countries limit the enforceability of patents against government agencies or government contractors. In these countries, the patent owner may have limited remedies, which could materially diminish the value of such patent. If we are, or any of our licensors is, forced to grant a license to third parties with respect to any patents relevant to our business, our competitive position or commercial advantage may be impaired and our business and results of operations may be adversely affected.

Changes in patent law could diminish the value of patents in general, thereby impairing our ability to protect our drug candidates and any future drug candidates.

As is the case with other biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies, our success is heavily dependent on intellectual property rights, particularly patents. Obtaining and enforcing patents in the biopharmaceutical industry involves technological and legal complexity, and obtaining and enforcing biopharmaceutical patents is costly, time-consuming and inherently uncertain. The U.S. Supreme Court in recent years has issued rulings either narrowing the scope of patent protection available in certain circumstances or weakening the rights of patent owners in certain situations or ruling that certain subject matter is not eligible for patent protection. In addition to increasing uncertainty with regard to our ability to obtain patents in the future, this combination of events has created uncertainty with respect to the value of patents, once obtained. Depending on decisions by Congress, the federal courts, the USPTO and equivalent bodies in non-U.S. jurisdictions, the laws and regulations governing patents could change in unpredictable ways that would weaken our ability to obtain new patents or to enforce existing patents and patents we may obtain in the future.

Patent reform laws, such as the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act, or the Leahy-Smith Act, as well as changes in how patent laws are interpreted, could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents. The Leahy-Smith Act made a number of significant changes to U.S. patent law. These include provisions that affect the filing and prosecution strategies associated with patent applications, including a change from a “first-to-invent” to a “first-inventor-to-file” patent system, and a change allowing third-party submission of prior art to the USPTO during patent prosecution and additional procedures to attack the validity of a patent by USPTO-administered post-grant proceedings, including post-grant review, inter partes review and derivation proceedings. The USPTO has developed regulations and procedures to govern administration of the Leahy-Smith Act, and many of the substantive changes to patent law associated with the Leahy-Smith Act and, in particular, the “first-inventor-to-file” provisions, became effective in 2013. The Leahy-Smith Act and its implementation may increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents, all of which could have harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Price controls may be imposed in non-U.S. markets, which may negatively affect our future profitability.

In some countries, particularly EU member states, Japan, Australia and Canada, the pricing of prescription drugs is subject to governmental control. In these countries, pricing negotiations with governmental authorities can take considerable time after receipt of marketing approval for a product. In addition, there can be considerable pressure by governments and other stakeholders on prices and reimbursement levels, including as part of cost containment measures. Political, economic and regulatory developments may further complicate pricing negotiations, and pricing negotiations may continue after reimbursement has been obtained. Reference pricing used by various EU member states and parallel distribution, or arbitrage between low-priced and

25

Table of Contents

high-priced member states, can further reduce prices. In some countries, we or our collaborators may be required to conduct a clinical trial or other studies that compare the cost-effectiveness of our drug candidates to other available therapies in order to obtain or maintain reimbursement or pricing approval. Publication of discounts by third-party payors or authorities may lead to further pressure on the prices or reimbursement levels within the country of publication and other countries. If reimbursement of our drug candidates is unavailable or limited in scope or amount, or if pricing is set at unsatisfactory levels, our business, revenues or profitability could be harmed.

Risks Relating to Ownership of the ADSs and this Offering

The trading price of the ADSs may be volatile, and purchasers of the ADSs could incur substantial losses.

The market price of our ordinary shares historically has been, and we expect our ordinary shares and ADSs will continue to be, subject to significant fluctuations over short periods of time. These fluctuations may be due to factors specific to us, to changes in analysts’ recommendations and earnings estimates, to arbitrage between our Australian-listed ordinary shares and our Nasdaq-listed ADSs, to changes in exchange rates, or to factors affecting the biopharmaceutical industry or the securities markets in general. Market fluctuations, as well as general political and economic conditions, such as a recession, interest rate or currency fluctuations, could adversely affect the market price of our securities.

We may experience a material decline in the market price of our shares, regardless of our operating performance. Therefore, a holder of our ADSs may not be able to sell those ADSs at or above the price paid by such holder for such ADSs. Price declines in our ADSs could result from a variety of factors, including many outside our control. These factors include:

•        the results of pre-clinical testing and clinical trials by us and our competitors;

•        unforeseen safety issues or adverse side effects resulting from the clinical trials or the commercial use of our drug candidate;

•        regulatory actions in respect of any of our drug candidates or the products of any of our competitors;

•        announcements of the introduction of new products by us or our competitors;

•        market conditions, including market conditions in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology sectors;

•        increases in our costs or decreases in our revenues due to unfavorable movements in foreign currency exchange rates;

•        developments or litigation concerning patents, licenses and other intellectual property rights;

•        litigation or public concern about the safety of our drug candidates;

•        changes in recommendations or earnings estimates by securities analysts;

•        actual and anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly operating results;

•        deviations in our operating results from the estimates of securities analysts;

•        rumors relating to us or our competitors;

•        additions or departures of key personnel;

•        changes in third party reimbursement policies; and

•        developments concerning current or future strategic alliances or acquisitions.

In addition, volatility and low market price of our ADSs may adversely impact investors’ interest in our securities. A decline in investors’ interest may prompt further volatility and decrease in market price.

26

Table of Contents

There has been no prior market for the ADSs and an active and liquid market for our securities may fail to develop, which could harm the market price of the ADSs.

While our ordinary shares have been listed on the Australian Securities Exchange, or ASX, prior to this offering, there has been no public market on a U.S. national securities exchange for our ordinary shares or ADSs. Although we have applied for the listing of the ADSs on Nasdaq, an active trading market for the ADSs may never develop or be sustained following this offering. The initial offering price of the ADSs will be determined through negotiations between us and the underwriter and will be based, in part, on prevailing market prices of our ordinary shares on the ASX, after taking into account market conditions and other factors. This offering price may not be indicative of the market price of the ADSs after this offering. In the absence of an active trading market for the ADSs, investors may not be able to sell their ADSs at or above the offering price or at the time that they would like to sell.

If we are or become a passive foreign investment company (“PFIC” ), then that would subject our U.S. investors to adverse tax rules.

Holders of our ADSs who are U.S. taxpayers will be subject to particular income tax rules if we are a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC. These rules could result in a reduction in the after-tax return to a “U.S. Holder” of our ADSs and reduce the value of our ADSs. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, we will be classified as a PFIC for any taxable year in which (i) 75% or more of our gross income is passive income, or (ii) at least 50% of the average value of all of our assets for the taxable year produce or are held for the production of passive income. For this purpose, cash is considered to be an asset that produces passive income.

If we are classified as a PFIC in any year that a U.S. Holder owns ADSs, the U.S. Holder will generally continue to be treated as holding ADSs of a PFIC in all subsequent years, notwithstanding that we are not classified as a PFIC in a subsequent year. Dividends received by the U.S. Holder and gains realized from the sale of our ADSs would be taxed as ordinary income and subject to an interest charge. We urge U.S. investors to consult their own tax advisors about the application of the PFIC rules and certain elections that may help to minimize adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences in their particular circumstances.

The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources and divert management’s attention and if we are unable to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in the future, the accuracy and timeliness of our financial reporting may be adversely affected.

As a U.S. publicly-traded company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act), the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Act, the listing requirements of the Nasdaq Capital Market and other applicable securities rules and regulations. Compliance with these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming or costly and increase demand on our systems and resources. The Exchange Act requires, among other things, that we file certain reports with respect to our business and results of operations. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. In order to maintain and, if required, improve our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting to meet this standard, significant resources and management oversight are required. As a result, management’s attention may be diverted from other business concerns, which could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we assess the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting annually and disclosure controls and procedures quarterly. If we identify material weaknesses in future periods or we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner, our reported financial results could be restated, we could be subject to investigations or sanctions by regulatory authorities, which would require additional financial and management resources, and the market price of our ordinary shares could decline.

You will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value of the ADSs you purchase in this offering.

The initial public offering price of the ADSs is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per ADS or per ordinary share immediately after this offering. If you purchase ADSs in this offering, you will suffer immediate dilution of US$            per ADS (or US$            per ordinary share), or US$            per ADS

27

Table of Contents

(or US$            per ordinary share) if the underwriter exercises its option to purchase additional shares in full, representing the difference between our as adjusted net tangible book value per ADS or per ordinary share after giving effect to the sale of ADSs in this offering and the initial public offering price of US$            per ADS. See “Dilution.”

Our issuance of additional ordinary shares in connection with financings, acquisitions, investments, or otherwise will dilute all other ADS holders.

We expect to issue additional ordinary shares in the future that will result in dilution to all other ADS holders. We may also raise capital through equity financings in the future. As part of our business strategy, we may acquire or make investments in complementary companies, products, or technologies and issue equity securities to pay for any such acquisition or investment. While we will be subject to the constraints of the ASX Listing Rules regarding the percentage of our capital that we are able to issue within a 12-month period (subject to applicable exceptions), any such issuances of additional ordinary shares may cause ADS holders to experience significant dilution of their ownership interests and the per ADS value of our ADSs to decline.

As long as we remain subject to the rules of the ASX and Nasdaq, we will be unable to access equity capital without shareholder approval if such equity capital sales would result in an equity issuance above regulatory thresholds and, consequently, we could be unable to obtain financing sufficient to sustain our business if we are unsuccessful in soliciting requisite shareholder approvals.

Our ability to access equity capital is currently limited by ASX Listing Rule 7.1, which provides that a company must not, subject to specified exceptions (including approval by shareholders), issue or agree to issue during any consecutive 12-month period any equity securities, or other securities with rights to conversion to equity, if the number of those securities in aggregate would exceed 15% of the number of ordinary securities on issue at the commencement of that 12-month period.

Our equity issuances will be limited by ASX Listing Rule 7.1 as long as we continue to be listed on the ASX and this constraint may prevent us from raising the full amount of equity capital needed for operations without prior shareholder approval.

We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering and may not use them effectively.

We will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds that we receive from this offering as well as of our existing cash, and we may spend or invest these funds in a way with which our shareholders or holders of the ADSs disagree. Our failure to apply these funds effectively could harm our business and financial condition. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from the offering in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value. These investments may not yield a favorable return to our investors.

Future sales of ordinary shares or ADSs by existing holders could depress the market price of the ordinary shares or ADSs.

Based on 1,065,859,479 ordinary shares outstanding as of June 30, 2021, upon the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding a total of            ordinary shares (including ordinary shares represented by ADSs), assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional ADSs and no exercise of outstanding options warrants offered and sold in this offering. Each member of our senior management and board of directors and their affiliates are subject to lock-up agreements with the underwriters that restrict their ability to transfer ordinary shares, options and other securities convertible into, exchangeable for, or exercisable for ordinary shares during the period ending on, and including, the 180th day after the date of this prospectus, subject to specified exceptions. Roth Capital Partners, LLC may, in its sole discretion, permit our shareholders who are subject to these lock-up agreements to sell securities prior to the expiration of the lock-up agreements. As of the date of this prospectus, the exercise of all outstanding options exercisable for ordinary shares would enable the subscription of new ordinary shares representing approximately            of the diluted share capital.

After the lock-up agreements pertaining to this offering expire, 94,302,045 additional ordinary shares will be eligible for sale in the public market, all of which ordinary shares are held by members of our senior management and board of directors and will be subject to volume limitations under Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933,

28

Table of Contents

as amended, or the Securities Act. In addition, the ordinary shares subject to subscription under outstanding options exercisable for ordinary shares will become eligible for sale in the public market in the future, subject to certain legal and contractual limitations. Sales of a large number of the ordinary shares in the public market could depress the market price of the ADSs. See “Shares and American Depository Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a more detailed description of sales that may occur in the future. If these additional ordinary shares are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold, in the public market, the trading price of the ordinary shares and ADSs could decline substantially, which could impair our ability to raise additional capital through the issuance of ordinary shares, ADSs or other securities in the future.

The dual listing of our ordinary shares and the ADSs following this offering may negatively impact the liquidity and value of the ADSs.

Following this offering and after the ADSs are listed on Nasdaq, our ordinary shares will continue to be listed on the ASX. We cannot predict the effect of this dual listing on the value of our ordinary shares and ADSs. However, the dual listing of our ordinary shares and ADSs may dilute the liquidity of these securities in one or both markets and may negatively impact the development of an active trading market for the ADSs in the United States. The price of the ADSs could also be negatively impacted by trading in our ordinary shares on the ASX.

We are subject to risks associated with currency fluctuations, and changes in foreign currency exchange rates could impact our results of operations.

Our ordinary shares are quoted in Australian dollars on the ASX and the ADSs will be quoted in U.S. dollars. In the past year, the Australian dollar has generally weakened against the U.S. dollar; however, this trend may not continue and may be reversed. As such, any significant change in the value of the Australian dollar may have a negative effect on the value of the ADSs in U.S. dollars. In addition, if the Australian dollar weakens against the U.S. dollar, then, if we decide to convert our Australian dollars into U.S. dollars for any business purpose, appreciation of the U.S. dollar against the Australian dollar would have a negative effect on the U.S. dollar amount available to us. To the extent that we need to convert U.S. dollars we receive from this offering into Australian dollars for our operations, appreciation of the Australian dollar against the U.S. dollar would have a negative effect on the Australian dollar amount we would receive from the conversion. Consequently, appreciation or depreciation in the value of the Australian dollar relative to the U.S. dollar would affect our financial results reported in U.S. dollar terms without giving effect to any underlying change in our business or results of operations. As a result of such foreign currency fluctuations, it could be more difficult to detect underlying trends in our business and results of operations.

Our ADS holders are not shareholders and do not have shareholder rights.

Deutsche Bank, as depositary, registers and delivers our American Depositary Shares, or ADSs. Our ADS holders will not be treated as shareholders and do not have the rights of shareholders. The depositary will be the holder of the shares underlying our ADSs. Holders of our ADSs will have ADS holder rights. A deposit agreement among us, the depositary and our ADS holders, and the beneficial owners of ADSs, sets out ADS holder rights as well as the rights and obligations of the depositary. New York law governs the deposit agreement and the ADSs. For a description of ADS holder rights, see “Description of American Depositary Shares” in this Registration Statement.

Our shareholders have shareholder rights. Australian law and our constitution govern shareholder rights. For a description of our shareholders’ rights, see “Memorandum and Articles of Association” in this Registration Statement. Shareholders are entitled to our notices of general meetings and to attend and vote at our general meetings of shareholders. At a general meeting, every shareholder present (in person or by proxy, attorney or representative) and entitled to vote has one vote on a show of hands. Every shareholder present (in person or by proxy, attorney or representative) and entitled to vote has one vote per fully paid ordinary share on a poll. This is subject to any other rights or restrictions which may be attached to any shares.

Our ADS holders do not have the same voting rights as our shareholders. ADS holders may exercise voting rights with respect to the underlying ordinary shares only in accordance with the provisions of the deposit agreement. Under the deposit agreement, ADS holders vote by giving voting instructions to the depositary. Upon receipt of instructions, the depositary will try to vote in accordance with those instructions. Otherwise, ADS holders will not be able to vote unless they withdraw the ordinary shares underlying their ADSs.

29

Table of Contents

If we ask for our ADS holders’ instructions, the depositary will notify our ADS holders of the upcoming vote and arrange to deliver our voting materials and form of notice to them. The depositary will try, as far as practical, subject to Australian law and the provisions of the depositary agreement, to vote the shares as our ADS holders instruct. The depositary will not vote or attempt to exercise the right to vote other than in accordance with the instructions of the ADS holders. We cannot assure our ADS holders that they will learn of ordinary shareholders’ meetings and receive the voting materials in time to instruct the depositary or withdraw the underlying ordinary shares. This means that there is a risk that our ADS holders may not be able to exercise voting rights and there may be nothing they can do if their shares are not voted as they requested.

Our ADS holders do not have the same rights to receive dividends or other distributions as our shareholders.

Subject to any special rights or restrictions attached to a share, the directors may determine that a dividend will be payable on a share and fix the amount, the time for payment and the method for payment (although we have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our ordinary shares and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future). Dividends may be paid on shares of one class but not another and at different rates for different classes. Dividends and other distributions payable to our shareholders with respect to our ordinary shares generally will be payable directly to them. Any dividends or distributions payable with respect to ordinary shares will be paid to the depositary, which has agreed to pay to our ADS holders the cash dividends or other distributions it or the custodian receives on shares or other deposited securities, after deducting its fees and expenses. Our ADS holders will receive these distributions in proportion to the number of shares their ADSs represent. In addition, there may be certain circumstances in which the depositary may not pay to our ADS holders amounts distributed by us as a dividend or distribution.

There are circumstances where it may be unlawful or impractical to make distributions to the holders of our ADSs.

The deposit agreement with the depositary generally requires the depositary to convert foreign currency it receives in respect of deposited securities into U.S. dollars and distribute the U.S. dollars to ADS holders, provided the depositary can do so on a reasonable basis. If it does not convert foreign currency, the depositary may distribute the foreign currency only to those ADS holders to whom it is possible to do so. If a distribution is payable by us in Australian dollars, the depositary will hold the foreign currency it cannot convert for the account of the ADS holders who have not been paid. It will not invest the foreign currency and it will not be liable for any interest. If the exchange rates fluctuate during a time when the depositary cannot convert the foreign currency, our ADS holders may lose some of the value of the distribution. The depositary is not responsible if it decides that it is unlawful or impractical to make a distribution available to any ADS holders. This means that our ADS holders may not receive the distributions we make on our shares or any value for them if it is illegal or impractical for us to make them available.

Risks Relating to Our Location in Australia

Australian takeovers laws may discourage takeover offers being made for us or may discourage the acquisition of large numbers of our shares.

We are incorporated in Australia and are subject to the takeover laws of Australia. Amongst other things, we are subject to the Corporations Act 2001 (Commonwealth of Australia). Subject to a range of exceptions, the Corporations Act prohibits the acquisition of a direct or indirect interest in our issued voting shares (including through the acquisition of ADSs) if the acquisition of that interest will lead to a person’s or someone else’s voting power in us increasing from 20% or below to more than 20% or increasing from a starting point that is above 20% and below 90%. Exceptions to the general prohibition include circumstances where the person makes a formal takeover bid for us, if the person obtains shareholder approval for the acquisition or if the person acquires less than 3% of the voting power of us in any rolling six-month period. Australian takeovers laws may discourage takeover offers being made for us or may discourage the acquisition of large numbers of our shares.

30

Table of Contents

Holders of our ordinary shares or ADSs may have difficulty in effecting service of process in the United States or enforcing judgments obtained in the United States.

Holders of our ordinary shares or ADSs may have difficulties enforcing, in actions brought in courts in jurisdictions located outside the U.S., liabilities under U.S. securities laws. In particular, if such a holder sought to bring proceedings in Australia based on U.S. securities laws, the Australian court might consider:

•        that it did not have jurisdiction; and/or

•        that it was not an appropriate forum for such proceedings; and/or

•        that, applying Australian conflict of laws rule, U.S. law (including U.S. securities laws) did not apply to the relationship between holders of our ordinary shares or ADSs and us or our directors and officers; and/or

•        that the U.S. securities laws were of a public or penal nature and should not be enforced by the Australian court.

Holders of our ordinary shares and ADSs may also have difficulties enforcing in courts outside the U.S. judgments obtained in the U.S. courts against any of our directors and executive officers or us, including actions under the civil liability provisions of the U.S. securities laws.

As a foreign private issuer whose shares are listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market, we may follow certain home country corporate governance practices instead of certain Nasdaq requirements.

As a foreign private issuer whose shares are listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market, we are permitted to follow certain home country corporate governance practices instead of certain requirements of The Nasdaq Marketplace Rules. As an Australian company listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market, we may follow home country practice with regard to, among other things, the composition of the board of directors, director nomination process, compensation of officers and quorum at shareholders’ meetings. In addition, we may follow Australian law instead of the Nasdaq Marketplace Rules that require that we obtain shareholder approval for certain dilutive events, such as for the establishment or amendment of certain equity based compensation plans, an issuance that will result in a change of control of the company, certain transactions other than a public offering involving issuances of a 20% or more interest in the company and certain acquisitions of the shares or assets of another company. As a foreign private issuer that has elected to follow a home country practice instead of Nasdaq requirements. Accordingly, our shareholders may not be afforded the same protection as provided under Nasdaq’s corporate governance rules that are applicable to U.S. companies.

As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from a number of rules under the U.S. securities laws and are permitted to file less information with the SEC than a U.S. company.

We are a foreign private issuer (as defined in the SEC’s rules) and, consequently, we are not subject to all of the disclosure requirements applicable to public companies organized within the United States. For example, we are exempt from certain rules under the Exchange Act that regulate disclosure obligations and procedural requirements related to the solicitation of proxies under the Exchange Act. In addition, our senior management and directors are exempt from the reporting and “short-swing” profit recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and related rules with respect to their purchases and sales of our securities. Moreover, while we currently make annual and semi-annual filings with respect to our listing on the ASX and expect to file financial reports on an annual and semi-annual basis, we will not be required to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. public companies and will not be required to file quarterly reports on Form 10-Q or current reports on Form 8-K under the Exchange Act. In addition, foreign private issuers are not required to file their annual report on Form 20-F until four months after the end of each fiscal year. Accordingly, there may be less publicly available information concerning our company than there would be if we were not a foreign private issuer.

31

Table of Contents

Any loss of our foreign private issuer status in the future could result in significant additional cost.

While we currently qualify as a foreign private issuer, the determination of foreign private issuer status is made annually on the last business day of an issuer’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter. In the future, we would lose our foreign private issuer status if we to fail to meet the requirements necessary to maintain our foreign private issuer status as of the relevant determination date. For example, if 50% or more of our securities are held by U.S. residents and more than 50% of our senior management or directors are residents or citizens of the United States, we could lose our foreign private issuer status.

The regulatory and compliance costs to us under U.S. securities laws as a U.S. domestic issuer could be significantly more than costs we incur as a foreign private issuer. If we were to cease to be a foreign private issuer, then we would be required to file periodic reports and registration statements on U.S. domestic issuer forms with the SEC, which forms are more detailed and extensive in certain respects than the forms available to a foreign private issuer. We would be required to prepare our financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP rather than IFRS. Such conversion of our financial statements to U.S. GAAP would involve significant time and cost. In addition, we may lose our ability to rely upon exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements on U.S. stock exchanges that are available to foreign private issuers such as the ones described above and exemptions from procedural requirements related to the solicitation of proxies.

U.S. investors may have difficulty enforcing civil liabilities against our company, our directors or members of senior management and the experts named in this prospectus.

Certain members of our senior management and board of directors named in this prospectus are non-residents of the United States, and a substantial portion of the assets of such persons are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be impracticable to serve process on such persons in the United States or to enforce judgments obtained in U.S. courts against them based on civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States. Even if you are successful in bringing such an action, there is doubt as to whether Australian courts would enforce certain civil liabilities under U.S. securities laws in original actions or judgments of U.S. courts based upon these civil liability provisions. In addition, awards of punitive damages in actions brought in the United States or elsewhere may be unenforceable in Australia or elsewhere outside the United States. An award for monetary damages under U.S. securities laws would be considered punitive if it does not seek to compensate the claimant for loss or damage suffered and is intended to punish the defendant. The enforceability of any judgment in Australia will depend on the particular facts of the case as well as the laws and treaties in effect at the time. The United States and Australia do not currently have a treaty or statute providing for recognition and enforcement of the judgments of the other country (other than arbitration awards) in civil and commercial matters.

As a result, our public shareholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests through actions against us, our management or our directors than would shareholders of a corporation incorporated in a jurisdiction in the United States. In addition, as a company incorporated in Australia, the provisions of the Australian Corporations Act 2001 regulate the circumstances in which shareholder derivative actions may be commenced which may be different, and in many ways less permissive, than for companies incorporated in the United States.

32

Table of Contents

Industry and Market Data

This prospectus contains estimates and information concerning our industry and our business, including estimated market size and projected growth rates of the markets for our drug candidates. Unless otherwise expressly stated, we obtained this industry, business, market, medical and other information from reports, research surveys, studies and similar data prepared by third parties, industry, medical and general publications, government data and similar sources.

This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations. Although we are responsible for all of the disclosure contained in this prospectus and we believe the third-party market position, market opportunity and market size data included in this prospectus are reliable, we have not independently verified the accuracy or completeness of this third-party data. In addition, projections, assumptions and estimates of our future performance and the future performance of the industry in which we operate are necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in “Risk Factors.” These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in these publications and reports.

33

Table of Contents

Use of Proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of            ADSs in this offering will be approximately US$             million (or approximately US$           million if the underwriter exercises its option to purchase additional ADSs in full), based on the assumed initial public offering price of US$           per ADS, after giving effect to, the ADS-to-ordinary share ratio of 1-to-50, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Each US$1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial offering price of US$           per ADS, after giving effect to the ADS-to-ordinary share ratio of 1-to-50, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately US$           million, assuming the number of ADSs offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, an increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 ADSs offered by us would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us by US$           million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of US$           per ADS, after giving effect to the ADS-to-ordinary share ratio of 1-to-50, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions.

We expect to use the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash, to further our clinical trials, for working capital and other general corporate purposes. However, due to the uncertainties inherent in the product development process, it is difficult to estimate with certainty the exact amounts of the net proceeds from this offering that may be used for the above purposes. Our management will have broad discretion over the use of the net proceeds from this offering. The amounts and timing of our expenditures will depend upon numerous factors including the results of our research and development efforts, the timing and success of preclinical studies and any ongoing clinical trials or clinical trials we may commence in the future, the timing of regulatory submissions and the amount of cash obtained through future collaborations, if any.

We believe opportunities may exist from time to time to expand our current business through acquisitions or in-licensing of complementary companies, medicines or technologies. While we have no current agreements, commitments or understandings for any specific acquisitions or in-licensing at this time, we may use a portion of the net proceeds for these purposes.

As of December 31, 2020, we had cash of A$11,840,308 (or US$9,119,405). We believe our cash, together with the net proceeds of this offering, will be sufficient to fund our operations until         . In particular, we estimate that such funds, together with such existing cash, will be sufficient to enable us to advance our clinical trials.

Pending our use of the net proceeds from this offering, we intend to invest the net proceeds in a variety of capital preservation investments, including short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing instruments.

34

Table of Contents

Dividend Policy

We have never declared or paid any dividends on our ordinary shares. We intend to retain any earnings for use in our business and do not currently intend to pay cash dividends on our ordinary shares. Dividends, if any, on our outstanding ordinary shares will be declared by and subject to the discretion of our board of directors, and subject to Australian law.

Any dividend we declare will be paid to the holders of ADSs, subject to the terms of the deposit agreement, to the same extent as holders of our ordinary shares, to the extent permitted by applicable law and regulations, less the fees and expenses payable under the deposit agreement. Any dividend we declare will be distributed by the depositary bank to the holders of the ADSs, subject to the terms of the deposit agreement. See “Description of American Depositary Shares — Dividends and Other Distributions.”

35

Table of Contents

Capitalization

The following table sets forth our cash and our capitalization as of December 31, 2020, on:

•        an actual basis; and

•        an as adjusted basis to give effect to the issuance and sale of            ADSs in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of US$           per ADS, and an ADS-to-ordinary share ratio of 1-to-50, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

You should read this information in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, the information set forth in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and other financial information contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

As of December 31, 2020 (Unaudited)

   

Actual

 

As Adjusted(1)(2)

   

(in A$ or US$, except share data)

Total cash

 

A$11,840,308

 

 

US$9,119,405

 

 

A$  

 

US$ 

Contributed equity: 1,040,136,110
ordinary shares, no par value, outstanding, actual;          ordinary shares, no par value, outstanding, as adjusted

 

A$45,076,484

 

 

US$34,717,908

 

 

A$ 

 

US$ 

Accumulated losses

 

(35,407,592

)

 

(27,270,927

)

       

Reserves

 

2,133,611

 

 

1,643,307

 

 

 

 

 

Total equity

 

11,802,503

 

 

9,090,288

 

 

 

 

 

Total capitalization

 

A$11,802,503

 

 

US$9,090,288

 

 

A$ 

 

US$ 

____________

(1)      The as adjusted statement of financial position data give effect to our receipt of net proceeds from the issuance and sale of ADSs at the assumed initial offering price of            US$ per ADS, and an ADS-to-ordinary share ratio of 1-to-50, after deducting underwriting commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

(2)      Each US$1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of US$           per ADS, after giving effect to the ADS-to-ordinary share ratio of 1-to-50, would increase (decrease) each of cash, contributed equity, total equity and total capitalization by A$           million (or US$           million), assuming the number of ADSs offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, an increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 ADSs offered by us would increase (decrease) each of cash, contributed equity, total equity and total capitalization by A$           million (or US$           million), assuming the assumed initial public offering price of US$           per ADS, after giving effect to the ADS-to-ordinary share ratio of 1-to-50, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions. The as adjusted information is illustrative only and will depend on the actual initial public offering price, number of ADSs offered and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

The outstanding ordinary share information in the table above is based on 1,040,136,110 ordinary shares outstanding as of December 31, 2020, and excludes:

•        334,855,128 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options as of December 31, 2020 with a weighted-average exercise price of A$0.11 per ordinary share; and

•        23,287,265 ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of performance rights.

36

Table of Contents

Dilution

If you invest in the ADSs in this offering, your ownership interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per ADS and the as adjusted net tangible book value per ordinary share or ADS immediately after this offering.

As of December 31, 2020, our historical net tangible book value was A$11,802,503 (or US$9,090,288), or A$             (or US$          ) per ADS. Historical net tangible book value per ADS represents our total tangible assets less total liabilities, divided by the number of ordinary shares outstanding as of December 31, 2020, converted to ADSs at an ADS-to-ordinary share ratio of 1-to-50.

After giving effect to the receipt of the net proceeds from our sale of              ADSs in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of US$             per ADS, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our as adjusted net tangible book value as of December 31, 2020 was A$             million (or US$             million), or A$             (or US$             ) per ADS, equivalent to A$             (or US$            ) per ordinary share, in each case based on an ADS-to-ordinary share ratio of 1-to-50. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of A$             (or US$            ) per ADS, equivalent to A$             or (US$            ) per ordinary share, to our existing shareholders and immediate dilution of A$             (or US$            ) per ADS, equivalent to A$             (US$            ) per ordinary share, to investors purchasing ADSs in this offering, in each case based on an ADS-to-ordinary share ratio of 1-to-50.

The following table illustrates this dilution on a per ADS basis, assuming all ordinary shares outstanding as of December 31, 2020 converted to ADSs at an ADS-to-ordinary share ratio of 1-to-50:

Assumed initial public offering price per ADS

     

US$  

Historical net tangible book value per ADS as of December 31, 2020

 

US$  

   

Increase in net tangible book value per ADS attributed to investors purchasing ADSs in this offering

 

 

 

 

As adjusted net tangible book value per ADS after this offering

       

Dilution in net tangible book value per ADS to investors in this offering

     

US$  

Each US$1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of US$             per ADS, after giving effect to the ADS-to-ordinary share ratio of 1-to-50, would increase (decrease) the as adjusted net tangible book value per ADS after this offering by US$           and dilution to investors in this offering by US$             per ADS, assuming that the number of ADSs offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions. An increase of 1,000,000 ADSs offered by us would increase the as adjusted net tangible book value by US$             per ADS and the dilution to investors in this offering would decrease by US$             per ADS, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions. A decrease of 1,000,000 ADSs offered by us would decrease the as adjusted net tangible book value by US$             per ADS and the dilution to investors in this offering would increase by US$           per ADS, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions.

If the underwriter exercises its option to purchase             additional ADSs in full, the as adjusted net tangible book value after the offering would be US$             per ADS, the increase in net tangible book value per ADS to existing shareholders would be US$             per ADS and the dilution per ADS to new investors in this offering would be US$             per ADS, in each case assuming an initial public offering price of US$             per ADS, after giving effect to the ADS-to-ordinary share ratio of 1-to-50.

The dilution information above is for illustration purposes only. Our as adjusted net tangible book value following the closing of this offering will depend on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

37

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes, as of December 31, 2020:

•        the total number of ordinary shares purchased from us by existing shareholders and the equivalent number of ordinary shares underlying ADSs purchased by investors in this offering;

•        the total consideration paid to us by our existing shareholders and by investors purchasing ADSs in this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of US$             per ADS, after giving effect to the ADS-to-ordinary share ratio of 1-to-50, before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us in connection with this offering; and

•        the average price per ordinary share paid by existing shareholders and the average price per ADS or equivalent number of ordinary shares.

 

Ordinary Shares
(Directly or in the
Form of ADSs)

 

Total Consideration

 

Average
Price Per
Share

 

Average
Price per
ADS

   

Number

 

Percent

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

Existing shareholders

 

 

 

 

 

US$  

 

 

 

US$  

 

US$  

Purchasers of ADSs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

100

 

US$  

 

100

 

US$  

 

US$  

If the underwriter exercises its option to purchase            additional ADSs in full, our existing shareholders would own         % and investors in this offering would own         % of the total number of ordinary shares outstanding (including shares underlying ADSs) upon the closing of this offering.

Each US$1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of US$         per ADS, after giving effect to the ADS-to-ordinary share ratio of 1-to-50, would increase (decrease) the total consideration paid by investors in this offering by US$         million and increase (decrease) the total consideration paid by investors in this offering by         %, assuming that the number of ADSs offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions.

The outstanding ordinary share information in the table above is based on 1,040,136,110 ordinary shares outstanding as of December 31, 2020, and excludes:

•        334,855,128 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options as of December 31, 2020 with a weighted-average exercise price of A$0.11 per ordinary share; and

•        23,287,265 ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of performance rights.

To the extent any outstanding options are exercised, there will be further dilution to investors purchasing in this offering.

38

Table of Contents

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

The following tables contain selected portions of our consolidated financial and other data. The selected consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income data for the six months ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 and consolidated statement of financial position data as of December 31, 2020 have been derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income data for the years ended June 30, 2020 and 2019 and consolidated statement of financial position data as of June 30, 2020 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our audited consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS, as issued by the IASB, as of and for the years ended June 30, 2020 and 2019.

You should read the consolidated financial and other data set forth below in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes and the information in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income Data

 

Six months ended December 31,

 

Year Ended June 30,

   

2020
(Unaudited)

 

2019
(Unaudited)

 

2020

 

2019

   

(in A$, except share amounts)

 

(in A$, except share amounts)

Revenue

 

1,177,163

 

 

7,350

 

 

604,884

 

 

 

Product costs

 

(537,939

)

 

(8,450

)

 

(450,345

)

 

 

Research and development costs

 

(2,039,147

)

 

(313,426

)

 

(2,110,639

)

 

(736,140

)

Loss after income tax expense from continuing operations

 

(2,889,389

)

 

(1,925,473

)

 

(3,929,284

)

 

(1,426,198

)

Net loss

 

(2,889,389

)

 

(2,212,004

)

 

(4,697,636

)

 

(2,718,399

)

Loss per share from continuing
operations – basic and diluted
(in A$ cents)

 

(0.32

)

 

(0.30

)

 

(0.57

)

 

(0.32

)

Loss per share from continuing operations and discontinued operations – basic and diluted (in A$ cents)

 

(0.32

)

 

(0.34

)

 

(0.69

)

 

(0.61

)

Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding – basic and diluted

 

902,054,732

 

 

649,048,889

 

 

684,035,399

 

 

447,439,263

 

Dividends per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

 

As of
December 31,
2020

(Unaudited)

 

As of
June 30,
2020

(Unaudited)

   

(in A$)

Cash

 

11,840,308

 

 

3,603,390

 

Net assets

 

11,802,503

 

 

3,164,428

 

Total assets

 

12,180,952

 

 

4,236,079

 

Total liabilities

 

378,449

 

 

1,071,651

 

Accumulated losses

 

(35,407,592

)

 

(32,518,203

)

Issued capital

 

45,076,484

 

 

34,192,043

 

39

Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” should be read together the section titled “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion includes both historical information and forward-looking information based upon current expectations that involve risk, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results may differ materially from management’s expectations as a result of various factors, including, but not limited to, those discussed in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

We are a development stage enterprise at an early stage in the development of our drug candidate. We have incurred net losses since inception and expect to incur substantial and increasing losses for the next several years as we expand our research and development activities and move our drug candidate into later stages of development. The process of carrying out the development of our drug candidates to later stages of development may require significant additional research and development expenditures, including pre-clinical testing and clinical trials, as well as for obtaining regulatory approval. To date, we have funded our operations primarily through the sale of equity securities, proceeds from the exercise of options, grants and interest income

The financial statements for fiscal year 2020, 2019 and for the half-year report ended on December 31, 2020 and 2019 are presented without the consolidation of the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary which was sold on June 30, 2020.

Operating Results

Results of Operations

Comparison of Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2020 to June 30, 2019

The following tables set forth our results of operations in Australian dollars for the years ended June 30, 2020 and 2019.

 

Year ended June 30,

   

2020

 

2019

   

A$

 

A$

Revenue

 

604,884

 

 

 

Other income

 

217,170

 

 

1,553

 

Product costs

 

(450,345

)

 

 

Administration expense

 

(457,673

)

 

(330,178

)

Advertising and promotion

 

(406,225

)

 

(94,814

)

Research and development costs

 

(2,110,639

)

 

(736,140

)

Compliance, legal and regulatory

 

(235,163

)

 

(72,181

)

Finance cost

 

 

 

(85,065

)

Share based payments

 

(565,448

)

 

(47,854

)

Occupancy expenses

 

(2,085

)

 

(1,519

)

Salaries and employee benefit expense

 

(523,760

)

 

(60,000

)

Loss after tax from continuing operations

 

(3,929,284

)

 

(1,426,198

)

Loss after tax from discontinuing operations

 

(768,352

)

 

(1,292,201

)

Total comprehensive loss for the year

 

(4,697,636

)

 

(2,718,399

)

Revenue

Revenue increased to A$604,884 in fiscal year 2020 from no revenue in fiscal year 2019, primarily due to the commencement of sales of the cannabinoid oil products.

40

Table of Contents

Other Income

Other income increased to A$217,170 in fiscal year 2020 from A$1,553 in fiscal year 2019, primarily due to settlement agreements of terminated contractual arrangements and receipt of government based COVID assistance funding.

Product costs

Production costs increased to A$450,345 in fiscal year 2020 from no production costs in fiscal year 2019, primarily due to the costs involved in the production of the cannabinoid oil products.

Administration expense

Administration expense increased to A$457,673 in fiscal year 2020 from A$330,178 in fiscal year 2019, primarily due to an increase in listing and registry costs which was partially offset by the full repayment in 2019 of the convertible notes outstanding.

Advertising and promotion

Advertising and promotion expense increased to A$406,225 in fiscal year 2020 from A$94,814 in fiscal year 2019, primarily due to the costs of marketing of the cannabinoid oil products.

Research and development costs

Research and development costs increased to A$2,110,639 in fiscal year 2020 from A$736,140 in fiscal year 2019, primarily due an increase in the development of our clinical trials, particularly the acquisition of patient data to identify unmet medical conditions as well as the commencement of the OSA and TBI clinical trials.

Compliance, legal and regulatory

Compliance, legal and regulatory expense increased to A$235,163 in fiscal year 2020 from A$72,181 in fiscal year 2019, primarily due to the regulatory requirements to conduct clinical trials and also to sell the cannabinoid oil products.

Finance cost

Finance Costs decreased from A$85,065 to nil in the six months ended on December 31, 2020, primarily due to the engagement during the six months ended on December 31, 2019 of consultants to assist in the development of financial and capital raising strategies.

Share based payments

Share-based payments expense increased to A$565,448 in fiscal year 2020 from A$47,854 in fiscal year 2019, primarily due to the costs associated with an increased number of equity issuances.

Occupancy expenses

Occupancy expenses increased to A$2,085 in fiscal year 2020 from A$1,519 in fiscal year 2019, with no significant changes during these years.

Salaries and employee benefit expense

Salaries and employee benefit expense increased to A$523,760 in fiscal year 2020 from A$60,000 in fiscal year 2019, primarily due to an increase in headcount.

Loss after tax from continuing operations

Loss after tax from continuing operations increased to A$3,929,284 in fiscal year 2020 from A$1,426,198 in fiscal year 2019, primarily due to an increase in the expenses for the development of our clinical trials and the expenses associated with our share-based payments.

41

Table of Contents

Loss after tax from discontinuing operations

Loss after tax from discontinuing operations decreased to A$768,352 in fiscal year 2020 from A$1,292,201 in fiscal year 2019, primarily due to the sale of the segment relating to the oral device business.

Comparison of Six Months Ended December 31, 2020 to December 31, 2019

The following tables set forth our results of operations in Australian dollars for the six months ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.

 

Six months ended December 31,

   

2020
(Unaudited)

 

2019
(Unaudited)

   

A$

 

A$

Sales

 

1,177,163

 

 

7,350

 

Product costs

 

(537,939

)

 

(8,450

)

Other income

 

52,078

 

 

2,929

 

Administration expense

 

(454,664

)

 

(173,228

)

Advertising and investor relation

 

(227,532

)

 

(141,783

)

Compliance, legal and regulatory

 

(89,065

)

 

(56,270

)

Research and development costs

 

(2,039,147

)

 

(313,426

)

Share based payment expense

 

(380,371

)

 

(966,937

)

Occupancy expenses

 

(61,992

)

 

(1,042

)

Salaries and employee benefit expense

 

(327,920

)

 

(274,616

)

Loss after tax from continuing operations

 

(2,889,389

)

 

(1,925,473

)

Loss after tax from discontinuing operations

 

 

 

(286,531

)

Total comprehensive loss for the period

 

(2,889,389

)

 

(2,212,004

)

Sales

Sales increased to A$1,177,163 in the six months ended on December 31, 2020 from A$7,350 in the six months ended on December 31, 2019, primarily due to the commencement of sales of the cannabinoid oil products as of December 2019.

Other income

Other income increased to A$52,078 in the six months ended on December 31, 2020 from A$2,929 in the six months ended on December 31, 2019, primarily due to receipt of government based COVID assistance funding.

Product costs

Product costs increased to A$537,939 in the six months ended on December 31, 2020 from A$8,450 in the six months ended on December 31, 2019, primarily due to the costs involved in the production of the cannabinoid oil products.

Administration expense

Administration expense increased to A$454,664 in the six months ended on December 31, 2020 from A$173,228 in the six months ended on December 31, 2019, primarily due to an increase in listing and registry costs, recruitment costs, and consultancy fees.

Advertising and investor relation

Advertising and investor relation expense increased to A$227,532 in the six months ended on December 31, 2020 from A$141,783 in the six months ended on December 31, 2019, primarily due to the costs of marketing of the cannabinoid oil products.

42

Table of Contents

Research and development costs

Research and development costs increased to A$2,039,147 in the six months ended on December 31, 2020 from A$313,426 in the six months ended on December 31, 2019, primarily due to the development of our clinical trials.

Compliance, legal and regulatory

Compliance, legal and regulatory expense increased to A$89,065 in the six months ended on December 31, 2020 from A$56,270 in the six months ended on December 31, 2019, primarily due to the regulatory requirements to conduct clinical trials and also to sell the cannabinoid oil products.

Share based payments

Share-based payments expense decreased to A$380,371 in the six months ended on December 31, 2020 from A$966,937 in the six months ended on December 31, 2019, primarily due to the reduction in equity issuances.

Occupancy expenses

Occupancy expenses increased to A$61,992 in the six months ended on December 31, 2020 from A$1,042 in the six months ended on December 31, 2019, primarily due to the company relocating offices and incurring additional expenses during this process.

Salaries and employee benefit expense

Salaries and employee benefit expense increased to A$327,920 in the six months ended on December 31, 2020 from A$274,616 in the six months ended on December 31, 2019, primarily due to an increase in headcount.

Loss after tax from continuing operations

Loss after tax from continuing operations increased to A$2,889,389 in the six months ended on December 31, 2020 from A$1,925,473 in the six months ended on December 31, 2019, primarily due to an increase in the expenses for the development of our clinical trials.

Loss after tax from discontinuing operations

Loss after tax from discontinuing operations decreased to no loss in the six months ended on December 31, 2020 from A$286,531 in the six months ended on December 31, 2019, primarily due to the sale of the segment relating to the oral device business.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Since our inception, our operations have mainly been financed through the issuance of equity securities. Additional funding has come through interest earned from cash on term deposit.

Equity Issuances

The following table summarizes our issuances of ordinary shares for cash, share-based payments and executive and employee compensation in the last two fiscal years.

 

Fiscal
Year

 

Number of
Shares

 

Net
Proceeds

           

(in A$)

Ordinary Shares (net of costs)

 

2019

 

293,608,792

 

2,184,801

Ordinary Shares (net of costs)

 

2020

 

166,757,449

 

7,469,392

43

Table of Contents

Capital Requirements

As of December 31, 2020, we had year-end cash of A$11,840,308. We anticipate that our current cash will be sufficient to fund our operations for more than 12 months from the date of this filing. However, our forecast of the period of time through which our financial resources will be adequate to support our operations is a forward-looking statement that involves risks and uncertainties, and actual results could vary materially. If we are unable to raise additional capital when required or on acceptable terms, we may have to significantly delay, scale back or discontinue one or more of our clinical trials or our operations.

We anticipate that we will require substantial additional funds in order to achieve our long-term goals and complete the research and development of our current drug candidates. We do not expect to generate significant revenue until we obtain regulatory approval to market and sell our drug candidate and sales of our drug candidate have commenced. We therefore expect to continue to incur substantial losses in the near future.

Our future capital requirements are difficult to forecast and will depend on many factors, including but not limited to:

•        the cost of filing, prosecuting, defending and enforcing any patent claims and other intellectual property rights;

•        the scope, results and timing of preclinical studies and clinical trials;

•        the costs and timing of regulatory approvals; and

•        the costs of establishing sales, marketing and distribution capabilities.

Cash Flows

Audited Financial Years

Comparison of cash flows for the Year ended June 30, 2020, with June 30, 2019

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods presented:

 

Year ended June 30,

   

2020

 

2019

   

A$

 

A$

Net cash used in operating activities

 

(3,907,334

)

 

(2,160,433

)

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

 

13,000

 

 

(22,942

)

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

7,404,392

 

 

2,049,801

 

Operating Activities

Net cash used in operating activities increased to A$3,907,334 in 2020 from A$2,160,433 in 2019, primarily due to the expansion of our clinical trials.

Investing Activities

Net cash provided by investing activities increased to A$13,000 in 2020 from A$22,942 net cash used in 2019, primarily due to asset sales associated with the discontinuance of the dental devices business.

Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities increased to A$7,404,392 in 2020 from A$2,049,801 in 2019, primarily due to the exercise of options and private placements of ordinary shares that raised A$7,469,392 in 2020.

44

Table of Contents

Unaudited Interim Period

Comparison of cash flows for the six months ended December 31, 2020, with December 31, 2019

The following table set forth the sources and uses of cash for the six months ended on December 31:

 

Six months ended December 31,

   

2020
(Unaudited)

 

2019
(Unaudited)

   

A$

 

A$

Net cash used in operating activities

 

(2,894,560

)

 

(1,526,783

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

29,276

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

11,102,203

 

 

6,561,516

 

Operating Activities

Net cash used in operating activities increased to A$2,894,560 in the six months ended December 31, 2020 from A$1,526,783 in the six months ended December 31, 2019, due to the expansion of our clinical trials.

Investing Activities

Net cash provided by in investing activities was A$29,276 in 2020 as a result of the sale of Gameday International Pty Ltd.

Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities increased to A$11,102,202 in the six months ended December 31, 2020 from A$6,561,516 in the six months ended December 31, 2019, due to the exercise of options and private placements of ordinary shares.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements requires management to make judgements, estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts in the financial statements. Management continually evaluates its judgements and estimates in relation to assets, liabilities, contingent liabilities, revenue and expenses. Management bases its judgements, estimates and assumptions on historical experience and on other various factors, including expectations of future events, management believes to be reasonable under the circumstances. The resulting accounting judgements and estimates will seldom equal the related actual results. The judgements, estimates and assumptions that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are discussed here below.

Coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic

Judgement has been exercised in considering the impacts that the COVID-19 pandemic has had, or may have, on the consolidated entity based on known information. This consideration extends to the nature of the products and services offered, customers, supply chain, staffing and geographic regions in which the consolidated entity operates. Other than as addressed in specific notes, there does not currently appear to be either any significant impact upon the financial statements or any significant uncertainties with respect to events or conditions which may impact the consolidated entity unfavorably as at the reporting date or subsequently as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic.

Share-based payment transactions

The consolidated entity measures the cost of equity-settled transactions with employees and third parties by reference to the fair value of the equity instruments at the date at which they are granted. The fair value is determined by using either the trinomial or Black-Scholes model taking into account the terms and conditions upon which the instruments were granted. The accounting estimates and assumptions relating to equity-settled share-based

45

Table of Contents

payments would have no impact on the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next annual reporting period but may impact profit or loss and equity. Refer to notes 13 and 19 of the notes to the financial statements for further information.

Trend Information

We are a clinical stage pharmaceutical development company and it is not possible for us to predict with any degree of accuracy the outcome of our research or commercialization efforts.

Our primary expenditure involves research and development costs. Increases or decreases in research and development expenditure are attributable to the level of clinical trial activity and the amount of expenditure on those trials.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

During fiscal years 2020 and 2019, we did not have any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.

Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations

As of December 31, 2020, our contractual obligations were as set forth below:

 

Payments Due by Period A$

   

Total

 

Less than
1 year

 

1 – 3
years

 

3 – 5
years

 

More than
5 years

Lease obligations

 

95,000

 

56,500

 

38,500

 

 

Other contractual obligations

 

 

 

 

 

Contingent liabilities

We did not have any material contingent liabilities outstanding as of December 31, 2020.

Capital commitments

We did not have any material future capital expenditure outstanding as of December 31, 2020.

We have agreements with clinical sites and contract research organizations. We make payments to these sites and organizations based upon the number of patients enrolled and the period of follow-up in the trial.

46

Table of Contents

Business

Overview

Our legal name is Incannex Healthcare Limited (“Incannex”). We were incorporated in Australia in April 2001 under the name Mount Magnet South Limited. In November 2016, we changed our name to Impression Healthcare Limited, and in June 2020, to Incannex Healthcare Limited. Incannex is listed on the ASX under the symbol “IHL.”

Strategy

Our mission is to create premier ethical pharmaceutical drugs and therapies for patients with unmet medical needs, in all instances fulfilling regulatory requirements of the Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) and other relevant regulatory agencies (EMEA, TGA). We aim to be recognized as a leading specialty drug development company, committed to restoring health and transforming the lives of patients through the development of novel pharmaceutical products and treatments.

We develop targeted and scientifically validated fixed-dose combinations of synthetic cannabinoids and psychedelic agents, applying proprietary insights in an effort to create long term value for our patients and shareholders. We focus on clinical indications that we believe represent unmet or inadequately addressed medical needs and also represent compelling commercial opportunities. In particular, we are developing three unique pharmaceutical compositions to target five indications: obstructive sleep apnea (“OSA”), traumatic brain injury (“TBI”)/concussion, rheumatoid arthritis, inflammatory bowel disease and inflammatory lung conditions (“ARDS”, “COPD”, Asthma, Bronchitis). We are also developing a treatment for generalized anxiety disorder (“GAD”) utilising psilocybin combined with innovative psychotherapy methods. We are pursuing FDA registration and marketing approval for each product and therapy under development.

Additionally, we seek to secure patents on our drug candidates in conjunction with our medical and scientific staff, advisors and the investigators of our research studies that constitute our advisory board. Our advisory board is comprised of industry and academic experts familiar with our business, and we meet with the advisory board regularly. The current members of our advisory board are Dr. Sud Agarwal (our Chief Medical Officer and Director), Mark Bleakley (our Head of Programs), Rosemarie Walsh (our Clinical Research Manager), Terrance O’Brien (principal investigator of the IHL-42X from Alfred Hospital), Dr Jennifer Walsh (professor at University of Western Australia), Ron Jithoo (neurosurgeon and advisor for IHL-216), and Paul Liknaitsky (psychedelic principal investigator from Monash University). Our advisory board also comprises our collaborative partners, and in particular Monash University, The Alfred Hospital and the University of Western Australia Centre for Sleep Science.

To achieve our goals, we intend to:

•        Advance our novel investigational drug candidates towards approval in the United States and elsewhere.    We are pursuing FDA approval of all our drug candidates currently in development. All preclinical and clinical trials are structured to ensure that each program is FDA compliant. We will be pursuing a New Drug Application (“NDA”) with the FDA with respect to each of our drug candidates. If the NDA is approved, the product may be marketed in the United States. Once an NDA for one of our drug candidates is approved in the United States, we plan to pursue marketing approval of our drug candidates in other regions including the Europe Union, Japan, Australia and Israel.

•        Take advantage of accelerated commercialization pathway options for our drug candidates.    We and our regulatory consultants believe that each of our drug candidates will qualify for one or more FDA expedited review programs (breakthrough designation, accelerated approval, priority review and/or fast track), as there are a limited amount of pharmaceutical drug treatments approved in the U.S. to treat the indications that we are targeting with our drug candidates, and the pharmaceutical treatments that do exist provide limited treatment and are costly. These expedited review programs often result in accelerated and less-costly regulatory pathways to approval compared with traditional regulatory pathways.

•        Develop future clinical products targeting unmet medical needs.    We intend to only develop clinical products that treat unmet medical conditions. As a result, we may have opportunities to accelerate commercialization of such products.

47

Table of Contents

•        Maintain a strong intellectual property portfolio.    We have developed a global intellectual property strategy to support our commercial objectives. We are monitoring the results of our research and development programs to identify new intellectual property that aligns with those commercial objectives. We intend to take a global approach to our intellectual property strategy and we intend to pursue patent protection in key global markets, including the United States, Europe, Japan and Israel. We have pending patent applications relating to our drug candidates IHL-42X, IHL-216A and IHL-675A. This approach aligns with our regulatory strategy, including the proposed submission of Pre-Investigational New Drug Application (“pre-IND”) meeting requests to the FDA for our clinical programs.

Clinical Approach

We are pursuing FDA approval of all our drug candidates currently being developed. We will be working with the FDA to ensure each clinical program is structured to be FDA compliant. FDA approval will be sought following the completion of successful phase 3 studies. Once we receive FDA approval for our drug candidates, we will be able to commercialize our drug candidates in the United States and pursue regulatory approval for the drug prescription in other jurisdictions, including the European Union, Japan, Australia and Israel. The graphic here below represents our clinical development pipeline and estimated timelines until the receipt of FDA pre-IND advice and the opening of INDs for each research program.

48

Table of Contents

Market Opportunity

The combined annual global market size of the indications we are targeting is over US$110 billion, which is derived from the total addressable market for the treatment of OSA, TBI, concussions, rheumatoid arthritis, inflammatory bowel disease, inflammatory lung conditions (ARDS, COPD, Asthma, Bronchitis) and GAD. Thus, there is significant economic potential to shareholders, as well as benefit to patients suffering from untreated medical conditions.

Our Drug Candidates

IHL-42X

Obstructive Sleep Apnea

Obstructive sleep apnea is characterized by a narrowing or obstruction of the upper airway in sleep, interfering with breathing and interrupting sleep. This relatively common and chronic disorder is underdiagnosed and inadequately treated. It is understood to contribute to a wide range of serious long-term outcomes, including cardiovascular disease, cognitive impairments such as memory loss, poor concentration and judgment, depression and death or injury due to traffic accidents resulting from excessive daytime sleepiness. The costs associated with OSA are substantial, relating to lost productivity, workplace and motor vehicle accidents.

A 2019 article published by the Lancet premised on literature-based analysis of 17 studies across 16 countries, estimated that OSA affects some 936 million adults worldwide. This alarming statistic is also thought to be increasing due to growing prevalence of obesity and an ageing global population. Many people with OSA develop high blood pressure (hypertension), which can increase the risk of cardiovascular disease. The more severe the OSA, the greater the risk of coronary artery disease, heart attack, heart failure and stroke.

There are no registered drugs for OSA. Current treatment options include: continuous positive airway pressure (“CPAP”) in which an external device pneumatically splints the airway open to prevent disruptions in breathing; oral appliances to advance the mandible or to retain the tongue, putting the mouth in a position more conducive to breathing; surgery to remove physical obstructions to air flow; and implantable electronic stimulators to activate muscles at the base of the tongue, opening the airway in synchrony with respiration. However, all of these therapies are inadequate, expensive, and for implantable stimulators and surgery, invasive.

The standard treatment option is the mechanical CPAP device, however, we believe patient compliance to CPAP devices is low due to discomfort and claustrophobia resulting from pressurized air being pumped into the patient’s nose and/or mouth during sleep. Despite these discomforts, the global annual market for OSA detection and treatment using CPAP devices is over US$10 billion and growing.

IHL-42X in Obstructive Sleep Apnea

IHL-42X is a fixed-dose combination of acetazolamide, a registered pharmaceutical, and dronabinol, a synthetic cannabidiol; both agents have been shown to reduce the apnea hypopnea index (“AHI”). We believe that the activity of synthetic dronabinol on cannabinoid receptors causes dilation of the airway, and acetazolamide induces modest metabolic acidosis, signalling to the body that there is excess CO2 in the blood, thus increasing respiration. By exploiting two mechanisms that both reduce AHI in one pharmaceutical formulation, we believe that IHL-42X can have a therapeutic benefit at doses of each constituent drug that are safe and tolerable.

Australian Stage 2 Clinical Trial for IHL-42X for Obstructive Sleep Apnoea (“OSA”)

We are currently conducting a proof-of-concept Phase 2 clinical trial in Australia to support our IND application with the FDA and to inform the clinical design of our planned FDA compliant pivotal Phase 2 clinical trial in Australia to assess the safety and efficacy of IHL-42X in patients with Obstructive Sleep Apnea. We received approval from The Alfred Hospital Human Research Ethic’s Committee in September 2020 to proceed with the trial in Australia. In December 2020, we recruited the first patients to the randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled clinical trial that assesses the therapeutic benefit of IHL-42X at three different doses. The primary endpoint of the

49

Table of Contents

trial is the measurement of reduction in the AHI and the secondary endpoints are reduction in oxygen desaturation index (“ODI”), daytime somnolence measured by the Epworth Sleepiness Scale, improvement in mood as measured by the POMS (Profile of Moods State), and well-being as measured by the Short Form 36 and the safety of the IHL-42X combination will be established through adverse event monitoring.

The study is currently underway and well-advanced at the Alfred Hospital in Melbourne Australia and the University of Western Australia Centre for Sleep Science in Perth. We have retained Novotech, a global contract research organization, to manage and to monitor the study. In July 2021, an interim analysis of the data from our ongoing phase 2b double blind randomised placebo-controlled clinical trial was performed and these results have been utilized to support a patent application regarding the methods for the treatment of obstructive sleep apnoea. Additionally, we plan to supply IHL-42X for sale in Australia under the Special Access Scheme for unregistered medicinal synthetic cannabidiol products after the completion of the Phase 2 study and prior to drug registration.

IHL-216A

IHL-216A for Concussion/Traumatic Brain Injury and Chronic traumatic encephalopathy

Concussion/Traumatic Brain Injury are caused by a rapid acceleration/deceleration of the brain caused by a direct blow to the head or sudden impact to the body that jolts the skull. This causes the brain to compress against the skull. The impact of the brain against the skull causes both macro and micro scale damage to the brain which sets of a series of physiological events called secondary injury cascades. These secondary injury cascades are what cause many of the neurocognitive deficits seen in TBI patients.

Falls, vehicle collisions, violence, sports and combat injuries are the main activities leading to TBI and concussion. The signs and symptoms of a concussion can be subtle and may not show up immediately. Symptoms can last for days, weeks or even longer. Common symptoms after a concussive traumatic brain injury are headache, loss of memory (amnesia) and confusion. The amnesia usually involves forgetting the event that caused the concussion. Other symptoms include nausea, vomiting, fatigue, blurry vision and ringing in the ears.

Complications can occur immediately or soon after a traumatic brain injury. Severe injuries increase the risk of a greater number of and more-severe complications. Moderate to severe traumatic brain injury can result in prolonged or permanent changes in a person’s state of consciousness, awareness or responsiveness. Many people who have had a significant brain injury will experience changes in their cognitive ability, have executive functioning problems and or communication, emotional and behavioral problems. Some research suggests that repeated or severe traumatic brain injuries might increase the risk of degenerative brain diseases, but this risk cannot be predicted for an individual.

Chronic traumatic encephalopathy (“CTE”) is the term used to describe brain degeneration likely caused by repeated head traumas. CTE is a diagnosis made only at autopsy by studying sections of the brain. CTE is a rare disorder that is not yet well understood. CTE is not related to the immediate consequences of a late-life episode of head trauma. CTE has a complex relationship with head traumas such as persistent post-concussive symptoms and second impact syndrome that occur earlier in life.

Experts are still trying to understand how repeated head traumas, including how many head injuries and the severity of those injuries, and other factors might contribute to the changes in the brain that result in CTE.

CTE has been found in the brains of football players, boxers and other athletes that play contact sports, along with military personnel who were exposed to explosive blasts. Some signs and symptoms of CTE are thought to include difficulties with thinking (cognition) and emotions, physical problems and other behaviors. Symptoms of CTE often manifest decades after head trauma occurs.

CTE cannot be made as a diagnosis during life except in those rare individuals with high-risk exposures. Researchers do not yet know the frequency of CTE in the population and do not understand the causes. There is no cure for CTE. Researchers are currently developing diagnostic biomarkers for CTE, but none have been validated yet.

50

Table of Contents

IHL-216A Formulation development for clinical trials

IHL-216A is a fixed dose combination of isoflurane, a registered pharmaceutical, and CBD, intended for administration in the immediate period after primary blunt head injury to prevent development of brain injuries. Isoflurane is approved in the United States for induction and maintenance of anaesthesia. CBD is approved for use in seizure disorders and has shown effects on neuroinflammatory responses to brain injury. Isoflurane is a registered pharmaceutical, and also has demonstrated neuroprotective activity (neuroprotective activity, or neuroprotection, is defined as reduced neuronal cell death or disruption) in animal studies of TBI such as modulating glutamate release and calcium uptake as well as effects on mitochondrial membrane depolarization and excitatory neurotransmission. Thus, we believe that IHL-216A may affect neuroexcitation, neuro-inflammation, cerebral blood flow and cerebral oxygen consumption resulting in overall neuroprotection. We are also assessing its ability to protect the brain against secondary injury mechanisms that cause neuronal cell death and raised intracranial pressure in the days and weeks following head trauma in sports, and all other applicable scenarios resulting in head trauma (falls, vehicle collisions, violence, combat, among other causes). Ablating secondary brain injury may improve positive outcomes for long term neurological sequelae, including CTE, a major health risk associated with contact sports.

The formulation of IHL-216A presents unique challenges. Because isoflurane is an inhaled volatile anesthetic, it cannot be used in a typical oral drug combination product. We intend to formulate IHL-216A as a combined inhalational product delivered via a nebulizer. Nebulized drug delivery involves using air pressure or ultrasonic vibrations to turn a liquid drug solution into an aerosol. We engaged Vectura, a UK based contract development and manufacturing organization, to develop the nebulised CBD formulation and device for delivery of the CBD to the isoflurane anaesthetic circuit. Development of the nebulized CBD formulation will be an iterative process starting with three steps of refinement based on properties of the solution, generated aerosol and dose delivery. Vectura specializes in the development of inhaled drugs and has an excellent track record of bringing products to market and have formulated pharmaceutical drugs for multinational pharmaceutical companies including Bayer, Sandoz and Novartis.

Appointing Vectura to develop the IHL-216A formulation in parallel with the animal study using the NFL model of concussion will ensure that we are readied with the specific formulation and delivery mechanism required for advancement of a pivotal Phase 2 clinical trial once the Stage 2 in vivo study and formulation is finalized.

Due to the product’s potential therapeutic utility in contact sports, IHL216A is being designed to satisfy the World Anti-doping Authority (“WADA”) specifications for use by athletes at risk of TBI and CTE.

Stage 1 pre-clinical study for IHL-216A for TBI and CTE

In December 2020, we completed an animal study to formally assess the neuroprotective capability of IHL-216A. The study introduced rodents to head trauma in a highly controlled manner to inflict a reproducible injury. Various doses of IHL-216A or its active pharmaceutical ingredients were administered to eight cohorts of rodents soon after traumatic head injury. Behavioral tests were used to assess the neurocognitive and motor function over time. We also monitored secondary injury cascades, assessed structural damage to the brain using magnetic resonance imaging and performed micro-scale cellular analysis post-mortem to discern and compare neuronal damage across the cohorts.

As detailed below, we found that the IHL-216A components, CBD and isoflurane, act synergistically to reduce indicators of neuronal damage, neuroinflammation and behavioral deficits that are consequences of TBI, as IHL-216A outperformed the predicted effect of CBD and isoflurane combined. The predicted result is determined by analyzing the results of isoflurane and CBD independently, and then based on those results predicting how well the drugs would do on a combined basis; to the extent IHL-216A exceeds the predicted result, we can conclude that the drugs strengthen the effectiveness of one another and synergies exist. The study also found that IHL-216A was significantly more effective than CBD or isoflurane applied on a standalone basis.

Post-mortem analysis of rat brains also detected synergy between CBD and isoflurane. Brains were fixed and sectioned prior to Nissl staining to identify neuronal damage. Nissl staining is a microscopy technique to visual Nissl bodies. Healthy neurons typically have more Nissl bodies than damaged ones. Neuronal damage is indicated by the ratio of Nissl bodies to neurons across different sections of the hippocampus with a lower Nissl/neuron ratio indicative of increased neuronal damage. Synergy between CBD and isoflurane was detected in hippocampal regions

51

Table of Contents

cornu ammonis 1 (CA1) and cornu ammonis 2 (CA2). These regions of the brain are known to be important in the formation and storage of memories. In the study, IHL-216A outperformed CBD alone by 53% for CA1 and 60% for CA2, outperformed isoflurane alone by 28% for CA1 and 145% for CA2, and outperformed the predicted effect of CBD and isoflurane combined by 20% for CA1 and 53% for CA2. These results demonstrated less neuronal damage experienced by the rats treated with IHL-216A relative to the predicted value.

Figure 1. Synergistic activity of CBD and isoflurane (IHL-216A) in neuronal damage as assessed by Nissl staining.    Rodents that had undergone TBI and treated with CBD and/or isoflurane or vehicle were assessed for neuronal damage by post-mortem analysis of fixed brain sections by Nissl staining. Nissl staining permits the quantitation of the ratio of Nissl bodies to total neurons, a lower ratio being indicative of increased neuronal damage. The Nissl/neuron ratio observed in hippocampal regions (A) CA1 and (B) CA2 contralateral to the site of injury in the group treated with IHL-216A was greater than that predicted based on the groups treated with each drug alone, which is indicative of synergy. Values are average of the respective treatment group. Group sizes: Uninjured n=6, vehicle n=6, CBD n=6, isoflurane n=5, IHL-216A n=6. Neuroinflammation Marker — Iba1.

A post-mortem analysis of the rat brains also determined that CBD and isoflurane were synergistic in reducing levels of the neuroinflammation marker Iba1 as detected using immunofluorescence. Iba1 is a protein expressed in microglia, a type of innate immune cell in the brain, that is an established marker of microglial activation and neuroinflammation. The levels of Iba1 in the brain are detected using immunofluorescence, which is a microscopy technique that employs antibodies specific to Iba1 which are detected using a fluorescent tag. Increased levels of Iba1 are indicative of increased neuroinflammation. IHL-216A reduced the Iba1 neuroinflammation marker by 35% more than CBD alone and 123% more than isoflurane administered alone. IHL-216A also reduced the Iba1 neuroinflammation marker by 10% more than the predicted value of the combined CBD and isoflurane.

Figure 2. Synergistic activity of CBD and isoflurane (IHL-216A) in reducing levels of the neuroinflammatory marker Iba1.    Rodents that had undergone TBI and treated with CBD and/or isoflurane or vehicle were assessed for neuroinflammation through immunofluorescence analysis of the neuroinflammatory marker Iba1. Iba1 levels increase after TBI and a reduction in Iba1 is indicative of a reduction in neuroinflammation. Iba1 levels in brain sections ipsilateral to the site of injury in the group treated with IHL-216A were reduced more than would be predicted based on the reduction observed in groups treated with each drug alone, which is indicative of synergy. Values are average of the respective treatment group. Group sizes: Uninjured n=6, vehicle n=5, CBD n=6, isoflurane n=3, IHL-216A n=5.

52

Table of Contents

Synergy between CBD and isoflurane was detected in the behavioral outcomes assessed using the Morris Water Maze. In the Morris Water Maze animals are trained to find a platform in a pool of water. After a number of training sessions, the platform is removed and the mice are monitored to determine whether they return to the location of the platform, which is a measure of spatial learning and memory. IHL-216A outperformed the predicted value of combined CBD and isoflurane when assessing both the number of times rats returned to the location of the platform per group by 87% as well as the proportion of rats in the group that returned to the location of the platform by 24%, demonstrating the synergistic effect of CBD and isoflurane.

Figure 3. Synergistic activity of CBD and isoflurane (IHL-216A) in the Morris Water Maze assessment. Rodents that had undergone TBI and treated with CBD and/or isoflurane or vehicle were assessed for spatial learning and memory using the Morris Water Maze. The observed performance with respect to both (A) relative instances of animal in platform location and (B) proportion of animals in that reached the platform location was better in the group treated with the CBD isoflurane combination (IHL-216A) than what was predicted based on the performance of the groups treated with each drug alone. This outperformance by the IHL-216A compared to the predicted performance is indicative of synergy. Values are average of the respective treatment group. Group sizes: Uninjured n=6, vehicle n=6, CBD n=5, isoflurane n=6, IHL-216A n=6.

Stage 2 pre-clinical study for IHL-216A

We are currently undertaking a second and more-extensive animal study on the protective effect of IHL-216A in sports concussion with the Monash Trauma Group at the Department of Neuroscience, Monash University, Australia.

The Monash Trauma Group consists of a team of leading scientists within their respective fields. Their research focuses on the effects, underlying pathophysiological mechanisms, biomarkers, and treatments of trauma related conditions including TBI and concussion as well as other types of neurological diseases, including CTE.

The study is coordinated by Dr Stuart McDonald, an expert in fluid biomarker development for monitoring TBI, Associate Professor Richelle Mychasiuk, an expert in animal models of TBI and their clinical relevance, and Associate Professor Sandy Shultz, an expert in the pathological mechanisms, biomarkers and treatments of TBI and related conditions.

The model of TBI being used in this study was developed by Monash University in collaboration with the US National Football League (“NFL”). The results of the study will be used as a precursory data set to inform the pivotal clinical trials required for drug registration.

IHL-675A

IHL-675A comprises a combination of hydroxychloroquine, a registered pharmaceutical, and CBD. Hydroxychloroquine (HCQ) is a disease modifying anti-rheumatic drug that regulates the activity of the immune system, which may be overactive in some conditions. HCQ can modify the underlying disease process, rather than simply treating the symptoms. We have demonstrated that IHL-675A components, cannabidiol and hydroxychloroquine, act synergistically to inhibit production of key inflammatory cytokines in an in vitro study and in 4 distinct successful in vivo experiments using established models of inflammation. We are able to determine whether synergies exist in IHL-675A studies by comparing the predicted result of CBD and HCQ acting together to the actual IHL-675A results. The predicted result is determined by analyzing the results of HCQ and

53

Table of Contents

CBD independently in the study, and then based on those results predicting how well the drugs would do on a combined basis; to the extent IHL-675A exceeds the predicted result, we can conclude that the drugs strengthen the effectiveness of one another and synergies exist.

We have evaluated the results of these experiments and believe IHL-675A to be a multi-use candidate for the prevention and treatment of inflammatory lung conditions (ARDS, COPD, asthma, and bronchitis), rheumatoid arthritis and inflammatory bowel diseases. Potentially, this could mean that IHL-675A is a better alternative to CBD based products for certain inflammatory diseases, subject to further examination.

We have completed a pre-IND meeting with the FDA to discuss the regulatory pathway for the development of IHL-675A for lung inflammation in the United States and plan to open INDs for each of the three indications. FDA agreed that marketing applications for IHL-675A should be 505(b)(2) applications due to the existence of certain safety and efficacy information on the active ingredients of IHL-675A originating from historical studies that we are entitled to use in a new drug application.

Lung Inflammation (COPD, Asthma, ARDS and Bronchitis)

Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (“COPD”) is a chronic inflammatory lung disease that causes obstructed airflow from the lungs. Symptoms include breathing difficulty, cough, mucus (sputum) production and wheezing. It is typically caused by long-term exposure to irritating gases or particulate matter, most often from cigarette smoke. People with COPD are at increased risk of developing heart disease, lung cancer and a variety of other conditions.

Asthma is a condition in which inflammation causes the airways to narrow and swell and which may cause the patient to produce extra mucus. This can make breathing difficult and trigger coughing, a whistling sound (wheezing) during breathing and shortness of breath. For some people, asthma is a minor nuisance. For others, it can be a major problem that interferes with daily activities and may lead to a life-threatening asthma attack. According to Allied Market Research, the Global COPD and asthma drug market is expected to reach US$50.4 billion by 2022, growing at a CAGR of 3.7% from 2016 to 2022.

Acute respiratory distress syndrome (“ARDS”) occurs when fluid builds up in the air sacs (alveoli) located in the lungs. The fluid prevents oxygen from reaching the bloodstream. This deprives organs of the oxygen they need to function. ARDS typically occurs in people who are already critically ill or who have significant injuries. Severe shortness of breath (the main symptom of ARDS) usually develops within a few hours to a few days after the primary injury or infection. It is the one of the main causes of death resulting from COVID-19 and many people who develop ARDS do not survive. The risk of death increases with age and severity of illness. People who survive ARDS may experience lasting damage to their lungs.

Bronchitis is an inflammation of the lining of the bronchial tubes of the lungs. Bronchitis may be either acute or chronic. While acute bronchitis is common, chronic bronchitis, a more serious condition, is a constant irritation or inflammation of the lining of the bronchial tubes.

Rheumatoid Arthritis

Rheumatoid arthritis is a chronic inflammatory disorder that can affect joints, skin, eyes, lungs, heart and blood vessels. As an autoimmune disorder, rheumatoid arthritis is caused by attacks to body tissues by one’s immune system. Unlike the wear-and-tear damage caused by osteoarthritis, rheumatoid arthritis causes a painful swelling that can eventually result in bone erosion and joint deformity.

HCQ is approved for treatment of rheumatoid arthritis in the form of hydroxychloroquine sulphate and marketed as Plaquenil. HCQ has risks of ocular toxicity and cardiac effects including cardiomyopathy and QT prolongation amongst long term users, as listed in the prescribing material.

54

Table of Contents

Similarly, long term use of HCQ in rheumatoid arthritis patients was associated with increased cardiovascular mortality. Therefore, there is value in reducing the dose of HCQ in these arthritis patients. To understand the capacity for the combination of CBD with HCQ to permit reduction of the HCQ dose, in an animal study, low dose IHL-675A (1 mg/kg CBD + 2.5 mg/kg HCQ) was compared to a standard dose of HCQ (25 mg/kg HCQ). The 25 mg/kg HCQ dose in rats is equivalent to a 243 mg HCQ dose in a 60 kg human based on the FDA body surface area dose equivalence of 6/37.

In an animal study, low dose IHL-675A was more effective at reducing arthritis across multiple assessments including clinical score, paw volume, pannus score, total histology score and serum cytokine levels than the standard dose of HCQ. The reduction in disease assessments by low dose IHL-675A was 1.06-3.52 times that observed for HCQ alone at the standard dose.

This indicates that the combination of CBD and HCQ in IHL-675A has the potential to permit a ten-fold reduction in HCQ dose, when combined with CBD, without sacrificing efficacy in treatment of arthritis.

We have broadened claims within initial patent filings to cover rheumatoid arthritis as an indication. We are continuously monitoring the results of our research and development program, with a view to identifying and protecting new IP that aligns with our commercial objectives.

Inflammatory Bowel Disease

Inflammatory Bowel Disease (“IBD”) is an umbrella term used to describe disorders that involve chronic inflammation of the digestive tract. Significant types of IBD include:

•        Ulcerative colitis.    This condition involves inflammation and sores (ulcers) along the superficial lining of the large intestine (colon) and rectum.

•        Crohn’s disease.    This type of IBD is characterized by inflammation of the lining of the digestive tract, which often can involve the deeper layers of the digestive tract.

Both ulcerative colitis and Crohn’s disease are usually characterized by diarrhea, rectal bleeding, abdominal pain, fatigue and weight loss. IBD can be debilitating and sometimes leads to life-threatening complications.

The precise cause of inflammatory bowel disease remains unknown. Previously, diet and stress were suspected. However, currently medical practitioners acknowledge that these factors may aggravate, but are not the cause, of IBD. One possible cause is an immune system malfunction. When the immune system attempts to defeat an invading virus or bacterium, an abnormal immune response can cause the immune system to attack the cells in the digestive tract.

Preclinical in vitro study of IHL-675A against lung inflammation

On November 5, 2020, we released the results of our first in vitro study to investigate the synergistic activity of IHL-675A to inhibit inflammation. To test the anti-inflammatory potential of IHL-675A, human peripheral blood mononuclear cells (“PBMCs”) were stimulated with bacterial lipopolysaccharide (“LPS”). PBMCs were incubated with a range of concentrations of CBD and HCQ in combination or each drug alone and then stimulated with LPS to induce an inflammatory response. The inflammatory response was assessed by measuring cytokine levels in the culture medium after 24 hours. A reduction in cytokine levels in response to drug treatment is indicative of anti-inflammatory activity.

Cytokine levels were averaged across three replicates from two donors and normalized to maximum values to yield a relative inhibition value. A relative inhibition of 1 is complete inhibition of cytokine release whereas a value of 0 is no inhibition of cytokine release. Anti-inflammatory synergy was determined using the standard scientific “Excess over Bliss” (“EOB”) method where the predicted inhibition, as calculated using the formula Epred A+B=(EA+EB)-(EAEB), is subtracted from the observed inhibition to yield an EOB score. An EOB score of greater than zero indicates that the combination is synergistic.

55

Table of Contents

The study demonstrated that CBD and HCQ act synergistically to inhibit production of the assessed inflammatory cytokines IL-1β, IL-6, TNF-α, IL-1aα, and MIP-1α by PBMCs from the donors. The average EOB scores ranged from 0.32-0.57. IHL-675A outperformed HCQ alone by 436% to 1320% and CBD alone by 109% to 767% across the five cytokines and outperformed the predicted cytokine inhibition of IHL-675A based on the activity of each drug alone by 87% to 767% across the 5 cytokines. The results in Figures A, B, C, D and E presented below, display the optimal fixed dose IHL-675A combination assessed for each cytokine. The bars noted as Predicted CBD+HCQ represent what our expectation was before the study commenced. The observed results from the study exceeded these in each inflammatory cytokine analyzed.

Figure 4. Inhibition of LPS-induced cytokine release from human PBMCs by CBD and HCQ.    Data is presented is the average relative inhibition for the PBMC donors. Predicted inhibition by CBD+HCQ was calculated using the formula Epred A+B=(EA+EB)-(EAEB). Observed CBD+HCQ is the level of inhibition observed in the experiment. (A) IL-1b, (B) IL-1a, (C) IL-6, (D) MIP-1a, and (E) TNF-a. Error bars are standard error of the mean of the donors.

56

Table of Contents

Preclinical in vivo study of IHL-675A against inflammation

In November of 2020, we announced the results of an in vivo study assessing IHL-675A in a mouse model of sepsis. To determine whether CBD and HCQ synergize in vivo, mice from 11 groups of 10 mice, weighing 18-20g were injected with CBD and HCQ both alone and in combination. After one hour, the mice were injected with LPS to induce an inflammatory response. Each mouse in every cohort was assessed for each of the 5 inflammatory cytokines. Two hours after LPS injection, blood was collected from the mice by cardiac puncture. Sera were processed and analyzed for cytokine levels using a Luminex based assay. For synergy analysis, data was baseline subtracted using sham treated (no LPS injection) cytokine levels and then the values for each cytokine were normalized relative to maximum values across the groups. The normalized values were used to calculate the relative inhibition where a value of 1 is complete inhibition and a value of 0 is no inhibition. Synergy was calculated using the EOB method, or the difference between the observed and predicted inhibition between the combination of drug concentrations where the predicted inhibition is determined using the equation Epred A+B=(EA+EB)-(EAEB). An EOB score of greater than 0 is indicative of synergy.

The results of the in vivo study are presented in Figure 5, showing the optimal fixed dose IHL-675A combination assessed for each cytokine in 11 groups of 10 mice. The bars noted as ‘Predicted CBD + HCQ’ represent IHL’s expectation based on the activity of each drug alone. The observed results from the study significantly exceeded the predicted results across the inflammatory cytokines analyzed. CBD and HCQ synergize to inhibit the production of inflammatory cytokines IL-1β, IL-6, TNF- α, IL12(p70), and IFN- γ in a mouse model of LPS induced sepsis. The average EOB scores ranged from 0.15-0.30. IHL-675A outperformed CBD alone significantly across the five inflammatory cytokines. IHL-675A outperformed the predicted cytokine inhibition based on the activity of each drug alone by 26% to 81% across the five analyzed cytokines after 2 hours.

57

Table of Contents

Figure 5. Synergistic anti-inflammatory activity of CBD and HCQ in a mouse sepsis model.    The anti-inflammatory activity of the combination of CBD and HCQ was greater than that predicted using the Excess over Bliss method. The CBD+HCQ combination was synergistic at inhibiting release of IL-1β, IL-6, TNF-α, IL12(p70), and IFN- γ.

Preclinical in vivo study of IHL-675A against Pulmonary Inflammation (ARDS, COPD, Asthma and Bronchitis)

In February 2021, we announced the results of an in vivo study assessing IHL-675A anti-inflammatory capabilities regarding chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, asthma, bronchitis, and other inflammatory respiratory conditions. We also assessed the anti-inflammatory effect of our proprietary IHL-675A’s formulation on Pulmonary Neutrophilia, which is a primary underlying cause of COPD, asthma, bronchitis, and other inflammatory respiratory conditions. We reported encouraging results, as discussed below, which facilitate a substantial expansion of the potential uses for IHL-675A and represent new patient treatment opportunities.

In July 2020, we conducted an animal study using rodents to assess the anti-inflammation efficacy of IHL-675A. In this study, ten groups of six mice each were pre-treated with either CBD, HCQ or IHL-675A prior to intratracheal administration of bacterial lipopolysaccharide (“LPS”), which was then inhaled and acts as an inflammatory stimulus in the lungs. A sham group where LPS was not administered to the mice was also included as a control. The lungs were flushed with a saline solution 24 hours after LPS administration and bronchoalveolar lavage fluid (‘BALF’) was analyzed for cytokine levels using a Luminex based assay. Cytokines are proteins that mediate the inflammatory response and a reduction in cytokine levels is indicative of reduced inflammation. A white blood cell (‘WBC’) count was also performed on the BALF. When inflammation occurs in the lungs, WBCs are recruited as part of the inflammatory response. A reduction in WBC count is also indicative of reduced inflammation.

58

Table of Contents

In February 2021, we announced the results from this animal study, where Cytokine levels were normalized to those detected in vehicle treated mice and then the relative inhibition was calculated. IHL-675A reduced levels of all assessed inflammatory cytokines IL-1β, IL-6, TNF-α, CXCL1 and MCP-1 to a greater extent than either CBD or HCQ alone. WBC counts were normalized using the same method used for cytokines and IHL-675A reduced WBC counts to a greater extent than CBD or HCQ alone. These results indicate that IHL-675A has superior anti-inflammatory activity compared to CBD and HCQ in a mouse pulmonary inflammation model, and therefore IHL-675A may be effective in the treatment of anti-inflammation in humans.

Figure 6. Reduction in cytokine levels and white blood cell count in BALF resulting from treatment with by IHL-675A, CBD or HCQ in a mouse model of pulmonary inflammation.    Mice were treated with CBD, HCQ or a combination of CBD and HCQ (IHL-675A) and then LPS was administered intratracheally. Twenty-four hours after LPS administration bronchioalveolar lavage fluid (BALF) was analyzed for cytokine levels and white blood cell count. The reduction in cytokine levels by IHL-675A was greater than that for either drug alone. Drug concentrations were 1 mg/kg CBD and 25 mg/kg HCQ for (A) IL-1β, (B) IL-6, (C) MCP1 and (E) TNF-α, 10 mg/kg CBD and 2.5 mg/kg HCQ for CXCL-1 and WBC (white blood cell count).

59

Table of Contents

Preclinical study of IHL-675A in a model of Rheumatoid Arthritis

In March 2021, we announced the results of an in vivo study assessing IHL-675A’s anti-inflammatory capabilities regarding rheumatoid arthritis. Results indicate that a low dose of IHL-675A was 1.06 to 3.52 times more effective at reducing arthritis across multiple assessments including clinical score, paw volume, pannus score, total histology score and serum cytokine levels compared to a standard dose of HCQ only. HCQ is approved and widely used for the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis in the form of hydroxychloroquine sulphate, which is marketed as Plaquenil.

In this model of rheumatoid arthritis, female Lewis rats were challenged with porcine type-II collagen with Freund’s adjuvant on Day 1 (0.2 mg/0.2 mL/rat) by subcutaneous injection at the base of the tail to induce arthritis. A booster injection at 0.1 mg/0.1 mL/rat was injected on day 7. On day 16, rats were allocated into groups of six. There were ten groups of modelled rats and one sham injected group. CBD, HCQ or IHL-675A were injected intraperitoneally once per day from day 17 to 30 (total of 14 days). Drug doses were 1 and 10 mg/kg CBD and 2.5 and 25 mg/kg HCQ. The 10 mg/kg CBD and 25 mg/kg HCQ doses were selected as they are representative of standard doses in humans based on the FDA body surface area dose equivalence estimation for rats to humans of 6/37. For a 60 kg person, the 10 mg/kg CBD dose in rats is equivalent to 97 mg and the 25 mg/kg HCQ dose in rats is equivalent to 243 mg. The maintenance dose range recommended for rheumatoid arthritis in the Plaquenil prescribing information is 200-400 mg daily.

Disease was assessed by measuring hind paw volume with a plethysmometer and using a qualitative severity score system on days 1, 7 ,10, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28 and 30. Post termination on day 30, blood was collected from all rats and analyzed for levels of the inflammatory cytokines IL-1β and IL-6 using commercially available ELISA kits. These two cytokines were selected as they are known to be involved in the pathophysiology of rheumatoid arthritis. Both hind paws were harvested, weighed and formalin-fixed for histopathology. Histopathological evaluation consisted of an evaluation of cartilage and bone destruction by pannus formation (an abnormal layer of fibrovascular or granulated tissue) and mononuclear cell infiltration in synovial joint tissues. A total histology score, which is a sum of the pannus formation and mononuclear cell infiltration scores, was also calculated. For all assessments, the score was sham subtracted and then the reduction relative to the vehicle group was calculated.

IHL-675A outperformed HCQ alone in the study (at equivalent doses) at reducing clinical score and paw volume at days 24 and 30, pannus formation, total histology score, IL-1β and IL-6 in the rat model of arthritis. The reduction in disease assessments by IHL-675A was 1.07-8.72 times that observed for HCQ alone at an equivalent dose, which indicates that IHL-675A has a benefit in a rat model of arthritis greater than that of HCQ alone and demonstrates that IHL-675A is a potential treatment for arthritis in humans.

60

Table of Contents

Figure 7. Comparison of low dose IHL-675A and standard dose HCQ in reduction of disease assessments in a rat model of rheumatoid arthritis.    Groups of rats that had undergone collagen-induced arthritis modelling were treated with low dose IHL-675A (1 mg/kg CBD + 2.5 mg/kg HCQ) or standard dose HCQ (25 mg/kg HCQ). The reduction in arthritis disease severity in low dose IHL-675A treated rats was greater than for standard dose HCQ treated rats with respect to (A) clinical score at day 24, (B) paw volume at day 24, (C) pannus formation, (D) total histology score, (E) serum IL-1β levels and (F) serum IL-6 levels.

Preclinical studies of IHL-675A in models of inflammatory bowel disease

In February 2021, we announced the results of an in vivo study assessing IHL-675A’s anti-inflammatory capabilities regarding inflammatory bowel disease. IHL-675A demonstrated a reduction in the Colitis index of 46%, while CBD only and HCQ only treatment achieved a reduction of 25% and 27% respectively, demonstrating that IHL-675A has superior anti-inflammatory activity compared to CBD only and HCQ only, which indicates that IHL-675A is a potential treatment for inflammatory bowel disease in humans.

This study used eleven groups of six mice. Mice were treated with IHL-675A, CBD or HCQ for four consecutive days after administration of TNBS/ethanol to induce ulcerative colitis. A vehicle treated group and sham group were included in the study. Stool consistency was monitored over the course of the experiment. On Day 5 mice were sacrificed, blood collected for cytokine analysis and the colon removed for analysis.

Endpoint measurements include stool consistency score (an ordinal scale that measures stool consistency with a higher number indicative of looser stools) , colon weight, colon macroscopic damage score (an ordinal scale that combines adhesions, strictures, ulcers/inflammations and instances of wall thickening), colitis index (a composite scale from the histological examination of colon sections) and myeloperoxidase (an enzyme abundantly expressed in neutrophil granulocytes that contributes to inflammatory damage in IBD) levels in the colon tissue at day 5. The results from each of these endpoints were sham subtracted and the relative reduction was calculated.

61

Table of Contents

IHL-675A outperformed both CBD only and HCQ only at reducing the colitis index, macroscopic damage score, stool consistency score, colon to body weight ratio and myeloperoxidase (MPO) levels. These results indicate that IHL-675A has a benefit in a mouse model of ulcerative colitis greater than that of CBD or HCQ alone, which indicates that IHL-675A is a potential treatment for inflammatory bowel disease in humans.

Figure 8. Reduction in colitis score assessments by CBD and HCQ (IHL-675A) in a mouse model of colitis.    Colitis was induced in mice by intracolonic installation of TNBS/ethanol and then treated with CBD, HCQ or CBD and HCQ (IHL-675A). After 4 days, mice were sacrifice and the colons extracted for macro and microscopic analysis. The reduction in colitis severity was greater in mice treated with IHL-675A than for either CBD or HCQ alone for (A) colitis index, (B) macroscopic damage score, (C) relative colon weight, (D) stool consistency and (E) MPO levels. Drug dose in all assessments was 1 mg/kg CBD and 2.5 mg/kg HCQ.

Planned phase 1 clinical trial for IHL-675A

We have designed a Phase 1 clinical trial in Australia to assess the safety and pharmacokinetics of IHL-675A in healthy volunteers, the results of which will form part of our FDA IND submissions across the indications of lung inflammation, rheumatoid arthritis and inflammatory bowel disease. The aims of this study are to demonstrate that there are no, or minimal, additional risks/side effects associated with the combination of CBD and HCQ compared to each drug alone and that the uptake and metabolism (pharmacokinetics) of the two drugs do not interfere with one another. A total of 36 subjects will participate in the trial, evenly divided across three arms. The three arms of 12 subjects each will receive one of IHL-675A, Epidiolex (CBD), or Plaquenil (HCQ). The safety and pharmacokinetic assessments will be identical across the three arms.

CBD and HCQ both have both been used historically as treatments for our targeted indications when used independently. However, as with any pharmaceuticals there are risks involved. Part of the strategy in the design of IHL-675A is that the combination of CBD with HCQ permits a reduction in HCQ, which reduces the known risks associated with cumulative HCQ dose, without sacrificing efficacy. The preclinical studies we have conducted

62

Table of Contents

to-date support that a lower cumulative dose of HCQ, when combined with CBD, has the potential to be effective in treating IHL-675A’s targeted indications. Nonetheless, there is always potential for two drugs to interact and exacerbate minor concerns that exist when used alone or lead to new safety concerns. Demonstrating that a combination drug containing CBD and HCQ has a similar safety profile to the component drugs is an important step in the development program and is a requirement set out by regulatory agencies. This clinical trial will be performed in a Phase 1 unit with around the clock monitoring in the event that an adverse event needs to be managed. Safety assessments will include cardiac monitoring via ECG and blood biomarkers, serum liver enzyme levels, blood cell counts and biochemistry, monitoring of vital signs and mental health questionnaires. Due to the substantial evidence of synergy between HCQ and CBD required to produce a superior outcome on inflammatory markers, dosages of HCQ and CBD may be significantly lower than for treatment with the individual drugs and this will be further evaluated in clinical trials.

The other component of this study is monitoring the pharmacokinetics of the two active pharmaceutical ingredients (“API”) of IHL-675A, CBD and HCQ, and comparing them to their respective reference listed drugs Epidiolex and Plaquenil. Study participants will be dosed with either IHL-675A, Epidiolex or Plaquenil with equivalent amounts of the respective API. Blood samples will be drawn at predetermined intervals over a 72-hour period and analyzed for levels of CBD and HCQ as well as their major metabolites. For each molecule the maximum concentration (“Cmax”), time to maximum concentration (“Tmax ”) and total exposure (“AUC”) will be determined. The pharmacokinetic parameters for IHL-675A, Epidolex and Plaquenil will be compared to determine whether the APIs in IHL-675A are bioequivalent to the reference listed drugs. Bioequivalence is an important component of the FDA 505(b)2 approval pathway that IHL is targeting with IHL-675A.

Results from this study will form a component of future regulatory applications for IHL-675A and will also inform the design of Phase 2 efficacy and safety studies across indications.

Psilocybin-assisted Psychotherapy for General Anxiety Disorder (Psi-GAD)

Generalized Anxiety Disorder

Generalized Anxiety Disorder (GAD) is characterized by diffuse, excessive, uncontrollable anxiety that frequently occurs and is not restricted to any particular environmental circumstances. Symptoms are variable, including feelings of persistent and excessive worry, nervousness, restlessness, difficulty in concentrating fatigue, irregular sleeping patterns, muscle tension, irritability, and nausea.

Generalized anxiety disorder is a relatively common and serious psychiatric condition affecting around 4-6% of the population during their lifetime. GAD can severely affect quality of life and professional career prospects.

Existing treatments

International guidelines for GAD treatment recommend selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (“SSRIs”), serotonin and noradrenaline reuptake inhibitors (“SNRIs”), and pregabalin as first-line options, with benzodiazepines such as diazepam as second-line options. GAD is also treated with psychotherapy alone or in combination with pharmacotherapies. However, these treatments show limited efficacy, with less than half of patients achieving remission following these treatments and substantial treatment side-effects and cost. In particular, the side effects associated with long term use of these pharmacotherapies include emotional numbness, reduced positivity, weight gain, sexual disfunctions, and suicidal thoughts. Due to the limitations of existing treatments, we believe there is significant unmet need for new therapies to improve quality of life outcomes for patient diagnosed with GAD.

Psilocybin as a treatment for generalized anxiety disorder

Psychedelic-assisted psychotherapy may provide rapid, significant, and lasting benefit in treating unipolar depression, depression and anxiety symptoms associated with a terminal illness, and substance misuse. Psilocybin is a psychoactive molecule that occurs naturally in several genera of mushrooms, which primarily acts on the serotonin receptor system, and can modulate states of consciousness, cognition, perception, and mood.

63

Table of Contents

When combined with specialized forms of psychotherapeutic support, psilocybin can be both a safe and highly effective mental health treatment. Through the 1950s and 1960s, tens of thousands of individuals participated in psychedelic research. While methodologically limited by modern standards, the findings from many of these studies showed substantial improvements in anxiety, depression and addiction levels, and quality of life.

Following decades of socio-political obstruction to psychedelic treatments, an increasing number of clinical psychedelic trials are now being conducted at highly esteemed institutions around the world, including Imperial College London, John Hopkins University, University of California, and now Monash University, Melbourne, in partnership with us.

Over the past decade, the therapeutic potential of psilocybin in anxiety, depression and addiction has been demonstrated in various academic-sponsored studies. In these studies, psilocybin-assisted psychotherapy, provided a rapid reduction in anxiety and depression symptoms on the day of administration with generally maintained treatment effects at follow-up assessments many months later. These studies have shown psilocybin to be generally well-tolerated, with low toxicity and no serious adverse events reported.

We believe that the following four studies detailed below support psilocybin-assisted therapy for treating anxiety using treatment dosages up to 30mg/70kg:

•        New York University, Ross et al 2016 (n=29): Rapid and sustained symptom reduction following psilocybin treatment for anxiety and depression in patients with life-threatening cancer: a randomized controlled trial. Psilocybin produced immediate, substantial, and sustained improvements in anxiety and depression, as well as decreases in cancer-related demoralization and hopelessness, improved spiritual wellbeing, and increased quality of life.

•        Imperial College London, Carhart-Harris et al 2018 (n=20): Psilocybin with psychological support for treatment-resistant depression: six-month follow-up. Good tolerability, effect sizes large and symptom improvements appeared rapidly after just two psilocybin treatment sessions and remained significant six months post-treatment in a treatment-resistant cohort.

•        University of California, Los Angeles, Grob et al 2011 (n=12): Pilot study of psilocybin treatment for anxiety in patients with advanced-stage cancer. The State-Trait Anxiety Inventory trait anxiety subscale demonstrated a significant reduction in anxiety at one and three months after treatment. There were no clinically significant adverse events with psilocybin.

•        John Hopkins University, Griffiths et al 2017 (n=51): Psilocybin produces substantial and sustained decreases in depression and anxiety in patients with life-threatening cancer: a randomized double-blind trial. Large and significant decreases in clinician-rated and self-rated measures of depression, anxiety or mood disturbance, and increase measures of quality of life, life meaning, death acceptance, and optimism.

Two psilocybin research programs for depression have received breakthrough designation from the FDA. A small number of other psilocybin treatment development programs are underway globally. Should the results from any of these research programs be positive, approval of psilocybin-assisted psychotherapy as a prescription treatment could occur within the next five years.

Our investigational psilocybin therapy for Generalized Anxiety Disorder

Our psilocybin therapy combines psilocybin with psychological therapy that has been specifically designed for patients diagnosed with generalized anxiety disorder by a multidisciplinary team of experts lead by Principal Investigator Dr Paul Liknaitzky, along with Co-Investigators Professor Suresh Sundram and Professor Murat Yucel. The wider research team includes experts in psychedelic-assisted therapies, psychometric evaluation, qualitative research, therapist training, and risk management. We are in the process of coordinating two clinical trials as part of our clinical development program, which we hope will lead to a Pre-IND submission in Q3 of 2021, and which is ultimately aimed at FDA approval of our psilocybin therapy administered to patients with GAD.

64

Table of Contents

Planned Phase 2 exploratory clinical trial

The protocol for our planned Phase 2 Australian exploratory clinical trial has been completed and we anticipate submitting our research proposal to the human research ethics committee (“HREC”) for approval in Q3 of 2021. HREC approval is required prior to the commencement of patient recruitment in Australia. Dr Paul Liknaitzky has successfully achieved HREC approval for other clinical psilocybin studies in Australia and has successfully acquired regulatory permits and imported psilocybin into Australia.

The study is a Phase 2 randomized triple-blind active-placebo-controlled trial to assess the safety and efficacy of psilocybin-assisted psychotherapy for GAD. It will include 72 participants that will experience two psilocybin or active-placebo dosing sessions and up to 11 non-drug, specialist psychotherapy sessions over a period of 10 weeks. Primary outcomes are safety, efficacy and tolerability, and secondary outcomes are quality of life, functional impairment, and comorbidities.

A preliminary analysis of patient data will be conducted by an independent data safety monitoring board after 30 patients have completed primary endpoint assessment. The preliminary analysis will allow the trial investigators to inform the second part of the trial, with an opportunity to adjust certain treatment design parameters to optimize patient outcomes, or terminate the trial based on predefined outcomes and adequate conditional power.

FDA development plan and pre-IND meeting

In February 2021, we formally engaged Camargo Pharmaceuticals LLC, to advise upon and compile the pre-investigational new drug application information package necessary to formally request a pre-IND meeting with FDA. This meeting request will be submitted to the FDA in Q3 2021 and we anticipate that the meeting will occur in Q4 2021. We believe that FDA guidance will provide us with the regulatory clarity and commercial confidence to eventually submit an IND to the FDA and concurrently conduct a Phase 2b pivotal clinical trial partly or wholly in the United States in support of our IND submission.

Psilocybin therapy protocol

Our psilocybin therapy comprises administration of medication with psychotherapy by mental health professionals that have undergone our specialised therapist training program. Therapy is designed to optimize patient safety and therapeutic outcomes in GAD with specific support before, during and after psilocybin dosing sessions.

Each participant will receive two therapeutic doses of our investigational product, which will be composed of a specified dosage of psilocybin, with psychotherapy before, during and after each dose session. The psychotherapy comprises four distinct phases:

•        Preliminary psychotherapy: conducted during the screening stage with key focus on clinical formulation, therapeutic alliance, psychedelic treatment psychoeducation and practical preparation for dosing.

•        Preparation psychotherapy: conducted following full enrollment and prior to the first dosing session with a key focus on extending preliminary psychotherapy work, and covering more targeted and GAD-specific psychological and practical preparation for dosing.

•        After dosing support: conducted within a week following the preparation session with key focus on trust, suitable mindset, conducive physical setting, and participant-led support. Dosing support is the psychotherapy session.

•        Integration psychotherapy: conducted following the dosing sessions, including the day directly following each dosing session, with key focus on sustaining benefits through specific mindful, emotion and somatic-focused therapy, meaning-centered support, and facilitating contextual changes that support outcomes.

Therapist recruitment in anticipation of the Phase 2 exploratory trial has commenced and therapist training is anticipated to commence in Q3 2021.

65

Table of Contents

Monash University

In December 2020, we entered into a partnership agreement with Monash University (“Monash”) in Australia to conduct a psilocybin-assisted psychotherapy trial to treat GAD. Monash will sponsor our initial Phase 2 exploratory clinical trial, ensuring rigorous scientific independence and the highest standards in ethical and safe research. We are funding and supporting this investigator-initiated trial, and retain all intellectual property created by the trial. We are also investigating the commencement of other psychedelic medicine research projects that would offer an opportunity to address what we believe is an unmet need in patients diagnosed with other mental illnesses.

Monash is one of Australia’s leading universities and consistently ranks among the world’s top 100. Psychedelic treatment for our exploratory trials will be delivered within BrainPark, a state-of-the-art research platform at Monash’s Turner Institute for Brain and Mental Health and Biomedical Imaging Facility, that provides a highly conducive environment for psychedelic treatments in a research context. Both the School of Psychological Sciences within the Turner Institute for Brain and Mental Health, and the Department of Psychiatry within the School of Clinical Sciences, have combined forces to conduct psychedelic research and the team comprises leading researchers and clinicians in relevant fields of psychiatry, psychotherapy, and mental health treatment development.

Clinical trial investigators

The Principal Investigator is Dr Paul Liknaitzky, with Co-Investigators Professor Murat Yucel and Professor Suresh Sundram.

Dr. Liknaitzky is Head of the Clinical Psychedelic Research Lab within the Turner Institute and the Dept of Psychiatry, Monash. He is a Chief Principal Investigator and Research Fellow at Monash University, and has Adjunct or Honorary appointments at St Vincent’s Hospital, Macquarie University, Deakin University, and the University of Melbourne. He earned an Honours in Neuroscience and a PhD in Psychology from the University of Melbourne. His work examines mechanisms of mental illness and treatment development primarily within mood, anxiety and addiction research. Liknaitzky is an Investigator across a number of Australia’s first clinical psychedelic trials. He has been invited to deliver numerous academic, professional, and public talks on psychedelic-assisted psychotherapy, and has been interviewed on the topic for print media, radio, and podcasts. Liknaitzky leads Australia’s first clinical psychedelic lab, coordinates Australia’s first applied psychedelic therapist training program, and is establishing Australia’s largest psychedelic trial (Psi-GAD). His work is focused on developing a rigorous program of research in psychedelic medicine at Monash University that seeks to evaluate therapeutic effects, innovate on treatment design, mitigate known risks, explore potential drawbacks, and understand therapeutic mechanisms.

Professor Murat Yucel gained a PhD combined with specialist clinical training in Clinical Neuropsychology in 2001 at La Trobe University. He then worked across as numerous mental health research centres at the University of Melbourne and was promoted to professor in 2012. He now works within the Monash School of Psychological Sciences, where he heads the mental health and addiction research programs. He is a director of BrainPark — a world-first neuroscience research clinic designed to bring the latest neuroscience with diagnostic or therapeutic benefit to the community in an accessible way.

Professor Suresh Sundram is the Head, Department of Psychiatry, School of Clinical Sciences, Monash University and Director of Research, Mental Health Program, Monash Health. He has been investigating the molecular pathology of schizophrenia and related psychotic disorders using pharmacological, neurochemical and neuropathological approaches. These inter-related methods have been applied to parse components of the disorder such as treatment resistance and suicide to better understand their neurobiological substrates. He undertook his doctoral and post-doctoral studies at the Mental Health Research Institute in Melbourne before establishing his laboratory there and subsequently at the Florey Institute and concurrently establishing a clinical research laboratory undertaking clinical trial and biomarker research in psychotic disorders. He then transferred to and integrated his research program at Monash University and Monash Medical Centre.

66

Table of Contents

Intellectual Property Strategy

We strategically protect our innovations with a harmonized IP strategy, combining patent protection with regulatory and market exclusivity. We are pursuing patent protection for aspects of our psilocybin therapy program. The patent position that will be available to us is unlikely to cover psilocybin alone as a clinical entity. However, we are pursuing a patent position in relation methods of treatment using psilocybin including combination therapies (e.g., formulations, actives plus psychotherapeutic modalities) and other therapeutic methods (e.g., specific dosage regimens).

Intellectual Property

We have implemented a patent filing strategy as we develop our products and therapies in conjunction with our medical advisory board. As of December 31, 2020, we own pending patent applications relating to our drug candidates IHL-42X, IHL-216A and IHL-675A.

In addition to pursing patent protection for all of our assets, we rely on unpatented trade secrets, know-how and other confidential information as well as proprietary technological innovation and expertise that are protected in part by confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with our employees, advisors and consultants.

Patent matters in biotechnology are highly uncertain and involve complex legal and factual questions. The availability and breadth of claims allowed in biotechnology and pharmaceutical patents cannot be predicted. Statutory differences in patentable subject matter may limit the scope of protection we can obtain on some or all of our licensed inventions or prevent us from obtaining patent protection either of which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. Since patent applications are not published until at least 18 months from their first filing date and the publication of discoveries in the scientific literature often lags behind actual discoveries, we cannot be certain that we, or any of our licensors, were the first creator of inventions covered by pending patent applications, or that we or our licensors, were the first to file patent applications for such inventions. Additionally, the grant and enforceability of a patent is dependent on a number of factors that may vary between jurisdictions. These factors may include the novelty of the invention, the requirement that the invention not be obvious in the light of prior art (including prior use or publication of the invention), the utility of the invention and the extent to which the patent clearly describes the best method of working the invention. In short, this means that claims granted in various territories may vary and thereby influence commercial outcomes.

While we have applied for and will continue to file for protection as appropriate for our therapeutic products and technologies, we cannot be certain that any future patent applications we file, or licensed to us, will be granted, or that we will develop additional proprietary products or processes that are patentable or that we will be able to license any other patentable products or processes. We cannot be certain that others will not independently develop similar products or processes, duplicate any of the products or processes developed or being developed by the company or licensed to us, or design around the patents owned or licensed by us, or that any patents owned or licensed by us will provide us with competitive advantages.

Furthermore, we cannot be certain that patents held by third parties will not prevent the commercialization of products incorporating the technology developed by us or licensed to us, or that third parties will not challenge or seek to narrow, invalidate or circumvent any of the issued, pending or future patents owned or licensed by us.

Our commercial success will also depend, in part, on our ability to avoid infringement of patents issued to others. If a court determines that we were infringing any third-party patents, we could be required to pay damages, alter our products or processes, obtain licenses or cease certain activities. We cannot be certain that the licenses required under patents held by third parties would be made available on terms acceptable to us or at all. To the extent that we are unable to obtain such licenses, we could be foreclosed from the development, export, manufacture or commercialization of the product requiring such license or encounter delays in product introductions while we attempt to design around such patents, and any of these circumstances could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We may have to resort to litigation to enforce any patents

67

Table of Contents

issued or licensed to us or to determine the scope and validity of third-party proprietary rights. Such litigation could result in substantial costs and diversion of effort by us. We may have to participate in opposition proceedings before the Australian Patent and Trademark Office or another foreign patent office, or in interference proceedings declared by the United States Patent and Trademark Office, to determine the priority of invention for patent applications filed by competitors. Any such litigation interference or opposition proceeding, regardless of outcome, could be expensive and time consuming, and adverse determinations in any such proceedings could prevent us from developing, manufacturing or commercializing our products and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

As of June 30, 2021, the Company also owns trademark registrations in Australia, United States, Europe, China and Japan.

In fiscal year 2020, we added 5 new patent applications to our portfolio: PCT/AU2020/051056, Australian Provisional Patent Application No. 2020902368, Australian Provisional Patent Application No. 2020902432, Australian Provisional Patent Application No. 2020903985, and Australian Provisional Patent Application No. 2020904264.

Operations Summary

Unregistered Synthetic Cannabidiol Products

In February 2019, we launched a line of pharmaceutical grade cannabinoid oil products to treat conditions approved for treatment with cannabinoid under the Special Access Scheme. We sold our cannabinoid oil products under the Special Access Scheme. As of April 1, 2021, we ceased selling cannabinoid oil products to focus on the development of our drug candidates.

Patent Portfolio

The following table presents our portfolio of patents and patent applications, including their status (as at December 31, 2020) and title.

Patent Family

 

Title

 

Status

 

Expires

PCT/AU2020/051056

 

Compositions for the treatment of prevention of traumatic brain injury

 

Pending

 

02/10/2040*

AU 2020902368

 

A method of treatment

 

Pending

   

AU 2020902432

 

A method of treatment

 

Pending

   

AU 2020903985

 

A method of treatment

 

Pending

   

AU 2020904264

 

A method of treatment

 

Pending

   

____________

*        Expiry date may be subject to any patent term extensions or adjustments that may be available.

Material Contracts

We are a clinical stage biotechnology company that has recently commenced its clinical trials and studies. Currently, we do not have any contract that would be deemed material that is not disclosed in other sections of this Registration Statement.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Our cash consist entirely of cash held in interest-bearing accounts with banks in Australia. Thus, our primary exposure to market risk is interest income sensitivity, which is affected by changes in the general level of Australian interest rates. However, a sudden change in market interest rates would not be expected to have a material impact on our financial condition and/or results of operation.

68

Table of Contents

Competition

We are targeting indications that have no registered, limited or costly pharmacological solutions. Thus, competitor drugs for the indications we are assessing with our drug candidates either do not exist or are limited in efficacy or have unacceptable side effect profiles for certain cohorts of patients. The table below outlines existing drugs and therapies used to treat the illnesses we aim to treat with our drug candidates and their associated pitfalls for patients.

IHL Drug Candidate

 

Indication

 

Existing Products

 

Existing Product Pitfalls

IHL-42X

 

Obstructive Sleep Apnoea

 

− CPAP device

 

− Noisy mechanical device worn during sleep;

potential poor patient compliance due to discomfort.

IHL-216A

 

Traumatic Brain Injury/Concussion

 

None

 

N/A

IHL-675A

 

Lung Inflammation

 

− Corticosteroids

Ventilator

 

− Corticosteroids reduce immune system activity;

ventilators are associated with a high rate of mortality.

IHL-675A

 

Rheumatoid Arthritis

 

− Corticosteroids

DMARDS

Biologic agents

 

− High expense, significant side effect profiles;

lack of efficacy or tolerability in certain patient cohorts.

IHL-675A

 

Inflammatory Bowel Disease

 

− Corticosteroids

− Immune system suppressors (ISSs)

− Biologic agents

 

− Corticosteroids can reduce immune system activity;

− ISSs can damage the digestive tract lining;

PSI-GAD

 

Generalized Anxiety Disorder

 

− Antidepressants (SSRI/SNRI classes)

 

− Non-curative, poor side effect profile;

− some patients become treatment resistant.

Regulatory Authorities

The ongoing research and development, clinical, regulatory, commercial and manufacturing activities of our drug candidates are subject to extensive regulation by numerous governmental authorities, including (i) in Australia, principally the Therapeutics Goods Administration, or TGA; (ii) in the United States, principally the Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, as well as the Drug Enforcement Agency (DEA); and (iii) in Europe, principally the European Medicines Agency, or EMA and local competent authorities, ethics committees (ECs), institutional research boards (IRBs) and other regulatory authorities at federal, state or local levels. We, along with our third-party contractors, will be required to navigate the various preclinical, clinical and commercial approval and post-approval requirements of the governing regulatory agencies of the countries in which we wish to conduct studies or seek approval or licensure of our drug candidates.

69

Table of Contents

United States

FDA process

In the United States, the FDA regulates drugs under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or the FDCA, and its implementing regulations. Regulations that govern the pharmaceutical quality, safety, efficacy, labeling, storage, record keeping, advertising and promotion of such products under the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, the Public Health Service Act, and their implementing regulations. In particular, controlled substances, like synthetic cannabidiol and THC, are regulated by the U.S. Drug Enforcement Administration, or DEA.

The process of obtaining FDA approval and achieving and maintaining compliance with applicable laws and regulations requires the expenditure of substantial time and financial resources. Failure to comply with applicable FDA or other requirements may result in refusal to approve pending applications, a clinical hold, warning letters, civil or criminal penalties, recall or seizure of products, partial or total suspension of production or withdrawal of the product from the market. FDA approval is required before any new drug or biologic, including a new use of a previously approved drug, can be marketed in the United States. All applications for FDA approval must contain, among other things, information relating to safety and efficacy, pharmaceutical quality, packaging, labeling and quality control.

Government oversight of the pharmaceutical industry is usually classified into pre-approval and post-approval categories. Most of the therapeutically significant innovative products marketed today are the subject of New Drug Applications, or NDAs, or Biologics License Applications, or BLAs. Pre-approval activities are used to assure the product is safe and effective before marketing.

Drug Approval Process — FDA

None of our drug candidates may be marketed in the United States until the drug has received FDA approval. The steps required before a drug may be marketed in the United States generally include the following:

•        completion of extensive pre-clinical laboratory tests, animal studies, and formulation studies in accordance with the FDA’s GLP and GMP regulations;

•        submission to the FDA of an Investigational New Drug, or IND, application for human clinical testing, which must become effective before human clinical trials may begin;

•        receive approval from the DEA prior to commencement of any clinical trials in the United States that involve the use of Schedule I controlled substances.

•        performance of adequate and well-controlled human clinical trials in accordance with GCP requirements to establish the safety and efficacy of the drug for each proposed indication;

•        submission to the FDA of an NDA/BLA after completion of all pivotal clinical trials;

•        satisfactory completion of an FDA pre-approval inspection of the manufacturing facility or facilities at which the active pharmaceutical ingredient, or API, and finished drug product are produced and tested to assess compliance with current Good Manufacturing Practices, or cGMPs; and

•        FDA review and approval of the NDA/BLA and DEA scheduling (for a controlled substance) prior to any commercial marketing or sale of the drug in the United States.

The manufacturing and quality, as well as preclinical and clinical testing and approval process requires substantial time, effort and financial resources, and we cannot guarantee approval of our drug candidates will be granted on a timely basis, if at all. Notably, the FDA may reach different conclusions than we have after analyzing the same data, or there may difference of opinion amongst members of FDA’s review team.

The FDA may inspect and audit domestic and foreign development facilities, planned production facilities, clinical trial sites and laboratory facilities. There is a pre-approval inspection after submission to market a new product, routine inspection of a regulated facility and a “for-cause” inspection to investigate a specific problem that has come to FDA’s attention. After the product is approved and marketed, the FDA uses different mechanisms for

70

Table of Contents

assuring that firms adhere to the terms and conditions of approval described in the application and that the product is manufactured in a consistent and controlled manner. This is done by periodic unannounced inspections of production and quality control facilities by FDA’s field investigators and analysts.

Preclinical tests include laboratory evaluation of toxicity in animals and in vitro (laboratory tests). The results of preclinical tests, together with manufacturing information and analytical data, are submitted as part of an IND application to the FDA. The IND application is based on the results of initial testing done on animals for pharmacology and toxicity, which is used to develop a plan for testing the drug on humans. Only after preclinical testing, FDA determines whether the drug should be tested in people.

Further, an independent institutional review board, or IRB, covering each medical center proposing to conduct clinical trials must review and approve the plan for any clinical trial before it commences at that center and it must monitor the study until completed. The FDA, the IRB or the sponsor may suspend a clinical trial at any time on various grounds, including a finding that the subjects or patients are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk. Clinical testing also must satisfy extensive Good Clinical Practice, or GCP, regulations, which include requirements that all research subjects provide informed consent and that all clinical studies be conducted under the supervision of one or more qualified investigators.

Clinical trials (under an IND) involve administration of the investigational drug to human subjects under the supervision of qualified investigators. Clinical trials are conducted under protocols detailing the objectives of the study, the parameters to be used in monitoring safety and the effectiveness criteria to be evaluated. Each protocol must be provided to the FDA as part of a separate submission to the IND. Further, an Institutional Review Board, or IRB, for each medical center proposing to conduct the clinical trial must review and approve the study protocol and informed consent information for study subjects for any clinical trial before it commences at that center, and the IRB must monitor the study until it is completed. There are also requirements governing reporting of ongoing clinical trials and clinical trial results to public registries. Study subjects must sign an informed consent form before participating in a clinical trial.

Progress reports detailing the results of the clinical studies must be submitted at least annually to the FDA and safety reports must be submitted to the FDA and the investigators for serious and unexpected adverse reactions in case of an open IND. For purposes of an NDA or BLA submission and approval, human clinical trials are typically conducted in the following sequential phases, which may overlap:

•        Phase I:    Trials are initially conducted in a limited population of healthy human (in oncology Phase I trials are often conducted in patients) subjects or patients to test the drug candidate for safety and dose tolerance. These studies are designed to test the safety, dosage tolerance, absorption, metabolism and distribution of the investigational product in humans, the side effects associated with increasing doses, and, if possible, to gain early evidence on effectiveness.

•        Phase II:    The investigational product is administered to a limited patient population with a specified disease or condition to evaluate the preliminary efficacy, optimal dosages and dosing schedule and to identify possible adverse side effects and safety risks. Multiple Phase 2 clinical trials may be conducted to obtain information prior to beginning larger and more expensive Phase 3 clinical trials.

•        Phase III:    The investigational product is administered to an expanded patient population in adequate and well-controlled studies to further evaluate dosage, to provide statistically significant evidence of clinical efficacy and to further test for safety, generally at multiple geographically dispersed clinical trial sites. These clinical trials are intended to establish the overall risk/benefit relationship of the investigational product and to provide an adequate basis for product approval.

•        Phase IV:    In some cases, the FDA may condition approval of an NDA or BLA on the sponsor’s agreement to conduct additional clinical trials to further assess the drug candidate’s safety, purity and potency after NDA or BLA approval. Such post-approval trials are typically referred to as Phase IV clinical trials.

Concurrent with clinical studies, sponsors usually complete additional animal studies and must also develop additional information about the product and finalize a process for manufacturing the product in commercial quantities in accordance with cGMP requirements. The manufacturing process must be capable of consistently producing quality batches of the drug candidate and, among other things, the manufacturer must develop and

71

Table of Contents

validate methods for testing the identity, strength, quality and purity of the final product. Moreover, appropriate packaging must be selected and tested and stability studies must be conducted to assure product integrity and demonstrate that the drug candidate does not undergo unacceptable deterioration over its shelf life.

The results of product development, preclinical studies and clinical trials, along with the aforementioned manufacturing information, are submitted to the FDA as part of a BLA/NDA. Under the Prescription Drug User Fee Act, or PDUFA, the FDA agrees to specific goals for NDA/BLA review time. The testing and approval process requires substantial time, effort and financial resources. The FDA will review the BLA/NDA and may deem it to be inadequate to support approval, and we cannot be sure that any approval will be granted on a timely basis, if at all. The FDA may also refer the application to the appropriate advisory committee, typically a panel of clinicians, for review, evaluation and a recommendation as to whether the application should be approved. The FDA is not bound by the recommendations of the advisory committee, but it typically follows such recommendations.

The FDA may deny approval of a BLA/NDA if the applicable regulatory criteria are not satisfied, or it may require additional clinical data or additional pivotal Phase III clinical trials. Even if such data are submitted, the FDA may ultimately decide that the NDA/BLA does not satisfy the criteria for approval. Data from clinical trials are not always conclusive and the FDA may interpret data differently than the sponsor does. Once issued, product approval may be withdrawn by the FDA if ongoing regulatory requirements are not met or if safety problems occur after the product reaches the market. In addition, the FDA may require testing, including Phase IV clinical trials, and surveillance programs to monitor the effect of approved products that have been commercialized, and the FDA has the power to prevent or limit further marketing of a product based on the results of these post-marketing programs which may include pediatric assessment, and potentially studies required for an application for a new indication, new dosage form, a new dosing regimen, a new route of administration or a new active ingredient. Products may be marketed only for the approved indications and in accordance with the provisions of the approved label. Further, if there are any modifications to the drug, including changes in indications, labeling or manufacturing processes or facilities, approval of a new or supplemental BLA may be required, which may involve conducting additional preclinical studies and clinical trials.

Expedited Review and Approval

The FDA has various programs, including fast track designation, priority review, accelerated approval, and breakthrough therapy designation, which are intended to expedite or simplify the process for reviewing drugs and/or provide for approval on the basis of surrogate endpoints. Even if a drug qualifies for one or more of these programs, the FDA may later decide that the drug no longer meets the conditions for qualification or that the time period for FDA review or approval will not be shortened. In particular, if accelerated approval is granted for any particular clinical product, the FDA can subsequently revoke the marketing authorization for such product if post-market clinical trial results are unsuccessful. Generally, drugs that may be eligible for these programs are those for serious or life-threatening diseases or conditions, those with the potential to address unmet medical needs, and those that offer meaningful benefits over existing treatments.

Other U.S. Regulatory Requirements

After approval, products are subject to extensive continuing regulation by the FDA, which include company obligations to manufacture products in accordance with GMP, maintain and provide to the FDA updated safety and efficacy information, report adverse experiences with the product, keep certain records and submit periodic reports, obtain FDA approval of certain manufacturing or labelling changes and comply with FDA promotion and advertising requirements and restrictions. Failure to meet these obligations can result in various adverse consequences, both voluntary and FDA-imposed, including product recalls, withdrawal of approval, restrictions on marketing, and the imposition of civil fines and criminal penalties against the BLA holder — all of which may become public. In addition, later discovery of previously unknown safety or efficacy issues may result in restrictions on the product, manufacturer or application holder.

We, and any manufacturers of our drug candidates, are required to comply with applicable FDA manufacturing requirements contained in the FDA’s GMP regulations. GMP regulations require, among other things, quality control and quality assurance as well as the corresponding maintenance of records and documentation. The manufacturing

72

Table of Contents

facilities for our drug candidates must meet GMP requirements. We, and any third-party manufacturers, are also subject to periodic inspections of facilities by the FDA and other authorities, including procedures and operations used in the testing and manufacture of our drug candidates to assess our compliance with applicable regulations.

With respect to post-market product advertising and promotion, the FDA imposes a number of complex regulations on entities that advertise and promote pharmaceuticals, which include, among others, standards for direct-to-consumer advertising, promoting products for uses or in patient populations that are not described in the product’s approved labelling (known as “off-label use”), industry-sponsored scientific and educational activities, and promotional activities involving the Internet. Failure to comply with FDA requirements can have negative consequences, including adverse publicity, enforcement letters from the FDA, mandated corrective advertising or communications with doctors and civil or criminal penalties. Although physicians may prescribe legally available drugs for off-label uses, manufacturers may not market or promote such off-label uses.

Changes to some of the conditions established in an approved application, including changes in indications, labelling, or manufacturing processes or facilities, require submission and FDA approval of a new BLA or BLA supplement before the change can be implemented. A BLA supplement for a new indication typically requires clinical data similar to that in the original application, and the FDA uses the same procedures and actions in reviewing BLA supplements as it does in reviewing BLAs.

Adverse event reporting and submission of periodic reports is required following FDA approval of a BLA. The FDA also may require post-marketing testing, known as Phase IV testing, risk mitigation strategies, and surveillance to monitor the effects of an approved product or place conditions on an approval that could restrict the distribution or use of the product.

Controlled Substances

The CSA and its implementing regulations establish a “closed system” of distribution for controlled substances. The CSA imposes registration, security, recordkeeping and reporting, storage, manufacturing, distribution, labeling, importation, exportation, disposal and other requirements under the oversight of the DEA. The DEA is the federal agency responsible for regulating controlled substances, and requires those individuals or entities that manufacture, import, export, distribute, research, or dispense controlled substances to comply with the regulatory requirements to prevent the diversion of controlled substances to illicit channels of commerce.

Facilities that research, manufacture, distribute, import or export any controlled substance must register annually with the DEA. The DEA registration is specific to the particular location, activity(ies) and controlled substances utilized. For example, separate registrations are required for importation and manufacturing activities, and each registration authorizes which schedules of controlled substances the registrant may handle. However, certain coincident activities are permitted without obtaining a separate DEA registration, such as distribution of controlled substances by the manufacturer that produces them.

The DEA categorizes controlled substances into one of five schedules — Schedule I, II, III, IV, or V — with varying qualifications for listing in each schedule. Scheduling determination by the DEA are dependent on approval of a substance or a specific formulation of a substance. Schedule I substances by definition have a high potential for abuse, have no currently “accepted medical use” in treatment in the United States and lack accepted safety for use under medical supervision. They may be used only in federally-approved research programs and may not be marketed or sold for dispensing to patients in the United States. Pharmaceutical products having a currently accepted medical use may be listed as Schedule II, III, IV or V substances, with Schedule II substances presenting the highest potential for abuse and physical or psychological dependence, and Schedule V substances presenting the lowest relative potential for abuse and dependence. The regulatory requirements are more restrictive for Schedule II substances than Schedule III-V substances. For example, all Schedule II drug prescriptions must be signed by a physician, physically presented to a pharmacist in most situations, and cannot be refilled. Marijuana and THC are Schedule I controlled substances under the CSA. Products approved for medical use in the United States that contain marijuana, THC or marijuana/THC extracts, must be placed in Schedules II-V, since approval by the FDA satisfies the “acceptable medical use” requirement. While marijuana and THC are controlled substances, the Agricultural Improvement Act of 2018 amended the CSA to exclude Cannabis meeting the statutory definition of hemp from the definition of marijuana. As a result, Cannabis that contains 0.3 percent or less of delta-9 THC on a dry weight basis is no longer considered a controlled substance. By extension, Cannabis-derived cannabidiol that satisfies the same limitation concerning delta-9 THC is also excluded from CSA regulatory controls. Because the definition of hemp

73

Table of Contents

does not expressly include synthetic equivalents of Cannabis or its derivatives, however, there is a lack of clarity about the CSA control status of pharmaceutically manufactured cannabidiol. Absent guidance to the contrary from the DEA, Cannabis and those products which contain Cannabis, that do not meet the definition of hemp remain in Schedule I of the CSA for purposes of development and research activities.

The DEA inspects all manufacturing facilities to review security, record keeping, reporting and compliance with other DEA regulatory requirements prior to issuing a controlled substance registration. The specific security requirements vary by the type of business activity and the schedule and quantity of controlled substances handled. The most stringent requirements apply to manufacturers of Schedule I and Schedule II substances. Required security measures commonly include background checks on employees and physical control of controlled substances through storage in approved vaults, safes and cages, and through use of alarm systems and surveillance cameras. An application for a manufacturing registration as a bulk manufacturer (not a dosage form manufacturer or a repacker/relabeler) for a Schedule I or II substance must be published in the Federal Register and is open for 30 days to permit interested persons to submit comments, objections, or requests for a hearing. A copy of the notice of the Federal Register publication is forwarded by the DEA to all those registered, or applicants for registration, as bulk manufacturers of that substance. Once registered, manufacturing facilities must maintain records documenting the manufacture, receipt and distribution of all controlled substances. Manufacturers must submit periodic reports to the DEA of the distribution of Schedule I and II controlled substances, Schedule III narcotic substances, and other designated substances. Registrants must also report any controlled substance thefts or significant losses and must adhere to certain requirements to dispose of controlled substances. As with applications for registration as a bulk manufacturer, an application for an importer registration for a Schedule I or II substance must also be published in the Federal Register, which remains open for 30 days for comments. Imports of Schedule I and II controlled substances for commercial purposes are generally restricted to substances not already available from a domestic supplier or where there is not adequate competition among domestic suppliers. In addition to an importer or exporter registration, importers and exporters must obtain a permit for every import or export of a Schedule I and II substance, Schedule III, IV and V narcotic, specially designated Schedule III non-narcotics, or Schedule IV or V narcotic controlled in Schedule I or II by the Convention on Psychotropic Substances and submit import or export declarations for Schedule III, IV and V non-narcotics.

For drugs manufactured in the United States, the DEA establishes annually an aggregate quota for the amount of substances within Schedules I and II that may be manufactured or produced in the United States based on the DEA’s estimate of the quantity needed to meet legitimate medical, scientific, research and industrial needs. This limited aggregate amount of Cannabis that the DEA allows to be produced in the United States each year is allocated among individual companies, which, in turn, must annually apply to the DEA for individual manufacturing and procurement quotas. The quotas apply equally to the manufacturing of the active pharmaceutical ingredient and production of dosage forms. The DEA may adjust aggregate production quotas a few times per year, and individual manufacturing or procurement quotas from time to time during the year, although the DEA has substantial discretion in whether or not to make such adjustments for individual companies.

The states also maintain separate controlled substance laws and regulations, including licensing, recordkeeping, security, distribution, and dispensing requirements. State Authorities, including Boards of Pharmacy, regulate use of controlled substances in each state. Failure to maintain compliance with applicable requirements, particularly as manifested in the loss or diversion of controlled substances, can result in enforcement action that could have a material adverse effect on our business, operations and financial condition. The DEA may seek civil penalties, refuse to renew necessary registrations, or initiate proceedings to revoke those registrations. In certain circumstances, violations could lead to criminal prosecution.

We will not be subject to the DEA approval to conduct our clinical trials for the foreseeable future because we have conducted and plan to continue to conduct clinical trials for each clinical drug program in Australia. We may also decide to develop, manufacture or commercialize our drug candidates in additional countries. As a result, we will be subject to controlled substance laws and regulations from the TGA in Australia, Health Canada’s Office of Controlled Substances in Canada, the Drugs & Firearms Unit (Home Office) of the National Drug Control System in the United Kingdom, and from other regulatory agencies in other countries where we develop, manufacture or commercialize each drug asset in the future.

74

Table of Contents

Foreign Regulation

In addition to regulations in the United States, we are subject to a variety of foreign regulations governing clinical trials and commercial sales and distribution of our drug candidates. Whether or not we obtain FDA approval for a product, we must obtain approval of a product by the comparable regulatory authorities of foreign countries before we can commence clinical trials or marketing of the product in those countries. The approval process varies from country to country and the time may be longer or shorter than that required for FDA approval. The requirements governing the conduct of clinical trials vary greatly from country to country.

European Union and United Kingdom

In the European Economic Area, or EEA, which is comprised of the Member States of the European Union plus Norway, Iceland and Liechtenstein, medicinal products can only be commercialized after obtaining a Marketing Authorization, or MA by the EMA. Under European Union regulatory systems, we must submit and obtain authorization for a clinical trial application in each member state in which we intend to conduct a clinical trial. When conducting clinical trials in the European Union, we must adhere to the provisions of the European Union Clinical Trials Directive (Directive 2001/20/EC) and the laws and regulations of the EU Member States implementing them. These provisions require, among other things, that the prior authorization of an Ethics Committee and the competent Member State authority is obtained before commencing the clinical trial. In April 2014, the European Union passed the Clinical Trials Regulation (Regulation 536/2014), which will replace the current Clinical Trials Directive. To ensure that the rules for clinical trials are identical throughout the European Union, the EU Clinical Trials Regulation was passed as a regulation that is directly applicable in all EU member states. All clinical trials performed in the European Union are required to be conducted in accordance with the Clinical Trials Directive until the Clinical Trials Regulation becomes applicable. According to the current plans of the EMA, the Clinical Trials Regulation is expected to become applicable.

After we have completed our clinical trials, we must obtain marketing authorization before we can market our product. We may submit applications for marketing authorizations under a centralized procedure. The centralized procedure provides for the grant of a single marketing authorization that is valid for all European Union member states.

The European Medicines Agency, or EMA, is a body of the European Union located in Amsterdam. The EMA is responsible for the scientific evaluation of medicines developed by pharmaceutical companies for use in the European Union. The EMA is involved in the scientific evaluation of medicines that fall within the scope of the centralized procedure. Like the FDA there is a harmonization between regulators and the EMA may inspect and audit the development facilities, planned production facilities, clinical trial sites and laboratory facilities. Additionally, after the product is approved and marketed, the EMA uses different mechanisms for assuring that firms adhere to the terms and conditions of approval described in the application and that the product is manufactured in a consistent and controlled manner. This is done by periodic unannounced inspections of production and quality control facilities.

If any of our drug candidates receive marketing approval in the EEA, we expect they will benefit from 8 years of data protection and 10 years of market protection. The periods run in parallel so effectively 8 years of data protection plus 2 years of market protection is granted. This means that a biosimilar application referencing our safety and efficacy data held on file at the EMA cannot be filed until the end of the data protection period of 8 years, and the biosimilar cannot be placed on the market until after a further 2 years have elapsed (8 + 2). Furthermore, an additional 1 year of market protection is available (8 + 2 + 1) where we obtain approval of a second indication having a significant clinical benefit in the initial 8-year period.

Similarly, since the Biologics Price Competition and Innovation Act (BPCIA) came into force in 2010, the United States provides 4 years of data exclusivity and 12 years of marketing exclusivity for a new biologic. The periods of exclusivity run in parallel, meaning that the FDA will not accept a biosimilar filing for 4 years and will not approve the biosimilar for a further 8 years (4 + 8).

75

Table of Contents

Regulation and Procedures Governing Approval of Medicinal Products in the European Union

In order to market any product outside of the United States, a company must also comply with numerous and varying regulatory requirements of other countries and jurisdictions regarding quality, safety and efficacy and governing, among other things, clinical trials, marketing authorization, commercial sales and distribution of products. Whether or not it obtains FDA approval for a product, an applicant will need to obtain the necessary approvals by the comparable foreign regulatory authorities before it can initiate clinical trials or marketing of the product in those countries or jurisdictions. Specifically, the process governing approval of medicinal products in the European Union generally follows the same lines as in the United States, although the approval of a medicinal product in the United States is no guarantee of approval of the same product in the European Union, either at all or within the same timescale as approval may be granted in the United States. It entails satisfactory completion of pharmaceutical development, non-clinical studies and adequate and well-controlled clinical trials to establish the safety and efficacy of the medicinal product for each proposed indication. It also requires the submission to relevant competent authorities for clinical trials authorization for a marketing authorization application, or MAA, and granting of a marketing authorization by these authorities before the product can be marketed and sold in the European Union or its member states (as well as Iceland, Norway and Liechtenstein). If we fail to comply with applicable requirements, we may be subject to, among other things, fines, suspension of clinical trials, suspension or withdrawal of regulatory approvals, product recalls, seizure of products, operating restrictions and criminal prosecution.

Clinical Trial Approval

Pursuant to the currently applicable Clinical Trials Directive 2001/20/EC and the Directive 2005/28/EC on GCP, a system for the approval of clinical trials in the European Union has been implemented through national legislation of the member states. Under this system, an applicant must obtain approval from the national competent authority, or NCA, of a European Union member state in which the clinical trial is to be conducted or in multiple member states if the clinical trial is to be conducted in a number of member states. Furthermore, the applicant may only start a clinical trial at a specific study site after the independent ethics committee, or EC, has issued a favorable opinion in relation to the clinical trial. The clinical trial application must be accompanied by an investigational medicinal product dossier with supporting information prescribed by Directive 2001/20/EC and Directive 2005/28/EC and corresponding national laws of the member states and further detailed in applicable guidance documents. Under the current regime all suspected unexpected serious adverse reactions to the investigated drug that occur during the clinical trial have to be reported to the NCA and ECs of the member state where they occurred.

In April 2014, the European Union adopted a new Clinical Trials Regulation (EU) No 536/2014, which is set to replace the current Clinical Trials Directive 2001/20/EC. It will overhaul the current system of approvals for clinical trials in the European Union. Specifically, the new legislation, which will be directly applicable in all EU member states (meaning that no national implementing legislation in each European Union member state is required), aims at simplifying and streamlining the approval of clinical trials in the European Union. For instance, the new Clinical Trials Regulation provides for a streamlined application procedure via a single-entry point and strictly defined deadlines for the assessment of clinical trial applications. It is expected that the new Clinical Trials Regulation will come into effect following confirmation of full functionality of the Clinical Trials Information System, the centralized EU portal and database for clinical trials foreseen by the new Clinical Trials Regulation, through an independent audit, which is currently expected to occur in December 2021.

Marketing Authorization

To obtain a marketing authorization for a product in the European Economic Area (comprised of the EU member states plus Norway, Iceland and Liechtenstein), or EEA, an applicant must submit a MAA, either under a centralized procedure administered by the EMA or one of the procedures administered by competent authorities in the EEA member states (decentralized procedure, national procedure, or mutual recognition procedure). A marketing authorization may be granted only to an applicant established in the EEA.

76

Table of Contents

The centralized procedure provides for the grant of a single marketing authorization by the European Commission that is valid throughout the EEA. Pursuant to Regulation (EC) No 726/2004, our investigational COMP360 psilocybin therapy, as a new active substance indicated for the treatment of treatment-resistant depression, will have the option to be filed through the centralized procedure. For those products for which the use of the centralized procedure is not mandatory, applicants may elect to use the centralized procedure where either the product contains a new active substance indicated for the treatment of diseases other than those on the mandatory list, or where the applicant can show that the product constitutes a significant therapeutic, scientific or technical innovation, or for which a centralized process is in the interest of public health.

Under the centralized procedure, the Committee for Medicinal Products for Human use, or the CHMP, which is the EMA’s committee that is responsible for human medicines, established at the EMA is responsible for conducting the assessment of whether a medicine meets the required quality, safety and efficacy requirements, and whether it has a positive risk/benefit/risk profile. Under the centralized procedure, the maximum timeframe for the evaluation of a MAA is 210 days from the receipt of a valid MAA, excluding clock stops when additional information or written or oral explanation is to be provided by the applicant in response to questions of the CHMP. Clock stops may extend the timeframe of evaluation of a MAA considerably beyond 210 days. Where the CHMP gives a positive opinion, it provides the opinion together with supporting documentation to the European Commission, who make the final decision to grant a marketing authorization. Accelerated evaluation may be granted by the CHMP in exceptional cases, when a medicinal product is of major interest from the point of view of public health and, in particular, from the viewpoint of therapeutic innovation. If the CHMP accepts such a request, the timeframe of 210 days for assessment will be reduced to 150 days (excluding clock stops), but it is possible that the CHMP may revert to the standard time limit for the centralized procedure if it determines that the application is no longer appropriate to conduct an accelerated assessment.

PRIME Scheme

EMA now offers a scheme that is intended to reinforce early dialogue with, and regulatory support from, EMA in order to stimulate innovation, optimize development and enable accelerated assessment of PRIority MEdicines, or PRIME. It is intended to build upon the scientific advice scheme and accelerated assessment procedure offered by EMA. The scheme is voluntary and eligibility criteria must be met for a medicine to qualify for PRIME.

The PRIME scheme is open to medicines under development and for which the applicant intends to apply for an initial marketing authorization application through the centralized procedure. Eligible products must target conditions for which where is an unmet medical need (there is no satisfactory method of diagnosis, prevention or treatment in the European Union or, if there is, the new medicine will bring a major therapeutic advantage) and they must demonstrate the potential to address the unmet medical need by introducing new methods or therapy or improving existing ones. Applicants will typically be at the exploratory clinical trial phase of development and will have preliminary clinical evidence in patients to demonstrate the promising activity of the medicine and its potential to address to a significant extent an unmet medical need. In exceptional cases, applicants from the academic sector or SMEs (small and medium sized enterprises) may submit an eligibility request at an earlier stage of development if compelling non-clinical data in a relevant model provide early evidence of promising activity, and first in man studies indicate adequate exposure for the desired pharmacotherapeutic effects and tolerability.

If a medicine is selected for the PRIME scheme, EMA:

•        appoints a rapporteur from the CHMP or from the Committee for Advanced Therapies (CAT) to provide continuous support and to build up knowledge of the medicine in advance of the filing of a marketing authorization application;

•        issues guidance on the applicant’s overall development plan and regulatory strategy;

•        organizes a kick-off meeting with the rapporteur and experts from relevant EMA committees and working groups;

•        provides a dedicated EMA contact person; and

•        provides scientific advice at key development milestones, involving additional stakeholders, such as health technology assessment bodies and patients, as needed.

77

Table of Contents

Medicines that are selected for the PRIME scheme are also expected to benefit from EMA’s accelerated assessment procedure at the time of application for marketing authorization. Where, during the course of development, a medicine no longer meets the eligibility criteria, support under the PRIME scheme may be withdrawn.

Pediatric Development

In the EEA, companies developing a new medicinal product must agree upon a Pediatric Investigation Plan, or PIP, with the EMA’s Pediatric Committee, or PDCO, and must conduct pediatric clinical trials in accordance with that PIP, unless a waiver applies, (e.g., because the relevant disease or condition occurs only in adults). The PIP sets out the timing and measures proposed to generate data to support a pediatric indication of the drug for which marketing authorization is being sought. The marketing authorization application for the product must include the results of pediatric clinical trials conducted in accordance with the PIP, unless a waiver applies, or a deferral has been granted by the PDCO of the obligation to implement some or all of the measures of the PIP until there are sufficient data to demonstrate the efficacy and safety of the product in adults, in which case the pediatric clinical trials must be completed at a later date. Products that are granted a marketing authorization with the results of the pediatric clinical trials conducted in accordance with the PIP are eligible for a six-month extension of the protection under a supplementary protection certificate (if any is in effect at the time of approval) even where the trial results are negative. In the case of orphan medicinal products, a two-year extension of the orphan market exclusivity may be available. This pediatric reward is subject to specific conditions and is not automatically available when data in compliance with the PIP are developed and submitted.

Regulatory Data Protection in the European Union

In the EEA, innovative medicinal products approved on the basis of a complete independent data package qualify for eight years of data exclusivity upon grant of a marketing authorization and an additional two years of market exclusivity pursuant to Regulation (EC) No. 726/2004, as amended, and Directive 2001/83/EC, as amended. Data exclusivity prevents generic and biosimilar applicants from referencing the innovator’s preclinical and clinical trial data contained in the dossier of the reference product when applying for a marketing authorization for a period of eight years from the date on which the reference product was first authorized in the EEA. During the additional two-year period of market exclusivity, a generic or biosimilar marketing authorization application can be submitted, and the innovator’s data may be referenced, but no generic or biosimilar medicinal product can be marketed until the expiration of the market exclusivity period. The overall 10-year period will be extended to a maximum of 11 years if, during the first eight years of those 10 years, the marketing authorization holder obtains an authorization for one or more new therapeutic indications which, during the scientific evaluation prior to authorization, is held to bring a significant clinical benefit in comparison with existing therapies. Even if a compound is considered to be an innovative medicinal product so that the innovator gains the prescribed period of data exclusivity, another company may market another version of the product if such company obtained marketing authorization based on a MAA with a completely independent data package of pharmaceutical tests, preclinical tests and clinical trials.

Periods of Authorization and Renewals

A marketing authorization is valid for five years, in principle, and it may be renewed after five years on the basis of a re-evaluation of the risk benefit balance by the EMA or by the competent authority of the authorizing member state. To that end, the marketing authorization holder must provide the EMA or the competent authority with a consolidated version of the file in respect of quality, safety and efficacy, including all variations introduced since the marketing authorization was granted, at least nine months before the marketing authorization ceases to be valid. Once renewed, the marketing authorization is valid for an unlimited period, unless the European Commission or the competent authority decides, on justified grounds relating to pharmacovigilance, to proceed with one additional five-year renewal period. Any authorization that is not followed by the placement of the product on the EEA market (in the case of the centralized procedure) or on the market of the authorizing member state within three years after authorization ceases to be valid.

78

Table of Contents

Controlled Drugs Classification

The position in the member states of the European Union is not harmonized. Member states have implemented the relevant UN Conventions (the Single Convention of Narcotic Drugs 1961 and the Convention on Psychotropic Substances 1971) into their national legislation, which has led to differences in how controlled substances are regulated in different countries of the European Union. It is therefore important to determine at a national level whether a substance is controlled and to comply with the applicable legal requirements.

Regulatory Requirements After Marketing Authorization

Following approval, the holder of the marketing authorization is required to comply with a range of requirements applicable to the manufacturing, marketing, promotion and sale of the medicinal product.

These include compliance with the European Union’s stringent pharmacovigilance or safety reporting rules, pursuant to which post-authorization studies and additional monitoring obligations can be imposed. The holder of a marketing authorization must establish and maintain a pharmacovigilance system and appoint an individual qualified person for pharmacovigilance, who is responsible for oversight of that system. Key obligations include expedited reporting of suspected serious adverse reactions and submission of periodic safety update reports, or PSURs.

In addition, all new MAAs must include a risk management plan, or RMP, describing the risk management system that the company will put in place and documenting measures to prevent or minimize the risks associated with the product. The regulatory authorities may also impose specific obligations as a condition of the marketing authorization. Such risk-minimization measures or post-authorization obligations may include additional safety monitoring, more frequent submission of PSURs, or the conduct of additional clinical trials or post-authorization safety studies. RMPs and PSURs are routinely available to third parties requesting access, subject to limited redactions.

Furthermore, the manufacturing of authorized products, for which a separate manufacturer’s license is mandatory, must also be conducted in strict compliance with the EMA’s cGMP requirements and comparable requirements of other regulatory bodies in the European Union, which mandate the methods, facilities and controls used in manufacturing, processing and packing of products to assure their safety and identity.

Finally, the marketing and promotion of authorized products, including industry-sponsored continuing medical education and advertising directed toward the prescribers of products, are strictly regulated in the European Union under Directive 2001/83/EC, as amended. The advertising of prescription-only medicines to the general public is not permitted in the European Union, or in the UK under the Human Medicines Regulations 2021. Although general requirements for advertising and promotion of medicinal products are established under EU Directive 2001/83/EC as amended, the details are governed by regulations in each European Union member state (as well as Iceland, Norway and Liechtenstein) and can differ from one country to another.

United Kingdom

The United Kingdom (UK) has left the European Union and will declare its independent processes to approve clinical research and marketing authorizations. Currently, the UK is in a transition period after it left the European Union, leaving EU regulations and agreements active. This transition period ended on December 31, 2020. Since the regulatory framework in the UK covering quality, safety and efficacy of pharmaceutical products, clinical trials, marketing authorization, commercial sales and distribution of pharmaceutical products is derived from EU Directives and Regulations, Brexit could materially impact the future regulatory regime which applies to products and the approval of drug candidates in the UK, as UK legislation now has the potential to diverge from EU legislation. It remains to be seen how Brexit will impact regulatory requirements for drug candidates and products in the UK in the long-term. The MHRA has recently published detailed guidance for industry and organizations to follow from January 1, 2021, which will be updated as the UK’s regulatory position on medicinal products evolves over time. How precisely clinical research within the UK will be performed and how approval for drugs will be organized is subject to ongoing discussions

79

Table of Contents

The UK will no longer be covered by centralized marketing authorizations (under the Northern Irish Protocol, centralized marketing authorizations will continue to be recognized in Northern Ireland). All medicinal products with a current centralized marketing authorization were automatically converted to Great Britain marketing authorizations on January 1, 2021. For a period of two years from January 1, 2021, the MHRA may rely on a decision taken by the European Commission on the approval of a new marketing authorization in the centralized procedure, in order to more quickly grant a new Great Britain marketing authorization. A separate application will, however, still be required.

Australia

In Australia, the relevant regulatory body responsible for the pharmaceutical industry is the Therapeutics Goods Administration, or TGA. As with the EMA and FDA there is a harmonization and collaboration between regulatory authorities. The TGA requires notification of all clinical trials via an electronic submission of a Clinical Trial Notification (CTN) prior to commencing the clinical trial.

Third-Party Payer Coverage and Reimbursement

Although our drug candidates have not been commercialized for any indication, if they are approved for marketing, commercial success of our drug candidates will depend, in part, upon the availability of coverage and reimbursement from third party payers at the federal, state and private levels.

In the United States and internationally, sales of any product that we market in the future, and our ability to generate revenues on such sales, are dependent, in significant part, on the availability of adequate coverage and reimbursement from third party payors, such as state and federal governments, managed care providers and private insurance plans.

Private insurers, such as health maintenance organizations and managed care providers, have implemented cost-cutting and reimbursement initiatives and likely will continue to do so in the future. These include establishing formularies that govern the drugs and biologics that will be offered and the out-of-pocket obligations of member patients for such products. We may need to conduct pharmacoeconomic studies to demonstrate the cost-effectiveness of our drug candidates for formulary coverage and reimbursement. Even with such studies, our drug candidates may be considered less safe, less effective or less cost-effective than existing products, and third-party payors may not provide coverage and reimbursement for our drug candidates, in whole or in part. In addition, particularly in the United States and increasingly in other countries, we are required to provide discounts and pay rebates to state and federal governments and agencies in connection with purchases of our drug candidates that are reimbursed by such entities. It is possible that future legislation in the United States and other jurisdictions could be enacted to potentially impact reimbursement rates for the drug candidates we are developing and may develop in the future and could further impact the levels of discounts and rebates paid to federal and state government entities. Any legislation that impacts these areas could impact, in a significant way, our ability to generate revenues from sales of drug candidates that, if successfully developed, we bring to market. Political, economic and regulatory influences are subjecting the healthcare industry in the United States to fundamental changes. There have been, and we expect there will continue to be, legislative and regulatory proposals to change the healthcare system in ways that could significantly affect our future business.

Similar political, economic and regulatory developments are occurring in the European Union and may affect the ability of pharmaceutical companies to profitably commercialize their products. In addition to continuing pressure on prices and cost containment measures, legislative developments at the European Union or member state level may result in significant additional requirements or obstacles. The delivery of healthcare in the European Union, including the establishment and operation of health services and the pricing and reimbursement of medicines, is almost exclusively a matter for national, rather than European Union, law and policy. National governments and health service providers have different priorities and approaches to the delivery of health care and the pricing and reimbursement of products in that context. In general, however, the healthcare budgetary constraints in most EU member states have resulted in restrictions on the pricing and reimbursement of medicines by relevant health service providers. Coupled with ever-increasing EU and national regulatory burdens on those wishing to develop and market products, this could restrict or regulate post-approval activities and affect the ability of pharmaceutical companies to commercialize their products. In international markets, reimbursement and healthcare payment systems vary

80

Table of Contents

significantly by country, and many countries have instituted price ceilings on specific products and therapies. In the future, there may continue to be additional proposals relating to the reform of the healthcare system in the United States and international healthcare systems. Future legislation, or regulatory actions implementing recent or future legislation may have a significant effect on our business. Our ability to successfully commercialize products depends in part on the extent to which reimbursement for the costs of our drug candidates and related treatments will be available in the United States and worldwide from government health administration authorities, private health insurers and other organizations. The adoption of certain proposals could limit the prices we are able to charge for our drug candidates, the amounts of reimbursement available for our drug candidates, and limit the acceptance and availability of our drug candidates. Therefore, substantial uncertainty exists as to the reimbursement status of newly approved health care products by third party payors.

Exchange Controls

Australia has largely abolished exchange controls on investment transactions. The Australian dollar is freely convertible into U.S. dollars. In addition, there are currently no specific rules or limitations regarding the export from Australia of profits, dividends, capital or similar funds belonging to foreign investors, except that certain payments to non-residents must be reported to the Australian Cash Transaction Reports Agency, which monitors such transaction, and amounts on account of potential Australian tax liabilities may be required to be withheld unless a relevant taxation treaty can be shown to apply.

The Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975

Under Australian law, in certain circumstances foreign persons are prohibited from acquiring more than a limited percentage of the shares in an Australian company without approval from the Australian Treasurer. These limitations are set forth in the Australian Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act, or the Takeovers Act.

Under the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act, as currently in effect, any foreign person, together with associates, or parties acting in concert, is prohibited from acquiring 20% or more of the shares in any company having consolidated total assets of or that is valued at A$275 million or more (or A$1,192 million or more in case of U.S. investors). “Associates” is a broadly defined term under the Takeovers Act 1975 and includes the following, but not limited to:

•        any relative of the person;

•        any person with whom the person is acting or proposes to act in concert;

•        any person with whom the person carries on a business in partnership;

•        any entity of which the person is a ‘senior officer’ (such as a director or executive);

•        if the person is an entity, any holding entity or any senior officer of the entity;

•        any entity whose senior officers are accustomed or obliged to act in accordance with the directions, instructions or wishes of the person or if the person is an entity, its senior officers or vice versa;

•        any corporation in which the person holds a ‘substantial interest’ (i.e., 20%) or any person holding a substantial interest in the person if a corporation;

•        a trustee of a trust in which the person holds a substantial interest or if the person is the trustee of a trust, a person who holds a substantial interest in the trust; and

•        if the person is a foreign government, a separate government entity or a foreign government investor in relation to a foreign country, any other person that is a foreign government, a separate government entity or foreign government investor, in relation to that country.

The Australian Treasurer also has power in certain circumstances to make an order specifying that two or more persons are associates.

81

Table of Contents

In addition, a foreign person may not acquire shares in a company having consolidated total asset of or that is valued at A$275 million or more (or A$1,192 million or more in case of U.S. investors) if, as a result of that acquisition, the total holdings of all foreign persons and their associates will exceed 40% in aggregate without the approval of the Australian Treasurer. If the necessary approvals are not obtained, the Treasurer may make an order requiring the acquirer to dispose of the shares it has acquired within a specified period of time. The same rule applies if the total holdings of all foreign persons and their associates already exceeds 40% and a foreign person (or its associate) acquires any further shares, including in the course of trading in the secondary market of the ADSs. At present, we do not have total assets of A$275 million or more. At this time, our total assets do not exceed any of the above thresholds and therefore no approval would be required from the Australian Treasurer. Nonetheless, if our total assets were to exceed the threshold in the future, we would be mindful of the number of ADS that can be made available, and monitor the 40% aggregate shareholding threshold for foreign persons (together with the associates) to ensure that it will not be exceeded subject to the Australian Treasurer’s approval.

Each foreign person seeking to acquire holdings in excess of the above caps (including their associates, as the case may be) would need to complete an application form setting out the proposal and relevant particulars of the acquisition/shareholding. The Australian Treasurer then has 30 days to consider the application and make a decision. However, the Australian Treasurer may extend the period by up to a further 90 days by publishing an interim order. The Australian Treasurer has issued a guideline titled Australia’s Foreign Investment Policy which provides an outline of the policy. As for the risk associated with seeking approval, the policy provides that the Treasurer will reject an application if it is contrary to the national interest.

If the level of foreign ownership exceeds 40% at any time, we would be considered a foreign person under the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act. In such event, we would be required to obtain the approval of the Australian Treasurer for our company, together with our associates, to acquire (i) more than 15% of an Australian company or business having total assets of or that is valued at A$275 million (or A$1,192 if the investor is a non-government entity from a ‘partner agreement’ country) or more; or (ii) any direct or indirect ownership in Australian residential real estate and certain non-residential real estate.

The percentage of foreign ownership in our company may also be included determining the foreign ownership of any Australian company or business in which we may choose to invest. Since we have no current plans for any such acquisition and do not own any property, any such approvals required to be obtained by us as a foreign person under the Takeovers Act will not affect our current or future ownership or lease of property in Australia.

Our Constitution does not contain any additional limitations on a non-resident’s right to hold or vote our securities.

Australian law requires the transfer of shares in our company to be made in writing or electronically through the Clearing House Electronic Sub-register System.

Inflation and Seasonality

Management believes inflation has not had a material impact on our operations or financial condition. Management further believes that our operations are not currently subject to seasonal influences due to our current lack of marketed products. Moreover, the targets of our drug candidates, are not seasonal diseases. Accordingly, once we have marketed products, management does not expect that our business will be subject to seasonal influences.

Manufacturing and Raw Materials

We have no manufacturing capabilities and are dependent on third parties for cost effective manufacture and manufacturing process development of our drug candidates. Problems with third party manufacturers or the manufacturing process as such may delay or jeopardize clinical trials and commercialization of our drug candidates.

History and Development

Our legal name is Incannex Healthcare Limited. We were incorporated in Australian in April 2001 under the name Mount Magnet South Limited. In November 2016, we changed name to Impression Healthcare Limited, and in June 2020, to Incannex Healthcare Limited. Incannex is listed on the ASX under the symbol “IHL.”

82

Table of Contents

Since 2019, we have been conducting research and development for medicinal synthetic cannabidiol pharmaceutical products and psychedelic medicine therapies for treatment of a range of indications.

In June 2020, we discontinued the sale of mouthguards for sports activities to focus its resources on cannabinoid sales and development activities. As a result, on June 30, 2020, we sold our wholly-owned subsidiary Gameday International Pty Ltd. Sales of sports mouthguards had severely diminished due to the cancellation of sport seasons resulting from COVID- 19 restrictions. We did not expect any normal continuation of the sports season or recovery in mouthguard sales in the medium term that justifies continued financial commitment.

In January 2019, the Department of Health of Victoria granted us licenses to sell or supply cannabinoid substances, and in particular cannabis, cannabidiol (“CBD”), tetrahydrocannabinols (“THC”) and dronabinol.

Our registered office is located at Suite 15, Level 12, 401 Docklands Drive, Docklands 3008, Victoria, Australia and our telephone number is +61 409 840 786. Our agent for service of process in the United States is Vcorp Agent Services, Inc., 25 Robert Pitt Drive, Suite 204, Monsey, NY 10952, Rockland County. Our address on the Internet is www. incannex.com.au. The information on, or accessible through, our website is not part of this Registration Statement on Form 20-F. We have included our website address in this Registration Statement on Form 20-F solely as an inactive textual reference. All information we file with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) is available through the SEC’s Electronic Data Gathering

Organizational Structure

Below is a list of our significant subsidiaries, including our ownership percentage, its date of formation and its jurisdiction. These subsidiaries were established to allow us to conduct commercial and clinical operations in Europe and the United States and expand our operations in Australia.

Subsidiary

 

Ownership

 

Date of
Formation/Acquisition

 

Jurisdiction

Incannex Pty Ltd

 

100%

 

November 30, 2018

 

Victoria, Australia

Psychennex Pty Ltd

 

100%

 

November 20, 2020

 

Victoria, Australia

Property, Plants and Equipment

We own computer equipment, office furniture and laboratory equipment, which is primarily placed at our own offices and laboratories.

Office Location

 

Lease expiry
date

Suite 15, Level 12, 401 Docklands Drive, Docklands 3008, Victoria, Australia

 

April 2022

Suite 207, 11 Solent Circuit, Norwest 2153, NSW, Australia

 

September 2021

83

Table of Contents

Management

Directors and Senior Management

The following table sets forth our directors and senior management, their age and the positions they held as of June 30, 2021. There are no family relationships among any of the members of our board of directors and our senior management.

Name

 

Age

 

Position

Joel Latham

 

32

 

Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director

Troy Valentine(1)

 

48

 

Chairman

Dr. Sud Agarwal

 

46

 

Chief Medical Officer and Director

Peter Widdows(2)

 

55

 

Director

Madhukar Bhalla

 

63

 

Chief Financial Officer and Company Secretary

____________

(1)      Member of the Audit Committee.

(2)      Chair of Audit Committee.

Joel Latham.    Joel Latham has been the Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director of Incannex since July 2018. Mr. Latham is responsible for the Company’s commercial operations, strategic decision-making, and oversight of all clinical development assets for Incannex Healthcare. Prior to his appointment as Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Latham had been a key member of our senior leadership team acting as General Manager since 2016. During this time, he was instrumental in the marketing and procurement of multiple revenue-generating opportunities and partnerships, including with Pacific Smiles (ASX:PSQ), 1300 Smiles (ASX: ONT), the National Rugby League, the Australian Football League, ONE Fighting Championship, FIT Technologies and Cannvalate. During his time at the Company, Mr. Latham has been pivotal in the development and execution of Incannex’s drug development and regulatory strategy. Prior to joing Incannex in 2016, Mr. Latham had over 14 years’ experience, with major firms such as Mars Foods, Tabcorp and Philip Morris International in management and commercial operational roles.

Troy Valentine.    Troy Valentine has been Chairman of the Board of Directors since December 2017. Mr. Valentine is a finance professional with managerial and Board experience spanning over 27 years. He commenced his career with Australian brokerage firm Hartley Poynton (now Euroz Hartley’s Limited) in 1994 before moving to Patersons Securities (now Canaccord Genuity) in 2000 and subsequently became an Associate Director. During his time at Patersons, he was responsible for managing both retail and institutional accounts. Mr. Valentine has significant corporate and capital raising experience, especially with start-ups and small to mid-cap size companies. He is currently a director of Australian boutique corporate advisory firm Alignment Capital Pty Ltd, which he co-founded in 2014

Dr. Agarwal has been our Chief Medical Officer of Incannex since June 2019. He is responsible for the oversight over the Company’s cannabinoid clinical program and pipeline of proprietary products. Dr Agarwal is a specialist anaesthesiologist and physician researcher and passed his board exams and was made a Fellow of the Australian and New Zealand College of Anaesthetists in 2009. Dr. Sud Agarwal is a key opinion leader in the clinical use of medicinal cannabis and is regularly invited as a keynote to industry and pharmaceutical events, including the World Cannabis Conference (June 2019), the Australian Medicinal Cannabis Conference (March 2019), Prohibition Partners (September 2020) and the forthcoming International Cannabinoid Derived Pharmaceuticals Summit in Boston (September 2021). Since 2018, Dr. Agarwal also serves as Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of Cannvalate, an Australian private medicinal cannabis company that owns a 3% beneficial interest in Incannex.

Peter Widdows.    Peter Widdows has been a Director since 2018. He is a Fellow Chartered Accountant with experience across various functions of business. He has extensive experience in Australian and international consumer goods markets and has worked as a senior executive in numerous geographies, including Europe, the United States and Asia Pacific. In particular, Mr. Widdows served as the Regional Chief Executive Officer — Australasia and Greater China at the H. J. Heinz Company from 2008 to 2010 and as the Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director — Australia at the H. J. Heinz Company from 2002 to 2008 and as the General Manager Strategy & Planning at Starkist Foods Inc. in Cincinnati from 1998 to 2000. Since September 2018, Mr. Widdows has been Chairman of Sunny Queen Australia Ltd, Australia’s largest shell egg and egg-based meal producer and is also a Non-Executive Director of Youi Insurance Holdings Ltd, an Australian general insurance company.

84

Table of Contents

Madhukar Bhalla.    Madhukar Bhalla has been Chief Financial Officer and Company Secretary of Incannex since June 2021. Since July 2018, he has been acting as Company Secretary and Corporate Administrator at Classic Minerals Limited, an ASX-listed Australian company. Since July 2017, Mr Bhalla has been acting as Company Secretary of Appsolute Digital Ltd, a public unlisted Australian company. Between November 2017 and July 2018, Mr. Bhalla acted as Corporate Governance and HR Manager at Role Models and Leaders Australia and, from 2016 to 2018, he acted as the Company Secretary for FairStar Resources Limited.

Compensation

Remuneration Principles

Remuneration of all executive and non-executive directors and officers is determined by the board of directors.

We are committed to remunerating senior executives and executive directors in a manner that is market-competitive and consistent with “Best Practice” including the interests of shareholders. Remuneration packages are based on fixed and variable components, determined by the executives’ position, experience and performance, and may be satisfied via cash or equity.

Non-executive directors are remunerated out of the aggregate amount approved by shareholders and at a level that is consistent with industry standards. Non-executive directors do not receive performance-based bonuses and prior shareholder approval is required to participate in any issue of equity. No retirement benefits are payable other than statutory superannuation, if applicable.

Our remuneration policy is not directly based on our financial performance, rather on industry practice, given we operate in the biotechnology sector and our primary focus is research activities with a long-term objective of developing and commercializing the research and development results.

We envisage our performance in terms of earnings will remain negative while we continue in the research and development phase.

The purpose of a performance bonus is to reward individual performance in line with our objectives. Consequently, performance-based remuneration is paid to an individual where the individual’s performance clearly contributes to a successful outcome. This is regularly measured in respect of performance against key performance indicators.

We use a variety of key performance indicators to determine achievement, depending on the role of the executive being assessed. These include:

•        successful contract negotiations;

•        achievement of research project milestones within scheduled time and/or budget; and

•        our share price reaching a targeted level on the ASX over a period of time.

85

Table of Contents

Executive Compensation

The following table sets forth all of the compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to each individual who served as directors and executive officers in fiscal 2020.

June 30, 2020

 

Short-term Benefits

 

Post Employment Benefits

 

Long-term (share based payments)

 

Total

Cash salary
and fees
A$

 

Cash
bonus
A$

 

Non
Monetary*
A$

 

Super- annuation A$

 

Performance Rights, Shares
and Options
A$

 

A$

Directors

                       

Joel Latham

 

226,961

 

90,000

 

 

19,709

 

53,710

 

390,380

Troy Valentine

 

105,500

 

 

 

3,610

 

 

109,110

Dr. Sud Agarwal

 

119,067

 

 

 

3,246

 

511,738

 

634,051

Peter Widdows

 

36,000

 

 

 

3,420

 

 

39,420

Alistair Blake(1)

 

60,673

 

 

 

 

 

60,673

Other Key Management Personnel

                       

Madhukar Bhalla

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

548,201

 

90,000

 

 

29,985

 

565,448

 

1,233,634

____________

(1)      resigned on July 24, 2019.

Service Agreements

The following members of key personnel have service agreements as at June 30, 2020 as follows:

Joel Latham

 

Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer

Agreement commenced:

 

July 1, 2020

Details

 

This employment agreement has no fixed term. Each party can terminate at will by giving three months’ notice. However, if the termination is for cause, no notice is required.

Base salary including superannuation

 

A$260,000 per year, including a vehicle allowance.

Madhukar Bhalla

 

Chief Financial Officer and Company Secretary

Agreement commenced:

 

June 28, 2021

Details

 

This service agreement has no fixed term. This service agreement can be terminated by either party at will by giving 1-month notice.

Base salary including superannuation

 

A$60,000 per year for services as Chief Financial Officer and Company Secretary.

Dr. Sud Agarwal

 

Chief Medical Officer

Agreement commenced:

 

July 23, 2019

Details

 

This service agreement has a fixed term of one year and it automatically renews if the parties do not terminate it. Dr. Sud Agarwal can terminate with 90 days notice. Either party can terminate the contract without notice in the case of material breach or insolvency.

Base salary including superannuation

 

A$90,000 per year for services as Chief Medical Officer.

86

Table of Contents

Employee Share Option Plan and Performance Rights Plan

The Company does not currently have any Employee Share Option Plan or Performance Rights Plan. In the event that the directors determined that such plans were necessary, the Company would seek shareholder approval for any such plan prior to their use.

Over the past three years, the Company has issued options or performance rights to directors or management as part of their remuneration or as performance incentives. All of these issues have been approved by shareholders prior to their issuance. Details of these issues are below:

Recipient

 

Quantity

 

Type

 

Shareholder approval date

Joel Latham

 

8,000,000

 

Performance Rights

 

20 November 2018

Alistair Blake

 

4,000,000

 

Performance Rights

 

20 November 2018

Troy Valentine

 

2,500,000

 

Performance Rights

 

20 November 2018

Peter Widdows

 

2,500,000

 

Performance Rights

 

20 November 2018

Madhukar Bhalla

 

 

 

Dr. Sud Agarwal

 

32,303,593

 

Performance Rights

 

26 June 2020

Dr. Sud Agarwal

 

200,000,000

 

Options

 

26 June 2020

Joel Latham

 

4,500,000

 

Options

 

26 June 2020

Ordinary Share holdings

As at June 30, 2020, the numbers of shares held by our directors and officers were as follows.

2020

 

Balance at start of
the year

 

Received on conversion of performance rights upon achievement of milestones

 

Received during the year on the exercise of options

 

Other changes during
the year

 

Balance at
end of

the year

Ordinary shares

                   

Joel Latham

 

9,845,795

 

1,000,000

 

 

983,334

 

11,829,129

Troy Valentine

 

19,900,914

 

333,334

 

 

 

20,234,248

Dr. Sud Agarwal

 

 

 

 

36,000,000

 

36,000,000

Peter Widdows

 

10,966,666

 

333,334

 

 

1,315,790

 

12,615,790

Alistair Blake

 

21,282,518

 

 

 

 

21,282,518

Madhukar Bhalla

 

 

 

 

 

Total ordinary shares

 

61,995,893

 

1,666,668

 

 

38,299,124

 

101,961,685

Options holdings

As at June 30, 2020, the numbers of options held by our directors and officers were as follows. Each options grants the right to receive one fully paid ordinary share in Incannex.

2020

 

Balance at start of
the year

 

Exercise price

 

Expiration
date

 

Changes during
the year

 

Balance at
end of
the year

Options

     

 

             

Joel Latham

 

4,237,500

 

$

0.04

 

September 30, 2020

 

 

4,237,500

Joel Latham

 

 

$

0.05

 

June 30, 2025

 

750,000

 

750,000

Joel Latham

 

 

$

0.05

 

June 30, 2026

 

750,000

 

750,000

Joel Latham

 

 

$

0.05

 

June 30, 2027

 

750,000

 

750,000

Joel Latham

 

 

$

0.08

 

September 30, 2021

 

200,000

 

200,000

Troy Valentine

 

41,238,607

 

$

0.04

 

September 30, 2020

 

 

41,238,607

Troy Valentine

     

$

0.08

 

September 30, 2021

 

7,116,950

 

7,116,950

Dr. Sud Agarwal(1)

 

 

$

0.20

 

September 30, 2021

 

200,000,000

 

200,000,000

Dr. Sud Agarwal(2)

 

 

$

0.06

 

December 31, 2020

 

14,000,000

 

14,000,000

87

Table of Contents

2020

 

Balance at start of
the year

 

Exercise price

 

Expiration
date

 

Changes during
the year

 

Balance at
end of
the year

Dr. Sud Agarwal(2)

 

 

$

0.08

 

December 31, 2020

 

16,000,000

 

 

16,000,000

Dr. Sud Agarwal(2)

 

 

$

0.10

 

December 31, 2020

 

18,000,000

 

 

18,000,000

Dr. Sud Agarwal(2)

 

 

$

0.12

 

December 31, 2020

 

20,000,000

 

 

20,000,000

Dr. Sud Agarwal(2)

 

 

$

0.14

 

December 31, 2020

 

20,000,000

 

 

20,000,000

Peter Widdows

 

3,300,000

 

$

0.04

 

September 30, 2020

 

 

 

3,300,000

Peter Widdows

 

 

$

0.08

 

September 30, 2021

 

657,895

 

 

657,895

Alistair Blake

 

3,855,184

 

$

0.04

 

September 30, 2020

 

(3,855,184

)

 

Madhukar Bhalla

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total options

 

52,631,291

 

 

       

294,369,661

 

 

347,000,952

____________

(1)      Granted to Dr. Sud Agarwal directly.

(2)      Granted to Cannvalate Pty Ltd, in which Dr. Sud Agarwal is a director and significant shareholder.

Performance rights

As at June 30, 2020, the numbers of performance rights held by our directors and officers were as follows. Each performance right grants the right to receive one fully paid ordinary share in the Company.

2020

 

Balance at
start of
the year

 

Granted/(Expired)
by the Company

 

Converted to
Ordinary
shares

 

Balance at
end of
the year

Performance rights

       

 

   

 

   

Joel Latham

 

6,000,000

 

 

 

(1,000,000

)

 

5,000,000

Troy Valentine

 

1,833,334

 

 

 

(333,334

)

 

1,500,000

Dr. Sud Agarwal

 

 

32,303,593

 

 

 

 

32,303,593

Peter Widdows

 

1,833,334

 

 

 

(333,334

)

 

1,500,000

Alistair Blake

 

3,000,000

 

(3,000,000

)

 

 

 

Madhukar Bhalla

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total performance rights

 

12,666,668

 

29,303,593

 

 

1,666,668

 

 

40,303,593

Shares under option

Unissued ordinary shares of Incannex under option on December 31, 2020, are as follows:

Date options granted

 

Expiration Date

 

Exercise Price

 

Number

 

Listed/Unlisted Options

August 23, 2019

 

September 30, 2021

 

$

0.08

 

51,767,106

 

Unlisted

October 30, 2019

 

September 30, 2021

 

$

0.08

 

28,423,332

 

Unlisted

October 2, 2020

 

September 30, 2021

 

$

0.08

 

30,164,690

 

Unlisted

June 26, 2020

 

September 30, 2021

 

$

0.20

 

200,000,000

 

Unlisted

November 20, 2020

 

November 20, 2023

 

$

0.15

 

10,000,000

 

Unlisted

November 20, 2020

 

November 20, 2023

 

$

0.25

 

10,000,000

 

Unlisted

June 26, 2020

 

June 30, 2025

 

$

0.05

 

1,500,000

 

Unlisted

June 26, 2020

 

June 30, 2026

 

$

0.05

 

1,500,000

 

Unlisted

June 26, 2020

 

June 30, 2027

 

$

0.05

 

1,500,000

 

Unlisted

       

 

   

334,855,128

   

During fiscal year 2020, we issued 34,427,321 ordinary shares as a result of the exercise of options.

88

Table of Contents

Board Practices

Introduction

Our Board of Directors is elected by and accountable to our shareholders. It currently consists of four directors, including three non-executive directors, of which one is the non-executive Chairman of our Board of Directors. The Chairman of our Board of Directors is responsible for the management of the Board of Directors and its functions.

Election of Directors

Directors are elected at our annual general meeting of shareholders. Under our Constitution, a director, other than a managing director, must not hold office for more than three years or beyond the third annual general meeting following his appointment (whichever is the longer period) without submitting himself for re-election. Our Board of Directors has the power to appoint any person to be a director, either to fill a vacancy or as an additional director (provided that the total number of directors does not exceed the maximum allowed by law), and any director so appointed may hold office only until the next annual general meeting (“AGM”) when he or she shall be eligible for election.

The appointment and expiration dates of each director in office on June 30, 2020, is as follows:

Name

 

Position

 

Year first appointed

 

Current term expires

Joel Latham

 

Managing Director and CEO

 

2018

 

(1)

Troy Valentine

 

Chairman

 

2019

 

2022(2)

Dr. Sud Agarwal

 

Chief Medical Officer and Director

 

2019

 

2021(2)

Peter Widdows

 

Director

 

2020

 

2023(2)

____________

(1)      According to our Constitution, a Managing Director’s appointment is not subject to expiration.

(2)      Term expires on the date of the AGM for that year.

Corporate Governance

ASX Corporate Governance Principles

In Australia, there are no defined corporate governance structures and practices that must be observed by a company listed on the ASX, except that entities of a certain size are required to have audit and remuneration committees and, in some instances, trading policies for key management personnel. Instead, the ASX Corporate Governance Council has published the Corporate Governance Principles and Recommendations, which contains what are called the Recommendations which articulate eight core principles which are intended to provide a reference point for companies about their corporate governance structures and practices. Under ASX Listing Rule 4.10.3, companies are required to attach a copy of the Company’s corporate governance statement (which has been approved by the Board) and provide a statement in their annual report to shareholders disclosing the extent to which they have followed the Recommendations in the reporting period and where they have not followed all the Recommendations, identify the Recommendations that have not been followed, and the reasons for not following them and what (if any) alternative governance practices it adopted in lieu of the recommendations during that period. It is not mandatory to follow the Recommendations. As compliance with the Recommendations would entail excessive costs to us, and in light of our current size, we do not follow the Recommendations because the costs of doing so would outweigh the benefits.

Non-Executive and Independent Directors

Australian law does not require a company to appoint a certain number of independent directors to its board of directors or audit committee. However, under the Corporate Governance Principles and Recommendations, the ASX recommends, but does not require, that an ASX-listed company have a majority of independent directors on its board of directors. Our Board of Directors has determined that each of Troy Valentine and Peter Widdows qualifies as an independent director under the requirements of the ASX.

89

Table of Contents

Our Board of Directors does not have regularly scheduled meetings at which only independent directors are present. The Board of Directors does meet regularly and independent directors are expected to attend all such meetings.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Audit Committee.    Nasdaq Marketplace Rules require us to establish an audit committee comprised of at least three members, each of whom is financially literate and satisfies the respective “independence” requirements of the SEC and Nasdaq and one of whom has accounting or related financial management expertise at senior levels within a company.

Our Audit Committee assists our Board of Directors in overseeing the accounting and financial reporting processes of our company and audits of our financial statements, including the integrity of our financial statements, compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, our independent public accountants’ qualifications and independence, and independent public accountants, and such other duties as may be directed by our Board of Directors. The Audit Committee is also required to assess risk management.

Our Audit Committee currently consists of two board members, Peter Widdows and Troy Valentine. Each of Troy Valentine and Peter Widdows satisfies the “independence” requirements of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and Nasdaq Marketplace Rules. As permitted by Nasdaq Marketplace Rules, we will appoint a third independent board member to the audit committee within 1 year of listing on Nasdaq. The audit committee meets at least two times per year.

Corporate Governance Requirements under Nasdaq listing rules.

As we are incorporated in Australia, we are allowed to follow Australian “home country” corporate governance practices in lieu of the otherwise applicable Nasdaq corporate governance standards, as long as we disclose each requirement of Rule 5600 that we do not follow and describe the home country practice we follow in lieu of the relevant Nasdaq corporate governance standards. We intend to take all actions necessary to maintain compliance with applicable corporate governance requirements under the rules adopted by the SEC and listing standards of Nasdaq. We follow Australian corporate governance practices in lieu of the corporate governance requirements of the Nasdaq Marketplace Rules in respect of:

•        Nasdaq requirement under Rule 5605(d) that a compensation committee be constituted — The ASX Listing Rules do not have an express requirement that each issuer listed on ASX have a compensation committee. We expect to rely on an exemption from the requirement to constitute a compensation committee under the Nasdaq listing rules and we seek to claim such exemption.

•        Nasdaq requirement under Rule 5605(e) that a nominations committee be constituted — The ASX Listing Rules do not have an express requirement that each issuer listed on ASX have a nominations committee. We expect to rely on an exemption from the requirement to constitute a nominations committee under the Nasdaq listing rules and we seek to claim such exemption.

•        Nasdaq requirement under Rule 5620(c) that a quorum consist of holders of 33 1/3% of the outstanding ordinary shares — The ASX Listing Rules do not have an express requirement that each issuer listed on ASX have a quorum of any particular number of the outstanding ordinary shares, but instead allow a listed issuer to establish its own quorum requirements. Our quorum is currently two persons who are entitled to vote. We believe this quorum requirement is consistent with the requirements of the ASX and is appropriate and typical of generally accepted business practices in Australia.

•        Nasdaq requirements under Rules 5605(b)(1) and (2) relating to director independence, including the requirements that a majority of the board of directors must be comprised of independent directors and that independent directors must have regularly scheduled meetings at which only independent directors are present — The Nasdaq and ASX definitions of what constitute an independent director are not identical and the requirements relating to the roles and obligations of independent directors are not identical. The ASX, unlike Nasdaq, permits an issuer to establish its own materiality threshold for determining whether a transaction between a director and an issuer affects the director’s status as independent and it does not require that a majority of the issuer’s board of directors be independent, as

90

Table of Contents

long as the issuer publicly discloses this fact. In addition, the ASX does not require that the independent directors have regularly scheduled meeting at which only independent directors are present. We believe that our Board composition is consistent with the requirements of the ASX and that it is appropriate and typical of generally accepted business practices in Australia.

•        The requirement that our independent directors meet regularly in executive sessions under Nasdaq Listing Rules. The ASX Listing Rules and the Corporations Act do not require the independent directors of an Australian company to have such executive sessions.

•        The Nasdaq requirements under Rules 5605(d) that compensation of an issuer’s officers must be determined, or recommended to the Board for determination, either by a majority of the independent directors, or a compensation committee comprised solely of independent directors, and that director nominees must either be selected, or recommended for the Board’s selection, either by a majority of the independent directors, or a nominations committee comprised solely of independent directors. The Nasdaq compensation committee requirements are not identical to the ASX remuneration and nomination committee requirements. Issuers listed on the ASX are recommended under applicable listing standards to establish a remuneration committee consisting of a majority of independent directors and an independent chairperson, or publicly disclose that it has not done so. We do not have a compensation committee.

•        The requirement prescribed by Nasdaq Listing Rules that issuers obtain shareholder approval prior to the issuance of securities in connection with certain acquisitions, private placements of securities, or the establishment or amendment of certain share option, purchase or other compensation plans. Applicable Australian law and the ASX Listing Rules differ from Nasdaq requirements, with the ASX Listing Rules providing generally for prior shareholder approval in numerous circumstances, including (i) issuance of equity securities exceeding 15% (or 25% under certain circumstances) of our issued share capital in any 12-month period (but, in determining the 15% limit, securities issued under an exception to the rule or with shareholder approval are not counted), (ii) issuance of equity securities to related parties (as defined in the ASX Listing Rules) and (iii) issuances of securities to directors or their associates under an employee incentive plan.

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Our Constitution provides that, we may indemnify a person who is, or has been, a director or an officer of our company, to the full extent permissible by law, out of our property against any liability incurred by such person as a director or an officer in defending proceedings, whether civil or criminal, and whatever their outcome.

In addition, our Constitution provides that to the extent permitted by law, we may pay, or agree to pay, a premium in respect of a contract insuring a person who is or has been a director or an officer of our company or one of our subsidiaries against any liability:

•        incurred by the person in his or her capacity as a director or an officer of our company or a subsidiary of our company, and

•        for costs and expenses incurred by that person in defending proceedings relating to that person acting as a director or an officer of Incannex, whether civil or criminal, and whatever their outcome.

We maintain a directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy. We have established a policy for the indemnification of our directors and officers against certain liabilities incurred as a director or officer, including costs and expenses associated in successfully defending legal proceedings

Employees

As of June 30, 2021, we had 4 employees. Of these employees, 3 were employed in research and development and 1 in general management and administration. All the employees were located in Australia. As at the end of fiscal year 2020, we had 4 employees.

Each of our full-time employees has entered into an agreement with an unlimited term. We may only terminate the employment of any of our employees in accordance with the relevant employee’s contract of employment.

91

Table of Contents

Our standard contract of employment for full time provides that we can terminate the employment of an employee without notice for serious misconduct or with between one to six months’ notice without cause (as set out in the relevant employee’s contract of employment).

Share Ownership

Ownership of Senior Management and Directors

The following table sets forth certain information as of June 30, 2021 regarding the ownership of our ordinary shares by each of our directors and senior management and by all of our directors and senior management as a group. The percentages shown are based on 1,065,859,479 ordinary shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2021.

Name

 

Number of Ordinary Shares
Owned

 

Percentage of Ownership

Joel Latham

 

17,948,414

 

1.68

%

Troy Valentine(2)

 

26,734,248

 

2.51

%

Dr. Sud Agarwal(1)

 

34,303,593

 

3.22

%

Peter Widdows

 

15,315,799

 

1.49

%

Madhukar Bhalla

 

 

 

All directors and executive officers as a group (5 persons) –

 

94,302,045

 

8.90

%

____________

(1)      Dr. Sud Agarwal also owns 200,000,000 options to purchase ordinary shares. In addition, Dr. Sud Agarwal owns approximately 30% of the ordinary shares in Cannvalate, which owns 32,000,000 ordinary shares of Incannex. Dr. Sud Agarwal, as major shareholder and director of Cannvalate, may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power with respect to the ordinary shares in Incannex held by Cannvalate. Please see “Principal Shareholders” to see beneficial interest including Cannvalate’s interest in Incannex.

(2)      Troy Valentine is a director, and owns a 50% equity interest in, Alignment Capital Pty Ltd. Thus, Troy Valentine is deemed to beneficially own 13,194,248 ordinary shares that Alignment Capital Pty Ltd owns in Incannex.

Code of Conduct

We have adopted a Code of Conduct applicable to all of our directors, officers and employees. Our Code of Conduct is available on our website at www.incannex.com.au. We post on our website all disclosures that are required by law or the listing standards of Nasdaq concerning any amendments to, or waivers from, any provision of the Code of Conduct. The reference to our website address does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained at or available through our website, and you should not consider it to be a part of, this prospectus.

92

Table of Contents

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

The following is a description of our related party transactions since July 1, 2018.

In fiscal years 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively, the Company paid A$97,976, A$145,200 and A$115,864 in fees to Alignment Capital Pty Ltd (“Alignment”), an entity controlled by our Chairman Troy Valentine, as consideration for its services as lead manager.

In June 2019, the Company borrowed A$15,000 from Joel Latham, our Chief Executive Officer, and A$50,000 from Alignment to secure funds to continue the Company’s operations while in the process of completing a capital raising. These funds were advanced with no interest or security element. These amounts were fully repaid by June 30, 2019.

In March 2019, we entered into a distribution agreement with Cannvalate Pty Ltd, a company in which Dr. Sud Agarwal is a director and major shareholder. Under the terms of the agreement, we had the right to distribute cannabinoid oil products in Australia through Cannvalate’s network. This agreement was terminated on June 30, 2021.

93

Table of Contents

Principal Shareholders

The following table presents the beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares based on 1,065,859,479 ordinary shares outstanding at June 30, 2021 by each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our ordinary shares.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC, and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on information furnished to us, that the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares that they beneficially own.

Applicable percentage ownership before the offering is based on 1,065,859,479 ordinary shares outstanding as of June 30, 2021. Applicable percentage ownership after the offering is based on ordinary shares outstanding immediately after the closing of this offering (after giving effect to the sale and issuance of ADSs representing            ordinary shares at an ADS-to-ordinary share ratio of 1-to-50), assuming no exercise by the underwriter of its option to purchase additional ADSs. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a person or entity and the percentage ownership of such person or entity, we deemed to be outstanding all shares subject to options and warrants held by the person or entity that are currently exercisable, or exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2021. However, except as described above, we did not deem such shares outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person or entity.

 

Ordinary
Shares Beneficially
Owned prior to the
Offering

 

Ordinary
Shares Beneficially
Owned after the
Offering

Shareholder

 

Number

 

Percentage

 

Number

 

Percentage

Dr. Sud Agarwal(1)

 

266,303,593

 

20.5

%

 

266,303,593

   

____________

(1)      Includes 34,303,593 ordinary shares, 200,000,000 options to purchase ordinary shares and 32,000,000 ordinary shares owned by Cannvalate, in which Dr. Sud Agarwal owns approximately 30% and is Chairman and, as such, may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power with respect to the ordinary shares in Incannex held by Cannvalate.

As of December 31, 2020, there were 4,204 holders of record of our ordinary shares, of which 1 holder, holding approximately 0.003% of our ordinary shares, had registered addresses in the United States. These numbers are not representative of the number of beneficial holders of our shares nor are they representative of where such beneficial holders reside, as many of these ordinary shares were held of record by brokers or other nominees.

To our knowledge, we are not directly or indirectly controlled by another corporation, by any foreign government or by any other natural or legal person severally or jointly. There are no agreements known to us, the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change in control of Incannex. All shareholders have the same voting rights.

94

Table of Contents

Description of Share Capital

General

As of June 30, 2021, we had (i) 1,065,859,479 fully paid ordinary shares outstanding, and (ii) 337,184,818 options outstanding at a weighted average exercise price of A$0.1655.

Memorandum and Articles of Association

General

Our constituent document is a Constitution. The Constitution is subject to the terms of the Listing Rules of ASX Limited and the Corporations Act 2001. The Constitution may be amended or repealed and replaced by special resolution of shareholders, which is a resolution of which notice has been given and that has been passed by at least 75% of the votes cast by shareholders entitled to vote on the resolution.

Purposes and Objects

As a public company we have all the rights, powers and privileges of a natural person. Our Constitution does not provide for or prescribe any specific objects or purposes.

The Powers of the Directors

Under the provision of our Constitution our directors may exercise all the powers of our company except any powers that the Corporations Act or the constitution attributes to Incannex.

Interested Directors

According to our constitution, if a Director discloses his or her in accordance with the Corporations Act, the director may (i) contract or make an arrangement with the Company, or a related body corporate of the Company or a body corporate in which the Company is interested, in any matter in any capacity, (ii) be counted in a quorum for a meeting of Directors considering the contract or arrangement, (iii) vote on whether the Company enters into the contract or arrangement, and on any matter that relates to the contract or arrangement, (iv) sign on behalf of the Company, or witness the affixing of the common seal of the Company to, any document in respect of the contract or arrangement, (v) retain the benefits under the contract or arrangement.

Unless a relevant exception applies, the Corporations Act requires our directors to provide disclosure of certain interests or conflicts of interests and prohibits directors from voting on matters in which they have a material personal interest and from being present at the meeting while the matter is being considered. In addition, the Corporations Act and the ASX Listing Rules require shareholder approval of any provision of related party benefits to our directors.

Directors’ compensation

Our non-executive directors are paid remuneration for their services as directors which is determined in a general meeting of shareholders. The aggregate, fixed sum for directors’ remuneration is to be divided among the directors in such proportion as the directors themselves agree and in accordance with our Constitution. Our executive directors are paid remuneration for their services as directors which is determined by all directors.

Fees payable to our non-executive directors must be by way of a fixed sum and not by way of a commission on or a percentage of profits or operating revenue. Remuneration paid to our executive directors must also not include a commission or percentage of operating revenue.

Pursuant to our Constitution, any director who performs services that in the opinion of our board of directors, are outside the scope of the ordinary duties of a director may be paid extra remuneration, which is determined by our board of directors.

95

Table of Contents

In addition to other remuneration provided in our Constitution, all of our directors are entitled to be paid by us for reasonable travel accommodation and other expenses incurred by the directors in attending general meetings, board meetings, committee meetings or otherwise in connection with our business.

In addition, in accordance with our Constitution, a director may be paid a retirement benefit as determined by our board of directors subject to the limits set out in the Corporations Act and the ASX Listing Rules which broadly restrict our ability to pay our officers a termination benefit in the event of a change of control of the Company or our subsidiaries as well as impose requirements for shareholder approval to be obtained to pay certain retirement benefits to our officers.

Borrowing powers exercisable by Directors

Pursuant to our Constitution, the management and control of our business affairs are vested in our board of directors. Thus, our board of directors has the power to raise or borrow money, and charge any of our property or business or any uncalled capital, and may issue debentures or give any other security for any of our debts, liabilities or obligations or of any other person, in each case, in the manner and on terms it deems fit.

Retirement of Directors

Pursuant to our Constitution and the ASX Listing Rules, each director, other than the managing director, must not hold office for more than three years or beyond the third annual general meeting following his or her appointment (whichever is longer). Further, at least one director is required to retire by rotation at each annual general meeting (such director being the director who has been longest in office since their last election). Directors who retire by rotation are eligible for a re-election to the board of directors unless disqualified from acting as a director under the Corporations Act or our Constitution.

Rights Attached to Our Ordinary Shares

The concept of authorized share capital no longer exists in Australia and as a result, our authorized share capital is unlimited. All our outstanding ordinary shares are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable. The rights attached to our ordinary shares are as follows:

Dividend Rights.

The directors may declare that a dividend be paid to the members according to the shareholders’ pro rata shareholdings and the directors may fix the amount, the time for payment and the method of payment. No dividend is payable except in accordance with the Corporations Act as amended from time to time and no dividend carries interest as against the Company.

Voting Rights.

Holders of ordinary shares have one vote for each ordinary share held on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders. Such voting rights may be affected by the grant of any special voting rights to the holders of a class of shares with preferential rights that may be authorized in the future.

The quorum required for an ordinary meeting of shareholders consists of at least two shareholders present in person, or by proxy, attorney or representative appointed pursuant to our Constitution. A meeting adjourned for lack of a quorum generally is adjourned to the same day in the following week at the same time and place. At the reconvened meeting, the required quorum consists of any two members present in person, or by proxy, attorney or representative appointed pursuant to our Constitution. The meeting is dissolved if a quorum is not present within 30 minutes from the time appointed for the meeting.

An ordinary resolution, such as a resolution for the declaration of dividends, requires approval by the holders of a majority of the voting rights represented at the meeting, in person, by proxy, or by written ballot and voting thereon. Under our Constitution, the Corporations Act and the ASX Listing Rules, certain matters must be passed by way of a special resolution. A special resolution must be passed by at least 75% of the votes cast by shareholders entitled to vote on the resolution and who vote at the meeting in person. Matters which are not required to be passed by special resolution are required to be passed by ordinary resolution.

96

Table of Contents

Rights in Our Profits.

Our shareholders have the right to share in our profits distributed as a dividend and any other permitted distribution.

Rights in the Event of Liquidation.

In the event of our liquidation, after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors, our assets will be distributed to the holders of ordinary shares in proportion to the capital at the commencement of the liquidation paid up or which ought to have been paid up on the shares held by them respectively. This right may be affected by the grant of preferential dividend or distribution rights to the holders of a class of shares with preferential rights, such as the right in winding up to payment in cash of the amount then paid up on the share, and any arrears of dividend in respect of that share, in priority to any other class of shares.

Directors may make calls

Our Constitution provides that subject to the terms on which the shares have been issued directors may make calls on a shareholder for amounts unpaid on shares held by that shareholder, other than monies payable at fixed times under the conditions of allotment.

Changing Rights Attached to Shares

According to our Constitution, the rights attached to any class of shares, unless otherwise provided by the terms of the class, may be varied with either the written consent of the holders of not less than 75% of the issued shares of that class or the sanction of a special resolution passed at a separate general meeting of the shares of that class.

Annual and Extraordinary Meetings

Our directors must convene an annual meeting of shareholders at least once every calendar year. Notice of at least 28 days prior to the date of the meeting is required. A general meeting may be convened by any director, or shareholders in compliance with the Corporations Act.

Limitations on the Rights to Own Securities in Our Company

Subject to certain limitations on the percentage of shares a person may hold in our company, neither our Constitution nor the laws of the Commonwealth of Australia restrict in any way the ownership or voting of shares in our company.

Changes in Our Capital

Pursuant to the Listing Rules, our directors may in their discretion issue securities to persons who are not related parties of our company, without the approval of shareholders, if such issue, when aggregated with securities issued by our company during the previous 12-month period would be an amount that would not exceed 15% of our issued capital at the commencement of the 12 month period. Other allotments of securities require approval by an ordinary resolution of shareholders.

97

Table of Contents

Description of American Depositary Shares

American Depositary Shares

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as depositary, will register and deliver the ADSs. Each ADS will represent ownership of 50 ordinary shares, deposited with National Nominees Limited, as custodian for the depositary. Each ADS will also represent ownership of any other securities, cash or other property which may be held by the depositary. The depositary’s corporate trust office at which the ADSs will be administered is located at 60 Wall Street, New York, NY 10005, USA. The principal executive office of the depositary is located at 60 Wall Street, New York, NY 10005, USA.

The Direct Registration System, or DRS, is a system administered by The Depository Trust Company, or DTC, pursuant to which the depositary may register the ownership of uncertificated ADSs, which ownership shall be evidenced by periodic statements issued by the depositary to the ADS holders entitled thereto.

We will not treat ADS holders as our shareholders and accordingly, you, as an ADS holder, will not have shareholder rights. Australian law governs shareholder rights. The depositary will be the holder of the ordinary shares underlying your ADSs. As a holder of ADSs, you will have ADS holder rights. A deposit agreement among us, the depositary and you, as an ADS holder, and the beneficial owners of ADSs sets out ADS holder rights as well as the rights and obligations of the depositary. The laws of the State of New York govern the deposit agreement and the ADSs. See “— Jurisdiction and Arbitration.”

The following is a summary of the material provisions of the deposit agreement. For more complete information, you should read the entire deposit agreement and the form of American Depositary Receipt. For directions on how to obtain copies of those documents, see “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

Holding the ADSs

How will you hold your ADSs?

You may hold ADSs either (i) directly (a) by having an American Depositary Receipt, or ADR, which is a certificate evidencing a specific number of ADSs, registered in your name, or (b) by holding ADSs in DRS, or (ii) indirectly through your broker or other financial institution. If you hold ADSs directly, you are an ADS holder. This description assumes you hold your ADSs directly. ADSs will be issued through DRS, unless you specifically request certificated ADRs. If you hold the ADSs indirectly, you must rely on the procedures of your broker or other financial institution to assert the rights of ADS holders described in this section. You should consult with your broker or financial institution to find out what those procedures are.

Dividends and Other Distributions

How will you receive dividends and other distributions on the shares?

The depositary has agreed to pay to you the cash dividends or other distributions it or the custodian receives on ordinary shares or other deposited securities, after deducting its fees and expenses. You will receive these distributions in proportion to the number of ordinary shares your ADSs represent as of the record date (which will be as close as practicable to the record date for our ordinary shares) set by the depositary with respect to the ADSs.

•        Cash.    The depositary will convert or cause to be converted any cash dividend or other cash distribution we pay on the ordinary shares or any net proceeds from the sale of any ordinary shares, rights, securities or other entitlements under the terms of the deposit agreement into U.S. dollars if it can do so on a practicable basis and can transfer the U.S. dollars to the United States and will distribute promptly the amount thus received. If the depositary shall determine in its judgment that such conversions or transfers are not practical or lawful or if any government approval or license is needed and cannot be obtained at a reasonable cost within a reasonable period or otherwise sought, the deposit agreement allows the depositary to distribute the foreign currency only to those ADS holders to whom it is possible to do so. It will hold or cause the custodian to hold the foreign currency it cannot convert for the account of the ADS holders who have not been paid and such funds will be held for the respective accounts of the ADS holders. It will not invest the foreign currency and it will not be liable for any interest for the respective accounts of the ADS holders.

98

Table of Contents

Before making a distribution, any taxes or other governmental charges, together with fees and expenses of the depositary, that must be paid, will be deducted. See “Taxation.” It will distribute only whole U.S. dollars and cents and will round down fractional cents to the nearest whole cent. If the exchange rates fluctuate during a time when the depositary cannot convert the foreign currency, you may lose some or all of the value of the distribution.

•        Shares.    For any ordinary shares we distribute as a dividend or free distribution, either (1) the depositary will distribute additional ADSs representing such ordinary shares or (2) existing ADSs as of the applicable record date will represent rights and interests in the additional ordinary shares distributed, to the extent reasonably practicable and permissible under law, in either case, net of applicable fees, charges and expenses incurred by the depositary and taxes and/or other governmental charges. The depositary will only distribute whole ADSs. It will try to sell ordinary shares which would require it to deliver a fractional ADS and distribute the net proceeds in the same way as it does with cash. The depositary may sell a portion of the distributed ordinary shares sufficient to pay its fees and expenses, and any taxes and governmental charges, in connection with that distribution.

•        Elective Distributions in Cash or Shares.    If we offer holders of our ordinary shares the option to receive dividends in either cash or shares, the depositary, after consultation with us and having received timely notice as described in the deposit agreement of such elective distribution by us, has discretion to determine to what extent such elective distribution will be made available to you as a holder of the ADSs. We must timely first instruct the depositary to make such elective distribution available to you and furnish it with satisfactory evidence that it is legal to do so. The depositary could decide it is not legal or reasonably practicable to make such elective distribution available to you. In such case, the depositary shall, on the basis of the same determination as is made in respect of the ordinary shares for which no election is made, distribute either cash in the same way as it does in a cash distribution, or additional ADSs representing ordinary shares in the same way as it does in a share distribution. The depositary is not obligated to make available to you a method to receive the elective dividend in shares rather than in ADSs. There can be no assurance that you will be given the opportunity to receive elective distributions on the same terms and conditions as the holders of ordinary shares.

•        Rights to Purchase Additional Shares.    If we offer holders of our ordinary shares any rights to subscribe for additional shares, the depositary shall having received timely notice as described in the deposit agreement of such distribution by us, consult with us, and we must determine whether it is lawful and reasonably practicable to make these rights available to you. We must first instruct the depositary to make such rights available to you and furnish the depositary with satisfactory evidence that it is legal to do so. If the depositary decides it is not legal or reasonably practicable to make the rights available but that it is lawful and reasonably practicable to sell the rights, the depositary will endeavor to sell the rights and in a riskless principal capacity or otherwise, at such place and upon such terms (including public or private sale) as it may deem proper distribute the net proceeds in the same way as it does with cash.

The depositary will allow rights that are not distributed or sold to lapse. In that case, you will receive no value for them.

If the depositary makes rights available to you, it will establish procedures to distribute such rights and enable you to exercise the rights upon your payment of applicable fees, charges and expenses incurred by the depositary and taxes and/or other governmental charges. The Depositary shall not be obliged to make available to you a method to exercise such rights to subscribe for ordinary shares (rather than ADSs).

U.S. securities laws may restrict transfers and cancellation of the ADSs represented by shares purchased upon exercise of rights. For example, you may not be able to trade these ADSs freely in the United States. In this case, the depositary may deliver restricted depositary shares that have the same terms as the ADSs described in this section except for changes needed to put the necessary restrictions in place.

There can be no assurance that you will be given the opportunity to exercise rights on the same terms and conditions as the holders of ordinary shares or be able to exercise such rights.

99

Table of Contents

•        Other Distributions.    Subject to receipt of timely notice, as described in the deposit agreement, from us with the request to make any such distribution available to you, and provided the depositary has determined such distribution is lawful and reasonably practicable and feasible and in accordance with the terms of the deposit agreement, the depositary will distribute to you anything else we distribute on deposited securities by any means it may deem practicable, upon your payment of applicable fees, charges and expenses incurred by the depositary and taxes and/or other governmental charges. If any of the conditions above are not met, the depositary will endeavor to sell, or cause to be sold, what we distributed and distribute the net proceeds in the same way as it does with cash; or, if it is unable to sell such property, the depositary may dispose of such property in any way it deems reasonably practicable under the circumstances for nominal or no consideration, such that you may have no rights to or arising from such property.

The depositary is not responsible if it decides that it is unlawful or impractical to make a distribution available to any ADS holders. We have no obligation to register ADSs, shares, rights or other securities under the Securities Act. We also have no obligation to take any other action to permit the distribution of ADSs, shares, rights or anything else to ADS holders. This means that you may not receive the distributions we make on our shares or any value for them if we and/or the depositary determines that it is illegal or not practicable for us or the depositary to make them available to you.

Deposit, Withdrawal and Cancellation

How are ADSs issued?

The depositary will deliver ADSs if you or your broker deposit ordinary shares or evidence of rights to receive ordinary shares with the custodian. Upon payment of its fees and expenses and of any taxes or charges, such as stamp taxes or stock transfer taxes or fees, the depositary will register the appropriate number of ADSs in the names you request and will deliver the ADSs to or upon the order of the person or persons entitled thereto.

Except for ordinary shares deposited by us in connection with this offering, no shares will be accepted for deposit prior to the date of this prospectus.

How do ADS holders cancel an American Depositary Share?

You may turn in your ADSs at the depositary’s corporate trust office or by providing appropriate instructions to your broker. Upon payment of its fees and expenses and of any taxes or charges, such as stamp taxes or stock transfer taxes or fees, the depositary will deliver the ordinary shares and any other deposited securities underlying the ADSs to you or a person you designate at the office of the custodian. Or, at your request, risk and expense, the depositary will deliver the deposited securities at its corporate trust office, to the extent permitted by law.

How do ADS holders interchange between Certificated ADSs and Uncertificated ADSs?

You may surrender your ADR to the depositary for the purpose of exchanging your ADR for uncertificated ADSs. The depositary will cancel that ADR and will send you a statement confirming that you are the owner of uncertificated ADSs. Alternatively, upon receipt by the depositary of a proper instruction from a holder of uncertificated ADSs requesting the exchange of uncertificated ADSs for certificated ADSs, the depositary will execute and deliver to you an ADR evidencing those ADSs.

Voting Rights

How do you vote?

You may instruct the depositary to vote the ordinary shares or other deposited securities underlying your ADSs at any meeting at which you are entitled to vote pursuant to any applicable law, the provisions of our constitution, and the provisions of or governing the deposited securities. Otherwise, you could exercise your right to vote directly if you withdraw the ordinary shares. However, you may not know about the meeting sufficiently enough in advance to withdraw the ordinary shares.

100

Table of Contents

If we ask for your instructions and upon timely notice from us by regular, ordinary mail delivery, or by electronic transmission, as described in the deposit agreement, the depositary will notify you of the upcoming meeting at which you are entitled to vote pursuant to any applicable law, the provisions of our constitution, and the provisions of or governing the deposited securities, and arrange to deliver our voting materials to you. The materials will include or reproduce (a) such notice of meeting or solicitation of consents or proxies; (b) a statement that the ADS holders at the close of business on the ADS record date will be entitled, subject to any applicable law, the provisions of our constitution, and the provisions of or governing the deposited securities, to instruct the depositary as to the exercise of the voting rights, if any, pertaining to the ordinary shares or other deposited securities represented by such holder’s ADSs; and (c) a brief statement as to the manner in which such instructions may be given to the depositary. Voting instructions may be given only in respect of a number of ADSs representing an integral number of ordinary shares or other deposited securities. For instructions to be valid, the depositary must receive them in writing on or before the date specified. The depositary will try, as far as practical, subject to applicable law and the provisions of our constitution, to vote or to have its agents vote the ordinary shares or other deposited securities (in person or by proxy) as you instruct.

We cannot assure you that you will receive the voting materials in time to ensure that you can instruct the depositary to vote the ordinary shares underlying your ADSs. In addition, there can be no assurance that ADS holders and beneficial owners generally, or any holder or beneficial owner in particular, will be given the opportunity to vote or cause the custodian to vote on the same terms and conditions as the holders of our ordinary shares.

The depositary and its agents are not responsible for failing to carry out voting instructions or for the manner of carrying out voting instructions. This means that you may not be able to exercise your right to vote and you may have no recourse if the ordinary shares underlying your ADSs are not voted as you requested.

In order to give you a reasonable opportunity to instruct the depositary as to the exercise of voting rights relating to deposited securities, if we request the depositary to act, we will give the depositary notice of any such meeting and details concerning the matters to be voted at least 28 Business Days in advance of the meeting date.

Compliance with Regulations

Information Requests

Each ADS holder and beneficial owner shall (a) provide such information as we or the depositary may request pursuant to law, including, without limitation, relevant Australian law, any applicable law of the United States of America, our constitution, any resolutions of our Board of Directors adopted pursuant to such constitution, the requirements of any markets or exchanges upon which the ordinary shares, ADSs or ADRs are listed or traded, or to any requirements of any electronic book-entry system by which the ADSs or ADRs may be transferred, regarding the capacity in which they own or owned ADRs, the identity of any other persons then or previously interested in such ADRs and the nature of such interest, and any other applicable matters, and (b) be bound by and subject to applicable provisions of the laws of the Australia, our constitution, and the requirements of any markets or exchanges upon which the ADSs, ADRs or ordinary shares are listed or traded, or pursuant to any requirements of any electronic book-entry system by which the ADSs, ADRs or ordinary shares may be transferred, to the same extent as if such ADS holder or beneficial owner held ordinary shares directly, in each case irrespective of whether or not they are ADS holders or beneficial owners at the time such request is made.

Disclosure of Interests

Each ADS holder and beneficial owner shall comply with our requests pursuant to Australian law, the rules and requirements of the Nasdaq and any other stock exchange on which the ordinary shares are, or will be, registered, traded or listed or our constitution, which requests are made to provide information, inter alia, as to the capacity in which such ADS holder or beneficial owner owns ADS and regarding the identity of any other person interested in such ADS and the nature of such interest and various other matters, whether or not they are ADS holders or beneficial owners at the time of such requests.

101

Table of Contents

Fees and Expenses

As an ADS holder, you will be required to pay the following service fees to the depositary bank and certain taxes and governmental charges (in addition to any applicable fees, expenses, taxes and other governmental charges payable on the deposited securities represented by any of your ADSs):

Service

 

Fees

To any person to which ADSs are issued or to any person to which a distribution is made in respect of ADS distributions pursuant to stock dividends or other free distributions of stock, bonus distributions, stock splits or other distributions (except where converted to cash)

 

Up to US$0.05 per ADS issued

Cancellation of ADSs, including the case of termination of the deposit agreement

 

Up to US$0.05 per ADS cancelled

Distribution of cash dividends

 

Up to US$0.05 per ADS held

Distribution of cash entitlements (other than cash dividends) and/or cash proceeds from the sale of rights, securities and other entitlements

 

Up to US$0.05 per ADS held

Distribution of ADSs pursuant to exercise of rights.

 

Up to US$0.05 per ADS held

Depositary services

 

Up to US$0.04 per ADS held on the applicable record date(s) established by the depositary bank

As an ADS holder, you will also be responsible for paying certain fees and expenses incurred by the depositary bank and certain taxes and governmental charges (in addition to any applicable fees, expenses, taxes and other governmental charges payable on the deposited securities represented by any of your ADSs) such as:

•        Taxes (including applicable interest and penalties) and other governmental charges;

•        Fees for the transfer and registration of ordinary shares charged by the registrar and transfer agent for the ordinary shares in the Australian (i.e., upon deposit and withdrawal of ordinary shares).

•        Expenses incurred for converting foreign currency into U.S. dollars.

•        Expenses for cable, telex and fax transmissions and for delivery of securities.

•        Taxes and duties upon the transfer of securities, including any applicable stamp duties, any stock transfer charges or withholding taxes (i.e., when ordinary shares are deposited or withdrawn from deposit).

•        Fees and expenses incurred in connection with the delivery or servicing of ordinary shares on deposit.

•        Fees and expenses incurred in connection with complying with exchange control regulations and other regulatory requirements applicable to ordinary shares, deposited securities, ADSs and ADRs.

•        Any applicable fees and penalties thereon.

The depositary fees payable upon the issuance and cancellation of ADSs are typically paid to the depositary bank by the brokers (on behalf of their clients) receiving the newly issued ADSs from the depositary bank and by the brokers (on behalf of their clients) delivering the ADSs to the depositary bank for cancellation. The brokers in turn charge these fees to their clients. Depositary fees payable in connection with distributions of cash or securities to ADS holders and the depositary services fee are charged by the depositary bank to the holders of record of ADSs as of the applicable ADS record date.

The depositary fees payable for cash distributions are generally deducted from the cash being distributed or by selling a portion of distributable property to pay the fees. In the case of distributions other than cash (i.e., share dividends, rights), the depositary bank charges the applicable fee to the ADS record date holders concurrent with the distribution. In the case of ADSs registered in the name of the investor (whether certificated or uncertificated in direct registration), the depositary bank sends invoices to the applicable record date ADS holders. In the case of

102

Table of Contents

ADSs held in brokerage and custodian accounts (via DTC), the depositary bank generally collects its fees through the systems provided by DTC (whose nominee is the registered holder of the ADSs held in DTC) from the brokers and custodians holding ADSs in their DTC accounts. The brokers and custodians who hold their clients’ ADSs in DTC accounts in turn charge their clients’ accounts the amount of the fees paid to the depositary banks.

In the event of refusal to pay the depositary fees, the depositary bank may, under the terms of the deposit agreement, refuse the requested service until payment is received or may set off the amount of the depositary fees from any distribution to be made to the ADS holder.

The depositary may make payments to us or reimburse us for certain costs and expenses, by making available a portion of the ADS fees collected in respect of the ADR program or otherwise, upon such terms and conditions as we and the depositary bank agree from time to time.

Payment of Taxes

You will be responsible for any taxes or other governmental charges payable, or which become payable, on your ADSs or on the deposited securities represented by any of your ADSs. The depositary may refuse to register or transfer your ADSs or allow you to withdraw the deposited securities represented by your ADSs until such taxes or other charges are paid. It may apply payments owed to you or sell deposited securities represented by your ADSs to pay any taxes owed and you will remain liable for any deficiency. If the depositary sells deposited securities, it will, if appropriate, reduce the number of ADSs to reflect the sale and pay to you any net proceeds, or send to you any property, remaining after it has paid the taxes. You agree to indemnify us, the depositary, the custodian and each of our and their respective agents, directors, employees and affiliates for, and hold each of them harmless from, any claims with respect to taxes (including applicable interest and penalties thereon) arising from any refund of taxes, reduced rate of withholding at source or other tax benefit obtained for you. Your obligations under this paragraph shall survive any transfer of ADRs, any surrender of ADRs and withdrawal of deposited securities or the termination of the deposit agreement.

Reclassifications, Recapitalizations and Mergers

If we:

 

Then:

Change the nominal or par value of our ordinary shares

 

The shares or other securities received by the depositary will become deposited securities.

Reclassify, split up or consolidate any of the deposited securities

 

Each ADS will automatically represent its equal share of the new deposited securities.

Distribute securities on the ordinary shares that are not distributed to you, or recapitalize, reorganize, merge, liquidate, sell all or substantially all of our assets, or take any similar action

 

The depositary may distribute some or all of the cash, shares or other securities it received. It may also deliver new ADSs or ask you to surrender your outstanding ADRs in exchange for new ADRs identifying the new deposited securities.

Amendment and Termination

How may the deposit agreement be amended?

We may agree with the depositary to amend the deposit agreement and the form of ADR without your consent for any reason. If an amendment adds or increases fees or charges, except for taxes and other governmental charges or expenses of the depositary for registration fees, facsimile costs, delivery charges or similar items, including expenses incurred in connection with foreign exchange control regulations and other charges specifically payable by ADS holders under the deposit agreement, or materially prejudices a substantial existing right of ADS holders, it will not become effective for outstanding ADSs until 30 days after the depositary notifies ADS holders of the amendment. At the time an amendment becomes effective, you are considered, by continuing to hold your ADSs, to agree to the amendment and to be bound by the ADRs and the deposit agreement as amended. If any new laws are adopted which would require the deposit agreement to be amended in order to comply therewith, we and the depositary may amend the deposit agreement in accordance with such laws and such amendment may become effective before notice thereof is given to ADS holders.

103

Table of Contents

How may the deposit agreement be terminated?

The depositary will terminate the deposit agreement if we ask it to do so, in which case the depositary will give notice to you at least 90 days prior to termination. The depositary may also terminate the deposit agreement if the depositary has told us that it would like to resign, or if we have removed the depositary, and in either case we have not appointed a new depositary within 90 days. In either such case, the depositary must notify you at least 30 days before termination.

After termination, the depositary and its agents will do the following under the deposit agreement but nothing else: collect distributions on the deposited securities, sell rights and other property and deliver ordinary shares and other deposited securities upon cancellation of ADSs after payment of any fees, charges, taxes or other governmental charges. Six months or more after the date of termination, the depositary may sell any remaining deposited securities by public or private sale. After that, the depositary will hold the money it received on the sale, as well as any other cash it is holding under the deposit agreement, for the pro rata benefit of the ADS holders that have not surrendered their ADSs. It will not invest the money and has no liability for interest. After such sale, the depositary’s only obligations will be to account for the money and other cash. After termination, we shall be discharged from all obligations under the deposit agreement except for our obligations to the depositary thereunder.

Books of Depositary

The depositary will maintain ADS holder records at its depositary office. You may inspect such records at such office during regular business hours but solely for the purpose of communicating with other holders in the interest of business matters relating to the Company, the ADRs and the deposit agreement.

The depositary will maintain facilities in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York to record and process the issuance, cancellation, combination, split-up and transfer of ADRs.

These facilities may be closed at any time or from time to time when such action is deemed necessary or advisable by the depositary in connection with the performance of its duties under the deposit agreement or at our reasonable written request.

Limitations on Obligations and Liability

Limits on our Obligations and the Obligations of the Depositary and the Custodian; Limits on Liability to Holders of ADSs

The deposit agreement expressly limits our obligations and the obligations of the depositary and the custodian. It also limits our liability and the liability of the depositary. The depositary and the custodian:

•        are only obligated to take the actions specifically set forth in the deposit agreement without gross negligence or willful misconduct;

•        are not liable if any of us or our respective controlling persons or agents are prevented or forbidden from, or subjected to any civil or criminal penalty or restraint on account of, or delayed in, doing or performing any act or thing required by the terms of the deposit agreement and any ADR, by reason of any provision of any present or future law or regulation of the United States or any state thereof, the Commonwealth of Australia or any other country, or of any other governmental authority or regulatory authority or stock exchange, or on account of the possible criminal or civil penalties or restraint, or by reason of any provision, present or future, of our memorandum and articles of association or any provision of or governing any deposited securities, or by reason of any act of God or war or other circumstances beyond its control (including, without limitation, nationalization, expropriation, currency restrictions, work stoppage, strikes, civil unrest, revolutions, rebellions, explosions and computer failure);

•        are not liable by reason of any exercise of, or failure to exercise, any discretion provided for in the deposit agreement or in our memorandum and articles of association or provisions of or governing deposited securities;

104

Table of Contents

•        are not liable for any action or inaction of the depositary, the custodian or us or their or our respective controlling persons or agents in reliance upon the advice of or information from legal counsel, any person presenting ordinary shares for deposit or any other person believed by it in good faith to be competent to give such advice or information;

•        are not liable for the inability of any holder of ADSs to benefit from any distribution on deposited securities that is not made available to holders of ADSs under the terms of the deposit agreement;

•        are not liable for any special, consequential, indirect or punitive damages for any breach of the terms of the deposit agreement, or otherwise;

•        may rely upon any documents we believe in good faith to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party;

•        disclaim any liability for any action or inaction or inaction of any of us or our respective controlling persons or agents in reliance upon the advice of or information from legal counsel, accountants, any person presenting ordinary shares for deposit, holders and beneficial owners (or authorized representatives) of ADSs, or any person believed in good faith to be competent to give such advice or information; and

•        disclaim any liability for inability of any holder to benefit from any distribution, offering, right or other benefit made available to holders of deposited securities but not made available to holders of ADS.

The depositary and any of its agents also disclaim any liability (i) for any failure to carry out any instructions to vote, the manner in which any vote is cast or the effect of any vote or failure to determine that any distribution or action may be lawful or reasonably practicable or for allowing any rights to lapse in accordance with the provisions of the deposit agreement, (ii) the failure or timeliness of any notice from us, the content of any information submitted to it by us for distribution to you or for any inaccuracy of any translation thereof, (iii) any investment risk associated with the acquisition of an interest in the deposited securities, the validity or worth of the deposited securities, the credit-worthiness of any third party, (iv) for any tax consequences that may result from ownership of ADSs, ordinary shares or deposited securities, or (v) for any acts or omissions made by a successor depositary, provided that in connection with the issue out of which such potential liability arises the depositary performed its obligations without gross negligence or wilful misconduct while it acted as depositary.

In the deposit agreement, we agree to indemnify the depositary under certain circumstances.

Jurisdiction and Arbitration

The laws of the State of New York govern the deposit agreement and the ADSs and we have agreed with the depositary that the federal or state courts in the City of New York shall have exclusive jurisdiction to hear and determine any dispute arising from or in connection with the deposit agreement and that the depositary will have the right to refer any claim or dispute arising from the relationship created by the deposit agreement to arbitration in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. The arbitration provisions of the deposit agreement do not preclude you from pursuing claims under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act in federal or state courts.

Jury Trial Waiver

The deposit agreement provides that each party to the deposit agreement (including each holder, beneficial owner and holder of interests in the ADRs) irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any right it may have to a trial by jury in any lawsuit or proceeding against us or the depositary arising out of or relating to our shares, the ADSs or the deposit agreement, including any claim under the U.S. federal securities laws. If we or the depositary opposed a jury trial demand based on the waiver, the court would determine whether the waiver was enforceable based on the facts and circumstances of that case in accordance with the applicable law.

105

Table of Contents

Requirements for Depositary Actions

Before the depositary will issue, deliver or register a transfer of an ADS, split-up, subdivide or combine ADSs, make a distribution on an ADS, or permit withdrawal of ordinary shares, the depositary may require:

•        payment of stock transfer or other taxes or other governmental charges and transfer or registration fees charged by third parties for the transfer of any ordinary shares or other deposited securities and payment of the applicable fees, expenses and charges of the depositary;

•        satisfactory proof of the identity and genuineness of any signature or any other matters contemplated in the deposit agreement; and

•        compliance with (A) any laws or governmental regulations relating to the execution and delivery of ADRs or ADSs or to the withdrawal or delivery of deposited securities and (B) such reasonable regulations and procedures as the depositary may establish, from time to time, consistent with the deposit agreement and applicable laws, including presentation of transfer documents.

The depositary may refuse to issue and deliver ADSs or register transfers of ADSs generally when the register of the depositary or our transfer books are closed or at any time if the depositary or we determine that it is necessary or advisable to do so.

Your Right to Receive the Shares Underlying Your ADSs

You have the right to cancel your ADSs and withdraw the underlying ordinary shares at any time except:

•        when temporary delays arise because: (1) the depositary has closed its transfer books or we have closed our transfer books; (2) the transfer of ordinary shares is blocked to permit voting at a shareholders’ meeting; or (3) we are paying a dividend on our ordinary shares;

•        when you owe money to pay fees, taxes and similar charges;

•        when it is necessary to prohibit withdrawals in order to comply with any laws or governmental regulations that apply to ADSs or to the withdrawal of ordinary shares or other deposited securities, or other circumstances specifically contemplated by Section I.A.(l) of the General Instructions to Form F-6 (as such General Instructions may be amended from time to time); or

•        for any other reason if the depositary or we determine, in good faith, that it is necessary or advisable to prohibit withdrawals.

The depositary shall not knowingly accept for deposit under the deposit agreement any ordinary shares or other deposited securities required to be registered under the provisions of the Securities Act, unless a registration statement is in effect as to such ordinary shares.

This right of withdrawal may not be limited by any other provision of the deposit agreement.

Direct Registration System

In the deposit agreement, all parties to the deposit agreement acknowledge that the DRS and Profile Modification System, or Profile, will apply to uncertificated ADSs upon acceptance thereof to DRS by DTC. DRS is the system administered by DTC pursuant to which the depositary may register the ownership of uncertificated ADSs, which ownership shall be evidenced by periodic statements issued by the depositary to the ADS holders entitled thereto. Profile is a required feature of DRS which allows a DTC participant, claiming to act on behalf of an ADS holder, to direct the depositary to register a transfer of those ADSs to DTC or its nominee and to deliver those ADSs to the DTC account of that DTC participant without receipt by the depositary of prior authorization from the ADS holder to register such transfer.

106

Table of Contents

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

Upon completion of this offering, we will have            ADSs outstanding, representing            ordinary shares, or approximately            % of our outstanding ordinary shares, assuming the underwriter does not exercise its option to purchase additional ADSs. All of the ADSs sold in this offering will be freely transferable by persons other than our “affiliates” without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act. Sales of substantial amounts of the ADSs in the public market could adversely affect prevailing market prices of the ADSs. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the ADSs, and while we have applied to have the ADSs listed on the Nasdaq we cannot assure you that a regular trading market will develop in the ADSs.

Lock-up Agreements

Our directors and officers have agreed, subject to some exceptions, not to transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any of our ordinary shares, in the form of ADSs or otherwise, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for our ordinary shares, in the form of ADSs or otherwise, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. After the expiration of the 180-day period, the ordinary shares or ADSs held by our directors, executive officers and our existing shareholders may be sold subject to the restrictions under Rule 144 under the Securities Act or by means of registered public offerings.

Rule 144

All of our ordinary shares outstanding prior to this offering are “restricted shares” as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act and may be sold publicly in the United States only if they are subject to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements. Under Rule 144 as currently in effect, a person who has beneficially owned our restricted shares for at least six months is generally entitled to sell the restricted securities without registration under the Securities Act beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain additional restrictions.

Our affiliates may sell within any three-month period a number of restricted shares that does not exceed the greater of the following:

•        1% of the then outstanding ordinary shares of the same class, in the form of ADSs or otherwise, which will equal approximately ordinary shares immediately after this offering, assuming the underwriter does not exercise its option to purchase additional ADSs; or

•        the average weekly trading volume of our ordinary shares in the form of ADSs or otherwise on the Nasdaq during the four calendar weeks preceding the date on which notice of the sale is filed with the SEC.

Affiliates who sell restricted securities under Rule 144 may not solicit orders or arrange for the solicitation of orders, and they are also subject to notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us.

Persons who are not our affiliates are only subject to one of these additional restrictions, the requirement of the availability of current public information about us, and this additional restriction does not apply if they have beneficially owned our restricted shares for more than one year.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act as currently in effect, each of our employees, consultants or advisors who purchases our ordinary shares from us in connection with a compensatory shares or option plan or other written agreement relating to compensation is eligible to resell such ordinary shares 90 days after we became a reporting company under the Exchange Act in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with some of the restrictions, including the holding period, contained in Rule 144.

107

Table of Contents

Material United States Federal Income and Australian Tax Considerations

The following summary of the material Australian and U.S. federal income tax consequences of an investment in the ADSs or ordinary shares is based upon laws and relevant interpretations thereof in effect as of the date of this prospectus, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. This summary does not deal with all possible tax consequences relating to an investment in the ADSs or ordinary shares, such as the tax consequences under U.S. state, local and other tax laws other than U.S. federal income tax laws and certain Australian tax laws.

Holders of our ADSs should consult their own tax advisors as to the United States, Australian or other tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of ADSs, including, in particular, the effect of any foreign, state or local taxes.

Australian Taxation

In this section we discuss the material Australian tax considerations that apply to non-Australian tax residents with respect to the acquisition, ownership and disposal of the absolute beneficial ownership of ADSs, which are evidenced by ADSs. This discussion is based upon existing Australian tax law as of the date of this Registration Statement, which is subject to change, possibly retrospectively. This discussion does not address all aspects of Australian income tax law which may be important to particular investors in light of their individual investment circumstances, such as ADSs or shares held by investors subject to special tax rules (for example, financial institutions, insurance companies or tax exempt organizations). In addition, this summary does not discuss any foreign or state tax considerations, other than stamp duty. Prospective investors are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the Australian and foreign income and other tax considerations of the purchase, ownership and disposition of the ADSs or shares.

Nature of ADSs for Australian Taxation Purposes

Holders of our ADSs are treated as the owners of the underlying ordinary shares for Australian income tax and capital gains tax purposes. Therefore, dividends paid on the underlying ordinary shares will be treated for Australian tax purposes as if they were paid directly to the owners of ADSs, and the disposal of ADSs will be treated for Australian tax purposes as the disposal of the underlying ordinary shares. In the following analysis we discuss the application of the Australian income tax and capital gains tax rules to non-Australian resident holders of ADSs.

Taxation of Dividends

Australia operates a dividend imputation system under which dividends may be declared to be “franked” to the extent they are paid out of company profits that have been subject to income tax. Fully franked dividends are not subject to dividend withholding tax. Dividends that are not franked or are partly franked and are paid to non-Australian resident shareholders are subject to dividend withholding tax, but only to the extent the dividends are not franked.

Dividends paid to a non-resident shareholder are subject to withholding tax (a) except to the extent they have been franked and (b) at 30%, unless the shareholder is a resident of a country with which Australia has a double taxation agreement.

In accordance with the provisions of the Double Taxation Convention between Australia and the United States, the maximum rate of Australian tax on any unfranked portion of a dividend to which a resident of the United States is beneficially entitled is 15%, where the U.S. resident holds less than 10% of the voting rights in our company, or 5% where the U.S. resident holds 10% or more of the voting rights in our company. Special rules apply to Regulated Investment Companies and Real Estate Investment Trusts that hold shares and receive dividends. The Double Taxation Convention between Australia and the United States does not apply to limit the tax rate on dividends where the ADSs are effectively connected to a permanent establishment or a fixed base carried on by the owner of the ADSs in Australia through which the shareholder carries on business or provides independent personal services, respectively.

108

Table of Contents

Tax on Sales or other Dispositions of Shares — Capital Gains Tax

Australian capital gains derived by non-Australian residents in respect of the disposal of capital assets that are not taxable Australian property will be disregarded. Non-Australian resident shareholders will not be subject to Australian capital gains tax on the capital gain made on a disposal of our shares, unless they, together with associates, hold 10% or more of our issued capital, tested either at the time of disposal or over any continuous 12- month period in the 24 months prior to disposal, and the value of our shares at the time of disposal is principally attributable to Australian real property assets.

Australian capital gains tax applies to net capital gains at a taxpayer’s marginal tax rate but for certain shareholders a discount capital gain may apply if the shares have been held for 12 months or more. For individuals, this discount is 50%. Net capital gains are calculated after reduction for capital losses (including certain prior year capital losses), which may only be offset against capital gains.

Tax on Sales or other Dispositions of Shares — Shareholders Holding Shares on Revenue Account

Some non-Australian resident shareholders may hold shares on revenue rather than on capital account, for example, share traders. These shareholders may have the gains made on the sale or other disposal of the shares included in their assessable income under the ordinary income provisions of the income tax law, if the gains are sourced in Australia.

Non-Australian resident shareholders assessable under these ordinary income provisions in respect of gains made on shares held on revenue account would be assessed for such gains at the Australian tax rates for non-Australian residents, which start at a marginal rate of 32.5% for non-Australian resident individuals. Some relief from the Australian income tax may be available to such non-Australian resident shareholders under the Double Taxation Convention between the United States and Australia, for example, because the shareholder does not have a permanent establishment in Australia.

To the extent an amount would be included in a non-Australian resident shareholder’s assessable income under both the capital gains tax provisions and the ordinary income provisions, the capital gain amount would generally be reduced, so that the shareholder would not be subject to double tax on any part of the income gain or capital gain.

Dual Residency

If a shareholder were a resident of both Australia and the United States under those countries’ domestic taxation laws, that shareholder may be subject to tax as an Australian resident. If, however, the shareholder is determined to be a U.S. resident for the purposes of the Double Taxation Convention between the United States and Australia, the Australian tax applicable would be limited by the Double Taxation Convention. Shareholders should obtain specialist taxation advice in these circumstances.

Stamp Duty

A transfer of shares of a company listed on the Australian Securities Exchange is not subject to Australian stamp duty.

Australian Death Duty

Australia does not have estate or death duties. No capital gains tax liability is realized upon the inheritance of a deceased person’s shares. The disposal of inherited shares by beneficiaries, may, however, give rise to a capital gains tax liability.

Goods and Services Tax

The issue or transfer of shares will not incur Australian goods and services tax.

U.S. Taxation

The following is a summary of material U.S. federal income tax consequences that generally apply to U.S. Holders (as defined below) who hold ADSs as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). This summary is based on the Code, its legislative history, final,

109

Table of Contents

temporary and proposed United States Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, published rulings and court decisions, and the bilateral income tax convention between Australia and the United States (the “Treaty”), all as in effect on the date hereof and all of which are subject to change, or changes in interpretation, either prospectively or retroactively. This discussion does not address all of the tax consequences relating to the purchase, ownership, and disposition of ADSs and does not take into account U.S. Holders who may be subject to special rules, including: financial institutions, insurance companies, , tax-exempt organizations, real estate investment trusts, regulated investment companies, grantor trusts, non-resident aliens of the United States or taxpayers whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar, persons who hold the ADSs through partnerships or other pass-through entities, persons who acquired their ADSs through the exercise or cancellation of any employee share options or otherwise as compensation for their services, investors that actually or constructively own 10% or more of our shares, dealers or traders in securities or currencies, certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States, dual resident corporations, persons that generally mark their securities to market for United States federal income tax purposes, persons who are residents of Australia for Australian income tax purposes, and investors holding ADSs as part of a straddle or appreciated financial position or as part of a hedging or conversion transaction. This summary does not address the Medicare tax imposed on certain investment income, any state, local and foreign tax considerations or any U.S. federal estate, gift or alternative minimum tax considerations relevant to the purchase, ownership and disposition of our ADSs. In addition, this discussion is based in part upon representations of the depositary and the assumption that each obligation in the deposit agreement and any related agreements will be performed according to its terms.

If a partnership or an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes owns ADSs, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of its partners will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. A partnership should consult its tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to it and its partners of the purchase, ownership and disposition of ADSs.

For purposes of this summary, the term “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of ADSs that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes: an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States; a corporation that is created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof; an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or a trust if (a) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over administration of the trust, and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (b) it has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

Distributions

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, a U.S. Holder of ADSs will be treated as owning the ordinary shares underlying the ADSs. Subject to the passive foreign investment company rules discussed below, the gross amount of any distribution received by a U.S. Holder with respect to our ordinary shares or ADSs, including the amount of any Australian taxes withheld therefrom, will be included in gross income as a dividend to the extent the distribution is paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). Distributions in excess of our earnings and profits will be treated first as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of a U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the ADSs and thereafter will be treated as gain from the sale or exchange of the ADSs. We have not maintained and do not plan to maintain calculations of earnings and profits for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a result, a U.S. Holder may need to include the entire amount of any such distribution in income as a dividend. Dividends will not, however, be eligible for the “dividends received deduction” generally allowed to corporate shareholders with respect to dividends received from U.S. corporations.

The U.S. dollar value of any distribution on the ADSs made in Australian dollars generally should be calculated by reference to the spot exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and the Australian dollar in effect on the date the distribution is actually or constructively received by the U.S. Holder regardless of whether the Australian dollars so received are in fact converted into U.S. dollars. A U.S. Holder who receives payment in Australian dollars and converts those Australian dollars into U.S. dollars at an exchange rate other than the rate in effect on such day may have a foreign currency exchange gain or loss, which would generally be treated as ordinary income or loss from sources within the United States for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes.

Subject to complex limitations and certain holding period requirements, a U.S. Holder may elect to claim a credit for Australian tax withheld from distributions against its U.S. federal income tax liability. The limitations set out in the Code include computational rules under which foreign tax credits allowable with respect to specific

110

Table of Contents

classes of income cannot exceed the U.S. federal income taxes otherwise payable with respect to each such class of income. Dividends generally will be treated as foreign-source passive category income for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes or in the case of certain U.S. Holders as foreign source “general category” income. A U.S. Holder that does not elect to claim a U.S. foreign tax credit may instead claim a deduction for Australian tax withheld.

Subject to certain limitations, dividends received by a non-corporate U.S. Holder are subject to tax at a reduced maximum tax rate of 20 percent if the dividends are “qualified dividends”. Dividends are qualified dividends if: (a)(i) the issuer is entitled to benefits under the Treaty or (ii) the shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States and (b) certain other requirements are met. We believe that we are entitled to benefits under the Treaty and that the ADSs currently are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States. However, no assurance can be given that the ADSs will remain readily tradable. Further, the reduced rate does not apply to dividends if we are a PFIC in the year prior to or the year in which the dividend is paid.

The U.S. Treasury has expressed concerns that intermediaries in the chain of ownership between the holder of an ADS and the issuer of the security underlying the ADS may be taking actions that are inconsistent with the claiming of foreign tax credits for U.S. Holders of ADSs. Such actions would also be inconsistent with the claiming of the reduced rate of tax, described above, applicable to dividends received by certain non-corporate holders. Accordingly, the analysis of the creditability of Australian taxes and the availability of the reduced tax rate for dividends received by certain non-corporate holders, each described above, could be affected by actions taken by intermediaries in the chain of ownership between the holder of an ADS and our Company.

Disposition of ADSs

If you sell or otherwise dispose of ADSs, you will recognize gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes in an amount equal to the difference between the U.S. dollar value of the amount realized on the sale or other disposition and your adjusted tax basis in the ADSs. Subject to the passive foreign investment company rules discussed below, such gain or loss generally will be capital gain or loss and will be long-term capital gain or loss if you have held the ADSs for more than one year at the time of the sale or other disposition. In general, any gain that you recognize on the sale or other disposition of ADSs will be gain from U.S. sources for purposes of the foreign tax credit limitation; losses will generally be allocated against U.S. source income. The deduction of capital losses is subject to certain limitations under the Code.

In the case of a cash-basis U.S. Holder who receives Australian dollars in connection with the sale or other disposition of ADSs, the amount realized will be calculated based on the U.S. dollar value of the Australian dollars received as determined by reference to the spot rate in effect on the settlement date of such exchange. A U.S. Holder who receives payment in Australian dollars and converts Australian dollars into U.S. dollars at a conversion rate other than the rate in effect on the settlement date may have foreign currency exchange gain or loss that would be treated as ordinary income or loss from sources within the United States for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes.

An accrual-basis U.S. Holder may elect the same treatment required of cash-basis taxpayers with respect to a sale or disposition of ADSs, provided that the election is applied consistently from year to year. Such election may not be changed without the consent of the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”). In the event that an accrual-basis U.S. Holder does not elect to be treated as a cash-basis taxpayer (pursuant to the Treasury regulations applicable to foreign currency transactions), such U.S. Holder may have foreign currency gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes because of differences between the U.S. dollar value of the currency received prevailing on the trade date and the settlement date. Any such currency gain or loss would be treated as ordinary income or loss from sources within the United States for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes. However, if foreign currency is converted into U.S. dollars on the date received by the U.S. Holder, a cash-basis or electing accrual-basis U.S. Holder should not recognize any gain or loss on such conversion.

Passive Foreign Investment Companies

There is a risk that we may be a passive foreign investment company(“PFIC”), for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Our treatment as a PFIC could result in a reduction in the after-tax return to the U.S. Holders of our ADSs and may cause a reduction in the value of such securities.

111

Table of Contents

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, we will be classified as a PFIC for any taxable year in which (i) 75% or more of our gross income is passive income, or (ii) at least 50% of the average value of all of our assets for the taxable year produce or are held for the production of passive income. For this purpose, cash is considered to be an asset which produces passive income. Passive income for these purposes generally includes dividends, interest, royalties, rents, annuities and the excess of gains over losses from the disposition of assets which produce passive income. In making a PFIC determination, we will be treated as owning our proportionate share of the assets and earning our proportionate share of the income of any other corporation in which we own, directly or indirectly, 25% or more (by value) of the share capital. Based on the composition of our assets and income, we believe that we should not be treated as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes with respect to fiscal year 2020. However, the determination of PFIC status is a factual determination that must be made annually at the close of each taxable year and, therefore, there can be no certainty as to our status in this regard until the close of the current or any future taxable year. Changes in the nature of our income or assets or a decrease in the trading price of our ADSs may cause us to be considered a PFIC in the current or any subsequent year. If we were a PFIC in any year during a U.S. Holder’s holding period for our ADSs, we would ordinarily continue to be treated as a PFIC for each subsequent year during which the U.S. Holder owned the ADSs.

Under the default PFIC “excess distribution” regime, if we are a PFIC in any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder owns ADSs, such U.S. Holder could be liable for additional taxes and interest charges upon (i) certain distributions by us (generally any distribution paid during a taxable year that is greater than 125 percent of the average annual distributions paid in the three preceding taxable years, or, if shorter, the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the ADSs), and (ii) any gain realized on a sale, exchange or other disposition, including a pledge, of the ADSs, whether or not we continue to be a PFIC for the year of the disposition. In these circumstances, the tax will generally be determined by allocating such distributions or gain ratably over the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the ADSs. The amount allocated to the current taxable year and any year prior to the first taxable year in which we are a PFIC will be taxed as ordinary income (rather than capital gain) earned in the current taxable year. The amount allocated to other taxable years will be taxed at the highest applicable marginal rates for the year and an interest charge at the rate applicable to underpayments of tax will also be imposed on the amount of taxes allocated to such other taxable years.

An indirect shareholder may be taxed on a distribution paid to the direct owner of a PFIC and on a disposition of the share indirectly owned. Indirect shareholders are strongly urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the application of these rules.

If we are a PFIC and subsequently cease to be a PFIC in a future year, a U.S. Holder may avoid the continued application of the tax treatment described above by electing to be treated as if it sold its ADSs on the last day of the last taxable year in which we were a PFIC. Any gain would generally be recognized and subject to tax under the excess distribution regime described above. Loss would not be recognized. A U.S. Holder’s basis in its ADSs would be increased by the amount of gain, if any, recognized on the deemed sale. A U.S. Holder would be required to treat its holding period for its ADSs as beginning on the day following the last day of the last taxable year in which we were a PFIC.

If the ADSs are considered “marketable stock” and if a U.S. Holder properly elects to “mark-to-market” its ADSs in a timely fashion, the U.S. Holder would not be subject to tax under the excess distribution regime described above. Instead, the U.S. Holder would generally include in income any excess of the fair market value of the ADSs at the close of each tax year over the adjusted tax basis of the ADSs. If the fair market value of the ADSs had depreciated below the adjusted basis at the close of the tax year, the U.S. Holder would be entitled to deduct the excess of the adjusted basis of the ADSs over their fair market value at that time. However, such deductions generally would be limited to the net mark-to-market gains, if any, the U.S. Holder included in income with respect to such ADSs in prior years. Income recognized and deductions allowed under the mark-to-market provisions, as well as any gain or loss on the disposition of ADSs with respect to which the mark-to-market election is made, is treated as ordinary income or loss (except that loss is treated as capital loss to the extent the loss exceeds the net mark-to-market gains, if any, that a U.S. Holder included in income with respect to such ordinary shares in prior years). However, gain or loss from the disposition of ADSs (as to which a “mark-to-market” election was properly made) in a year in which we are no longer a PFIC, will be capital gain or loss. Our ordinary shares or ADSs will be “marketable” stock as long as they remain regularly traded on a national securities exchange, such as the Nasdaq, or a foreign securities exchange regulated by a governmental authority of the country in which the market is located

112

Table of Contents

and which meets certain requirements, including that the rules of the exchange effectively promote active trading of listed stocks. If such stock is traded on such a qualified exchange or other market, such stock generally will be “regularly traded” for any calendar year during which such stock is traded, other than in de minimis quantities, on at least 15 days during each calendar quarter, but no assurances can be given in this regard. Our ordinary shares are traded on the ASX, which may qualify as an eligible foreign securities exchange for this purpose. Because a mark-to-market election cannot be made for any lower-tier PFICs that we may own, a U.S. Holder may continue to be subject to the PFIC rules with respect to such holder’s indirect interest in any investments held by us that are treated as an equity interest in a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, including shares in any of our subsidiaries that are treated as PFICs.

A U.S. Holder of ADSs should not be able to avoid the tax consequences described above by electing to treat us as a qualified electing fund. In general, a qualified electing fund is, with respect to a U.S. person, a PFIC if the U.S. person has elected to include its proportionate share of a company’s ordinary earnings and net capital gains in U.S. income on an annual basis. A qualified electing fund election can only be made with respect to us if we provide U.S. Holders with certain information on an annual basis and we do not intend to prepare the information that U.S. Holders would need to make the qualified electing fund election.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

Payments in respect of ADSs may be subject to information reporting to the IRS and to U.S. backup withholding tax (at a rate of 24% under current law). Backup withholding will not apply, however, if a U.S. Holder (i) is a corporation, (ii) satisfies an applicable exemption, or (iii) furnishes correct taxpayer identification.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be credited against a U.S. Holder’s U.S. tax liability, and a U.S. Holder may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules by filing the appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

113

Table of Contents

Enforcement of Civil Liabilities

We are a public limited company incorporated under the laws of Australia. Certain of our directors are non-residents of the United States and substantially all of their assets are located outside the United States. As a result, it may not be possible or practicable for you to:

•        effect service of process within the United States upon our non-U.S. resident directors or on us;

•        enforce in U.S. courts judgments obtained against our non-U.S. resident directors or us in the United States courts in any action, including actions under the civil liability provisions of U.S. securities laws;

•        enforce in U.S. courts judgments obtained against our non-U.S. resident directors or us in courts of jurisdictions outside the United States in any action, including actions under the civil liability provisions of U.S. securities laws; or

•        bring an original action in an Australian court to enforce liabilities against our non-U.S. resident directors or us based solely upon U.S. securities laws.

You may also have difficulties enforcing in courts outside the United States judgments that are obtained in U.S. courts against any of our non-U.S. resident directors or us, including actions under the civil liability provisions of the U.S. securities laws.

With that noted, there are no treaties between Australia and the United States that would affect the recognition or enforcement of foreign judgments in Australia. We also note that investors may be able to bring an original action in an Australian court against us to enforce liabilities based in part upon U.S. federal securities laws. The disclosure in this section is not based on the opinion of counsel.

We have appointed Corporation Service Company as our agent to receive service of process with respect to any action brought against us under the federal securities laws of the United States.

114

Table of Contents

Underwriting

We have entered into an underwriting agreement with the underwriter listed in the table below. We refer to the underwriter listed in the table below as the “underwriter.” Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to sell to the underwriter, and the underwriter has agreed to purchase from us, ADSs of the Company. Prior to this offering, there has been no public markets for the ADSs. We have applied to list the ADSs on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “IXHL”.

Pursuant to the terms and subject to the conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to sell to the underwriter named below, and the underwriter has agreed to purchase from us, the number of ADSs set forth opposite its name below:

Underwriter

 

Number of ADSs

Roth Capital Partners, LLC

   

Total

   

The underwriting agreement provides that the obligation of the underwriter to purchase the ADSs offered by this prospectus is subject to certain conditions. The underwriter is obligated to purchase all of the ADSs offered hereby if any of the ADSs are purchased.

We have granted the underwriter an option to buy up to an additional            ADSs from us at the public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions, to cover over-allotments, if any. The underwriter may exercise this option at any time, in whole or in part, during the 30-day period after the date of this prospectus.

Discounts, Commissions and Expenses

The underwriter proposes to offer to the ADSs purchased pursuant to the underwriting agreement to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $            per ADS. After this offering, the public offering price and concession may be changed by the underwriter. No such change shall change the amount of proceeds to be received by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

In connection with the sale of the ADSs to be purchased by the underwriter, the underwriter will be deemed to have received compensation in the form of underwriting commissions and discounts. The underwriting commissions and discounts will be            % of the gross proceeds of this offering, or $            per ADS, based on the public offering price per ADS set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

We have also agreed to reimburse Roth Capital Partners at closing for expenses incurred by it in connection with the offering up to a maximum of $            .

The following table shows the underwriting discounts and commissions payable to the underwriter by us in connection with this offering (assuming both the exercise and non-exercise of the over-allotment option to purchase additional ADSs we have granted to the underwriter):

 

Per ADS

 

Total

   

Without
Over-allotment

 

With
Over-allotment

 

Without
Over-allotment

 

With
Over-allotment

Public offering price

 

$

   

$

         

Underwriting discounts and commissions paid by us

 

$

   

$

         

Indemnification

Pursuant to the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to indemnify the underwriter against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments that the underwriter or such other indemnified parties may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

115

Table of Contents

Warrants

Upon the closing of this offering, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters a warrant to purchase up to 7.5% of the number of ordinary shares, represented by ADSs, sold in this offering. The warrant will be issued in three tranches, each comprising up to 2.5% of the number of shares of common stock sold in the offering, with the tranches exercisable at an exercise price equal to 120%, 135% and 150% of the public offering price per ADS sold pursuant to this offering, respectively, subject to standard anti-dilution adjustments for share splits and similar transactions. The warrant will be exercisable at any time, and from time to time, in whole or in part, during the period commencing 180 days from the commencement of sales in this offering, and expiring three years from the commencement of sales in this offering. The warrant is also exercisable on a cashless basis. The warrants have been deemed compensation by FINRA and are therefore subject to a 180-day lock-up pursuant to FINRA Rule 5110(e)(1). Except as permitted by Rule 5110(e)(1), the underwriter (or permitted assignees under the Rule) will not sell, transfer, assign, pledge, or hypothecate the warrants or the securities underlying the warrants, nor will any, of them engage in any hedging, short sale, derivative, put, or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of the option or the underlying securities for a period of 180 days from the commencement of sales under this prospectus.

Lock-Up Agreements

We have agreed not to (i) offer, pledge, issue, sell, contract to sell, purchase, contract to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any ADSs or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for ADSs; (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of ADSs; or (iii) file any registration statement with the SEC relating to the offering of any ADSs or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for ADSs, without the prior written consent of Roth Capital Partners for a period of 180 days following the date of this prospectus (the “Lock-up Period”). This consent may be given at any time without public notice. These restrictions on future issuances are subject to exceptions for (i) the issuance of ADSs sold in this offering, (ii) the issuance of ordinary shares or ADSs upon the exercise of options or warrants or the conversion of outstanding preferred stock or other outstanding convertible securities, or (iii) the issuance of employee stock options not exercisable during the Lock-Up Period.

In addition, each of our directors and executive officers has entered into a lock-up agreement with the underwriter. Under the lock-up agreements, the directors and executive officers may not, directly or indirectly, sell, offer to sell, contract to sell, or grant any option for the sale (including any short sale), grant any security interest in, pledge, hypothecate, hedge, establish an open “put equivalent position” (within the meaning of Rule 16a-1(h) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act), or otherwise dispose of, or enter into any transaction which is designed to or could be expected to result in the disposition of, any ADSs or securities convertible into or exchangeable for ADSs, or publicly announce any intention to do any of the foregoing, without the prior written consent of Roth Capital Partners, for a period of 180 days from the closing date of this offering. This consent may be given at any time without public notice. These restrictions on future dispositions by our directors and executive officers are subject to exceptions for (a) transfers (i) as a bona fide gift or gifts, provided that the donee or donees thereof agree to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth in the lock-up agreement, or (ii) to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or the immediate family of the undersigned, provided that the trustee of the trust agrees to be bound in writing by the restrictions of the lock-up agreement, and provided further that any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value; or (b) the acquisition or exercise of any stock option approved by shareholders or issued pursuant to any equity incentive plan of the Company, limited only to options or plans that are described in this prospectus and provided the lock-up agreement applies to any of the securities issued upon such exercise.

Electronic Distribution

This prospectus may be made available in electronic format on websites or through other online services maintained by the underwriter or by its affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms online and prospective investors may be allowed to place orders online. Other than this prospectus in electronic format, the information on the underwriter’s website or our website and any information contained in any other websites maintained by the underwriter or by us is not part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or the underwriter in its capacity as underwriter, and should not be relied upon by investors.

116

Table of Contents

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

In connection with the offering the underwriter may engage in stabilizing transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act:

•        Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.

•        Over-allotment involves sales by the underwriter of ADSs in excess of the number of ADSs the underwriter is obligated to purchase, which creates a syndicate short position. The short position may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of ADSs over-allotted by the underwriter is not greater than the number of ADSs that they may purchase in the over-allotment option. In a naked short position, the number of ADSs involved is greater than the number of ADSs in the over-allotment option. The underwriter may close out any covered short position by either exercising their over-allotment option and/or purchasing ADSs in the open market.

•        Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of the ADSs in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. In determining the source of ADSs to close out the short position, the underwriter will consider, among other things, the price of ADSs available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase ADSs through the over-allotment option. A naked short position occurs if the underwriter sells more ADSs than could be covered by the over-allotment option. This position can only be closed out by buying ADSs in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriter is concerned that there could be downward pressure on the price of the ADSs in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.

•        Penalty bids permit the underwriter to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the ADSs originally sold by the syndicate member are purchased in a stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions.

These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the ADSs or preventing or slowing a decline in the market price of the ADSs. As a result, the price of the ADSs may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be discontinued at any time

Neither we nor the underwriter make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of the ADSs. In addition, neither we nor the underwriter make any representation that the underwriter will engage in these transactions or that any transaction, if commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Offer restrictions outside the United States

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriter that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

Notice to Prospective Investors in European Union

This prospectus has not been, and will not be, registered with or approved by any securities regulator in the European Union. Accordingly, this document may not be made available, nor may the ADSs be offered for sale, in the European Union except in circumstances that do not require a prospectus under Article 1(4) of Regulation (EU) 2017/1129 of the European Parliament and the Council of the European Union (the “Prospectus Regulation”).

117

Table of Contents

In accordance with Article 1(4)(a) of the Prospectus Regulation, an offer of ADSs in the European Union is limited to persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in Article 2(e) of the Prospectus Regulation).

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

Neither this prospectus nor any other document relating to the offer has been delivered for approval to the Financial Conduct Authority in the United Kingdom and no prospectus (within the meaning of section 85 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, as amended (“FSMA”)) has been published or is intended to be published in respect of the ADSs.

The ADSs may not be offered or sold in the United Kingdom by means of this prospectus or any other document, except in circumstances that do not require the publication of a prospectus under section 86(1) of the FSMA. This prospectus is issued on a confidential basis in the United Kingdom to “qualified investors” within the meaning of Article 2(e) of the UK Prospectus Regulation. This prospectus may not be distributed or reproduced, in whole or in part, nor may its contents be disclosed by recipients, to any other person in the United Kingdom.

Each person in the UK who initially acquires any ADSs or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed to and with the Company and the Underwriter that it is a qualified investor within the meaning of the UK Prospectus Regulation.

In the case of any ADSs being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 5(1) of the UK Prospectus Regulation, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the ADSs acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer to the public other than their offer or resale in the UK to qualified investors, in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives of the underwriters has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression “UK Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129 as it forms part of domestic law by virtue of the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018, and the expression “FSMA” means the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters are not acting for anyone other than the issuer and will not be responsible to anyone other than the issuer for providing the protections afforded to their clients nor for providing advice in relation to the offering.

This document is for distribution only to persons who (i) have professional experience in matters relating to investments and who qualify as investment professionals within the meaning of Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, or, as amended, the Financial Promotion Order, (ii) are persons falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d), or high net worth companies, unincorporated associations etc., of the Financial Promotion Order, (iii) are outside the United Kingdom, or (iv) are persons to whom an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, as amended, or the FSMA) in connection with the issue or sale of any securities may otherwise lawfully be communicated or caused to be communicated, all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”. This document is directed only at relevant persons and must not be acted on or relied on by persons who are not relevant persons. Any investment or investment activity to which this document relates is available only to relevant persons and will be engaged in only with relevant persons.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

The ADSs may not be publicly offered, directly or indirectly, in Switzerland within the meaning of the Swiss Financial Services Act (“FinSA”) and will not be listed or admitted to trading on the SIX Swiss Exchange or on any other trading venue (exchange or multilateral trading facility) in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the ADSs or the offering constitutes a prospectus as such term is understood pursuant to the FinSA. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the ADSs or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland. The ADSs will be offered only to investors who qualify as “professional clients”, as defined in the FinSA.

118

Table of Contents

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

The ADSs have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the ADSs has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to ADSs which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan

The ADSs have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948, as amended (“FIEL”) and, accordingly, will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan, or for the benefit of any Japanese person or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to any Japanese person, except to Qualified Institutional Investors as defined in the FIEL in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines promulgated by relevant Japanese governmental or regulatory authorities in effect at the relevant time.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, the ADSs were not offered or sold or caused to be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase and will not be offered or sold or caused to be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, and this prospectus or any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the ADSs, has not been circulated or distributed, nor will it be circulated or distributed, whether directly or indirectly, to any person in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor (as defined in Section 4A of the Securities and Futures Act (Chapter 289) of Singapore, as modified or amended from time to time (the “SFA”)) pursuant to Section 274 of the SFA or (ii) to an “accredited investor” (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA) pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA.

119

Table of Contents

Expenses Relating to the Offering

The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable in connection with the sale of ADSs in the offering. All amounts are estimated except the SEC registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or FINRA, filing fee and the Nasdaq initial listing fee. Except as otherwise noted, all the expenses below will be paid by us.

Expense

 

Amount

SEC registration fee

 

US$2,935

FINRA filing fee

 

*

Nasdaq initial listing fee

 

5,000

Legal fees and expenses

 

*

Accounting fees and expenses

 

*

Printing expenses

 

*

Miscellaneous fees and expenses

 

*

Total

 

US$*

____________

* To be provided by amendment.

120

Table of Contents

Legal Matters

The validity of the ordinary shares represented by the ADSs and certain other matters of Australian law will be passed upon for us by Rimôn Law Pty Ltd. Certain matters as to U.S. federal law and New York state law will be passed upon for us by Rimôn Law Pty Ltd. Legal counsel to the underwriter in connection with this offering are Faegre Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP, with respect to U.S. federal law.

Experts

The consolidated financial statements of Incannex Healthcare Limited as of June 30, 2020, and 2019, and for the years appearing in the prospectus have been audited by WithumSmith+Brown, PC (“Withum”), independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon which includes an explanatory paragraph relating to the Incannex Healthcare Limited’s ability to continue as a going concern, relating to the consolidated financial statements of the Company, appearing elsewhere in the prospectus, and are included in reliance on the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

The offices of Withum are located at 1411 Broadway 9th floor, New York, NY 10018.

Where You Can Find More Information

We have filed with the SEC a Registration Statement on Form F-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the ADSs offered in this prospectus. A related registration statement on Form F-6 has been filed with the SEC to register the ADSs. This prospectus, which forms a part of the Registration Statement, does not contain all of the information included in the Registration Statement. Certain information is omitted and you should refer to the Registration Statement and its exhibits for that information. With respect to references made in this prospectus to any contract or other document of Incannex, such references are not necessarily complete and you should refer to the exhibits attached to the Registration Statement for copies of the actual contract or document.

Upon the closing of this offering, we will become subject to periodic reporting and other informational requirements of the Exchange Act as applicable to foreign private issuers. Accordingly, we will be required to file reports, including annual reports on Form 20-F, periodic reports and other information, with the SEC.

We are allowed four months after the end of our fiscal year to file our annual report with the SEC, and we are not required to disclose certain detailed information regarding executive compensation that is required from U.S. domestic issuers. Also, as a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from the rules of the Exchange Act prescribing the furnishing of proxy statements to shareholders, and the members of our board of directors, our senior management and our principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

The SEC maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. You also can inspect our registration statement, as well as any other information we file with or furnish to the SEC, on this website. This reference to the SEC’s website is an inactive textual reference only and is not a hyperlink.

We expect to make our annual reports and other information filed with or furnished to the SEC available, free of charge, through our website at www.incannex.com.au as soon as reasonably practicable after those reports and other information are filed with or furnished to the SEC. The information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not part of, and is not incorporated into, this prospectus.

121

Table of Contents

F-1

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors of
Incannex Healthcare Limited:

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position of Incannex Healthcare Limited (the “Company”) as of 30 June 2020 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income/(loss), changes in equity and cash flows, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Company as of 30 June 2020 and 2019, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

Going Concern

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has negative cash flows from operations, continuing losses, and has been impacted by the COVID-19 crisis. As such there is substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 1. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ WithumSmith+Brown, PC

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2021.

New York, New York
August 17, 2021

F-2

Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME/(LOSS)

For the years ended 30 June 2020 and 2019

 

Notes

 

2020

 

2019

       

$

 

$

Revenue

 

3

 

604,884

 

 

 

Other income

 

3

 

217,170

 

 

1,553

 

Product costs

 

1

 

(450,345

)

 

 

Administration expense

 

1

 

(457,673

)

 

(330,178

)

Advertising and promotion

 

1

 

(406,225

)

 

(94,814

)

Research and development costs

 

1

 

(2,110,639

)

 

(736,140

)

Compliance, legal and regulatory

 

1

 

(235,163

)

 

(72,181

)

Finance cost

     

 

 

(85,065

)

Share based payments

 

13

 

(565,448

)

 

(47,854

)

Occupancy expenses

 

1

 

(2,085

)

 

(1,519

)

Salaries and employee benefit expense

 

1

 

(523,760

)

 

(60,000

)

         

 

   

 

Loss before tax from continuing operations

     

(3,929,284

)

 

(1,426,198

)

Income tax benefit

 

5

 

 

 

 

Loss after tax from continuing operations

     

(3,929,284

)

 

(1,426,198

)

Loss on discontinued operations, net of tax

 

6

 

(768,352

)

 

(1,292,201

)

         

 

   

 

Total comprehensive loss

     

(4,697,636

)

 

(2,718,399

)

         

 

   

 

Basic loss per share from continuing and discontinued operations (cents per share)

 

7

 

(0.69

)

 

(0.40

)

         

 

   

 

Basic loss per share from continuing operations (cents per share)

 

7

 

(0.57

)

 

(0.21

)

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

F-3

Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION

As at 30 June 2020 and 2019

 

Notes

 

2020

 

2019

       

$

 

$

Assets

       

 

   

 

Current assets

       

 

   

 

Cash

 

9

 

3,603,390

 

 

93,332

 

Trade and other receivables

 

10

 

413,268

 

 

97,784

 

Other assets

 

12

 

36,262

 

 

39,191

 

Inventory

 

14

 

183,159

 

 

152,804

 

Total current assets

     

4,236,079

 

 

383,111

 

Non-current assets

       

 

   

 

Intangible assets

 

15

 

 

 

49,377

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

11

 

 

 

85,423

 

Total non-current assets

     

 

 

134,800

 

Total assets

     

4,236,079

 

 

517,911

 

Liabilities

       

 

   

 

Current liabilities

       

 

   

 

Trade and other payables

 

16

 

955,006

 

 

478,820

 

Borrowings from related party

     

 

 

65,000

 

Other liabilities

 

17

 

116,645

 

 

391,271

 

Total current liabilities

     

1,071,651

 

 

935,091

 

         

 

   

 

Total liabilities

     

1,071,651

 

 

935,091

 

Net assets/(liabilities)

     

3,164,428

 

 

(417,180

)

Equity attributable to owners of the parent

       

 

   

 

Issued capital

 

18

 

34,192,043

 

 

26,951,744

 

Reserves

 

19

 

1,490,588

 

 

451,643

 

Accumulated losses

     

(32,518,203

)

 

(27,820,567

)

Net equity

     

3,164,428

 

 

(417,180

)

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

F-4

Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

For the years ended 30 June 2020 and 2019

Consolidated

 

Issued
Capital

 

Equity
Reserve

 

Accumulated Losses

 

Total

   

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

Balance at 1 July 2018

 

24,410,905

 

 

229,725

 

(25,022,948

)

 

(382,318

)

Adjustment on initial application of IFRS15

 

 

 

 

(79,220

)

 

(79,220

)

Comprehensive loss for the year

 

 

 

 

(2,718,399

)

 

(2,718,399

)

Options issued to advisors

 

 

 

221,918

 

 

 

221,918

 

Shares issued

 

2,914,248

 

 

 

 

 

2,914,248

 

Shares issue costs

 

(373,409

)

 

 

 

 

(373,409

)

Balance at 30 June 2019

 

26,951,744

 

 

451,643

 

(27,820,567

)

 

(417,180

)

     

 

       

 

   

 

Balance at 30 June 2019

 

26,951,744

 

 

451,643

 

(27,820,567

)

 

(417,180

)

Comprehensive loss for the year

 

 

 

 

(4,697,636

)

 

(4,697,636

)

Options exercised

 

1,077,093

 

 

 

 

 

1,077,093

 

Options issued to advisors

 

 

 

449,093

 

 

 

449,093

 

Share based payments

 

 

 

589,852

 

 

 

589,852

 

Shares issued

 

7,105,354

 

 

 

 

 

7,105,354

 

Shares issue costs

 

(942,148

)

 

 

 

 

(942,148

)

Balance at 30 June 2020

 

34,192,043

 

 

1,490,588

 

(32,518,203

)

 

3,164,428

 

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

F-5

Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

For the years ended 30 June 2020 and 2019

 

Notes

 

2020

 

2019

       

$

 

$

Cash flows from operating activities

       

 

   

 

Receipts from customers

     

1,172,084

 

 

1,148,410

 

Receipts from other income

     

217,170

 

 

1,553

 

Payments to suppliers and employees

     

(5,299,667

)

 

(3,371,103

)

Interest received

     

3,079

 

 

1,633

 

Finance costs paid

     

 

 

(92,249

)

Research and development tax refund

     

 

 

151,323

 

Net cash used in operating activities

 

9(i)

 

(3,907,334

)

 

(2,160,433

)

         

 

   

 

Cash flows from investing activities

       

 

   

 

Payments for property, plant and equipment

     

 

 

(24,442

)

Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment

     

13,000

 

 

 

Net cash provided by/(used in) investing activities

     

13,000

 

 

(22,942

)

         

 

   

 

Cash flows from financing activities

       

 

   

 

Proceeds from shares issued (net of costs)

     

7,469,392

 

 

2,184,801

 

Debt repaid

     

(65,000

)

 

(200,000

)

Proceeds from borrowing

     

 

 

65,000

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     

7,404,392

 

 

2,049,801

 

         

 

   

 

Net increase/(decrease) in cash

     

3,510,058

 

 

(135,074

)

Cash at beginning of the year

     

93,332

 

 

228,406

 

Cash at end of the year

 

9

 

3,603,390

 

 

93,332

 

The consolidated statement of cash flows above presents the total cash flows of the Company, inclusive of discontinued operations. The cash flows from discontinued operations for the years ended 30 June 2020 and 30 June 2019 are as follows:

•        Cash flows used in operating activities: ($636,857) in 2020 and ($1,154,399) in 2019;

•        Cash flows from investing activities: $13,000 in 2020 and nil in 2019;

•        Cash flows used in financing activities: nil in 2020 and nil in 2019;

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

F-6

Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the years ended 30 June 2019 and 2020

1. Significant accounting policies

The principal accounting policies adopted in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements are set out below. These policies have been consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated.

Nature of Operations and Going Concern

Incannex Healthcare Limited (the “Company”) and its consolidated subsidiaries (collectively, the “Group”) is a clinical stage pharmaceutical development company that is developing unique medicinal cannabis pharmaceutical products and psychedelic medicine therapies. The Company’s common shares trade on the Australian Stock Market (“ASX”). The Company’s resgistered office is at Suite 15, Level 12, 401 Docklands Drive, Docklands 3008, Victoria, Australia.

For the six months ended 31 December 2020, the Group incurred a total comprehensive loss after income tax of $3.1 million and had net cash outflows from operations of $2.8 million. The Group held total cash of $11.8 million as of 31 December 2020.

Capital raising will be required for us to meet our forecast expenditure and continue as a going concern, although there is uncertainty related to these cash inflows because the ability to access external funding is not wholly within the Group’s control.

Management and the directors believe that the Group will be successful in the above matters and, accordingly, have prepared the financial report on a going concern basis, notwithstanding that if losses continue, and we are unable raise additional financing on sufficiently attractive terms, then we may not have sufficient liquidity to sustain our operations and may not be able to continue as a going concern.

New or amended Accounting Standards and Interpretations adopted

The consolidated entity has adopted all of the new or amended Accounting Standards and Interpretations issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (‘IASB’) that are mandatory for the current reporting periods.

Any new or amended Accounting Standards or Interpretations that are not yet mandatory have not been early adopted.

Historical cost convention

The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, except for, where applicable, the revaluation of financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit or loss, financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income, investment properties, certain classes of property, plant and equipment and derivative financial instruments.

Critical accounting estimates

The preparation of the financial statements requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the consolidated entity’s accounting policies. The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the financial statements, are disclosed in note 2.

Statement of compliance

These financial statements were authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 17 August 2021.

The financial statements comply with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

F-7

Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the years ended 30 June 2019 and 2020

1. Significant accounting policies (cont.)

Parent entity information

In accordance with IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements, these financial statements present the results of the consolidated entity only. Supplementary information about the parent entity is disclosed in note 26.

Principles of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements incorporate the assets and liabilities of all subsidiaries of Incannex Healthcare Limited (‘Company’ or ‘parent entity’) as at 30 June 2019 and 2020 and the results of all subsidiaries for the years then ended. Incannex Healthcare Limited and its subsidiaries together are referred to in these financial statements as the ‘consolidated entity’. Details of all controlled entities are set out in Note 24.

Subsidiaries are all those entities over which the consolidated entity has control. The consolidated entity controls an entity when the consolidated entity is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power to direct the activities of the entity. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the consolidated entity. They are de-consolidated from the date that control ceases.

Intercompany transactions, balances and unrealised gains on transactions between entities in the consolidated entity are eliminated. Unrealised losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of the impairment of the asset transferred. Accounting policies of subsidiaries have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the consolidated entity.

Where the consolidated entity loses control over a subsidiary, it derecognises the assets including goodwill, liabilities and non-controlling interest in the subsidiary together with any cumulative translation differences recognised in equity. The consolidated entity recognises the fair value of the consideration received and the fair value of any investment retained together with any gain or loss in profit or loss.

Operating segments

Operating segments are presented using the ‘management approach’, where the information presented is on the same basis as the internal reports provided to the Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer is responsible for the allocation of resources to operating segments and assessing their performance.

Foreign currency translation

The financial statements are presented in Australian dollars, which is Incannex Healthcare Limited’s functional and presentation currency.

Foreign currency transactions

Foreign currency transactions are translated into Australian dollars using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at financial year-end exchange rates of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognised in profit or loss.

Revenue recognition

The Company’s revenues were generated from the sale of pharmaceutical Medicinal Cannabis products through the Special Access Scheme in Australia. Revenue comprises the fair value of the consideration received, or receivable and it is shown net of tax and discounts. The Company also earned revenue from the sale of dentist products through e-commerce website, however, the Company discontinued this segment on 30 June 2020.

F-8

Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the years ended 30 June 2019 and 2020

1. Significant accounting policies (cont.)

The Company recognizes revenue to depict the transfer of goods and services to clients in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods and services by applying the following steps:

•        Identify the contract with a client;

•        Identify the performance obligations in the contract;

•        Determine the transaction price;

•        Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations; and

•        Recognize revenue when, or as, the Company satisfies a performance obligation.

Revenue may be earned over time as the performance obligations are satisfied or at a point in time which is when the entity has earned a right to payment, the customer has possession of the asset and the related significant risks and rewards of ownership, and the customer has accepted the asset.

The Company’s arrangements with clients can include multiple performance obligations. When contracts involve various performance obligations, the Company evaluates whether each performance obligation is distinct and should be accounted for as a separate unit of accounting under IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers.

The Company determines the standalone selling price by considering its overall pricing objectives and market conditions. Significant pricing practices taken into consideration include discounting practices, the size and volume of our transactions, our marketing strategy, historical sales, and contract prices. The determination of standalone selling prices is made through consultation with and approval by management, taking into consideration our go-to-market strategy. As the Company’s go-to-market strategies evolve, the Company may modify its pricing practices in the future, which could result in changes in relative standalone selling prices.

The Company disaggregates revenue from contracts with customers based on the categories that most closely depict how the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows are affected by economic factors. During the years ended 30 June 2020 and 2019, the Company recognized revenue from only one such category, being cannabinoid oils sales. As stated in Note 4 to these financial statements, the Company previously recognized revenue from oral and dental devices, although these operations have been discontinued. All sales are made within Australia and the Company has not disaggregated revenue based on geography.

The Company receives payment from its clients after invoicing within the normal 28-day commercial terms. If a client is specifically identified as a credit risk, recognition of revenue is stopped except to the extent of fees that have already been collected.

Interest and Other income

Interest revenue is recognised when it is received or when the right to receive it is established.

Income tax

The income tax expense or benefit for the period is the tax payable on that period’s taxable income based on the applicable income tax rate for each jurisdiction, adjusted by the changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities attributable to temporary differences, unused tax losses and the adjustment recognised for prior periods, where applicable.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognised for temporary differences at the tax rates expected to be applied when the assets are recovered or liabilities are settled, based on those tax rates that are enacted or substantively enacted, except for:

F-9

Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the years ended 30 June 2019 and 2020

1. Significant accounting policies (cont.)

•        When the deferred income tax asset or liability arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and that, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting nor taxable profits; or

•        When the taxable temporary difference is associated with interests in subsidiaries, associates or joint ventures, and the timing of the reversal can be controlled, and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Deferred tax assets are recognised for deductible temporary differences and unused tax losses only if it is probable that future taxable amounts will be available to utilise those temporary differences and losses.

The carrying amount of recognised and unrecognised deferred tax assets are reviewed at each reporting date. Deferred tax assets recognised are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that future taxable profits will be available for the carrying amount to be recovered. Previously unrecognised deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that there are future taxable profits available to recover the asset.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset only where there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current tax liabilities and deferred tax assets against deferred tax liabilities; and they relate to the same taxable authority on either the same taxable entity or different taxable entities which intend to settle simultaneously.

Discontinued operations

A discontinued operation is a component of the consolidated entity that has been disposed of or is classified as held for sale and that represents a separate major line of business or geographical area of operations, is part of a single co-ordinated plan to dispose of such a line of business or area of operations, or is a subsidiary acquired exclusively with a view to resale. The results of discontinued operations are presented separately on the face of the statement of comprehensive income.

Government grants

Income from government grants is recognised only when the Company has reasonable assurance that the grants will be received, and the conditions of the grants will be complied with. Income from Government grants is recognised on a systematic basis using the income approach over the periods in which the Company recognises as expenses the related costs for which the grants are intended to compensate.

Current and non-current classification

Assets and liabilities are presented in the statement of financial position based on current and non-current classification.

An asset is classified as current when: it is either expected to be realised or intended to be sold or consumed in the consolidated entity’s normal operating cycle; it is held primarily for the purpose of trading; it is expected to be realised within 12 months after the reporting period; or the asset is cash or cash equivalent unless restricted from being exchanged or used to settle a liability for at least 12 months after the reporting period. All other assets are classified as non-current.

A liability is classified as current when: it is either expected to be settled in the consolidated entity’s normal operating cycle; it is held primarily for the purpose of trading; it is due to be settled within 12 months after the reporting period; or there is no unconditional right to defer the settlement of the liability for at least 12 months after the reporting period. All other liabilities are classified as non-current.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are classified as non-current.

F-10

Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the years ended 30 June 2019 and 2020

1. Significant accounting policies (cont.)

Cash

Cash and deposits held at call with financial institutions, other short-term, highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value. For the statement of cash flows presentation purposes, cash also includes bank overdrafts, which are shown within borrowings in current liabilities on the statement of financial position.

Trade and other receivables

Trade receivables are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, less any allowance for expected credit losses. Trade receivables are due for settlement within 30 days.

The consolidated entity has applied the simplified approach to measuring expected credit losses, which uses a lifetime expected loss allowance. To measure the expected credit losses, trade receivables have been grouped based on days overdue.

Other receivables are recognised at amortised cost, less any allowance for expected credit losses.

Inventory

Inventory Raw materials, work in progress and finished goods are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value on a ‘first in first out’ basis. Cost comprises of direct materials and delivery costs, direct labour, import duties and other taxes, an appropriate proportion of variable and fixed overhead expenditure based on normal operating capacity, and, where applicable, transfers from cash flow hedging reserves in equity. Costs of purchased inventory are determined after deducting rebates and discounts received or receivable.

Stock in transit is stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost comprises of purchase and delivery costs, net of rebates and discounts received or receivable.

Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business less the estimated costs of completion and the estimated costs necessary to make the sale.

Other financial assets

Other financial assets are initially measured at fair value. Transaction costs are included as part of the initial measurement, except for financial assets at fair value through profit or loss. Such assets are subsequently measured at either amortised cost or fair value depending on their classification. Classification is determined based on both the business model within which such assets are held and the contractual cash flow characteristics of the financial asset unless an accounting mismatch is being avoided.

Financial assets are derecognised when the rights to receive cash flows have expired or have been transferred and the consolidated entity has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership. When there is no reasonable expectation of recovering part or all a financial asset, its carrying value is written off.

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

Financial assets not measured at amortised cost or at fair value through other comprehensive income are classified as financial assets at fair value through profit or loss. Typically, such financial assets will be either: (i) held for trading, where they are acquired for the purpose of selling in the short-term with an intention of making a profit, or a derivative; or (ii) designated as such upon initial recognition where permitted. Fair value movements are recognised in profit or loss.

F-11

Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the years ended 30 June 2019 and 2020

1. Significant accounting policies (cont.)

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income include equity investments which the consolidated entity intends to hold for the foreseeable future and has irrevocably elected to classify them as such upon initial recognition.

Impairment of financial assets

The consolidated entity recognises a loss allowance for expected credit losses on financial assets which are either measured at amortised cost or fair value through other comprehensive income. The measurement of the loss allowance depends upon the consolidated entity’s assessment at the end of each reporting period as to whether the financial instrument’s credit risk has increased significantly since initial recognition, based on reasonable and supportable information that is available, without undue cost or effort to obtain.

Where there has not been a significant increase in exposure to credit risk since initial recognition, a 12-month expected credit loss allowance is estimated. This represents a portion of the asset’s lifetime expected credit losses that is attributable to a default event that is possible within the next 12 months. Where a financial asset has become credit impaired or where it is determined that credit risk has increased significantly, the loss allowance is based on the asset’s lifetime expected credit losses. The amount of expected credit loss recognised is measured on the basis of the probability weighted present value of anticipated cash shortfalls over the life of the instrument discounted at the original effective interest rate.

For financial assets mandatorily measured at fair value through other comprehensive income, the loss allowance is recognised in other comprehensive income with a corresponding expense through profit or loss. In all other cases, the loss allowance reduces the asset’s carrying value with a corresponding expense through profit or loss.

Impairment of non-financial assets

Non-financial assets are subject to impairment test whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amount may not be recoverable. Where the carrying value of the non-financial asset exceeds its recoverable amount (i.e. the higher of value in use and fair value less costs to dispose), the asset is written down and impairment charge is recognized accordingly.

Where it is not possible to estimate the recoverable amount of an individual asset, the impairment test is carried out on the asset’s cash-generating unit (i.e. the smallest group of assets to which the asset belongs that generates cash inflow that is largely independent of cash inflows from other assets).

An impairment loss allocated to an asset, is reversed only if there have been changes in the estimates used to determine the asset’s recoverable amount since the last impairment loss was recognized.

Reversal of an impairment loss, as above, is limited to the lower of the carrying amount of the asset that would have been determined (net of depreciation or amortization) had no impairment loss been recognized for the asset in prior years and the asset’s recoverable amount. After an impairment of non-financial asset is recognized, the Company examines at each reporting date whether there are indications that the impairment which was recognized in the past no longer exists or should be reduced. The reversal of impairment loss of an asset is recognized in profit or loss.

Property, plant and equipment

Plant and equipment are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment. Historical cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the items.

F-12

Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the years ended 30 June 2019 and 2020

1. Significant accounting policies (cont.)

Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis to write off the net cost of each item of property, plant, and equipment (excluding land) over their expected useful lives as follows:

       

Buildings

 

40 years

Leasehold improvements

 

3–10 years

Plant and equipment

 

3–7 years

The residual values, useful lives and depreciation methods are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at each reporting date.

Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the unexpired period of the lease or the estimated useful life of the assets, whichever is shorter.

An item of property, plant and equipment is derecognised upon disposal or when there is no future economic benefit to the consolidated entity. Gains and losses between the carrying amount and the disposal proceeds are taken to profit or loss. Any revaluation surplus reserve relating to the item disposed of is transferred directly to equity.

Intangible assets

Research and development

Research costs are expensed in the period in which they are incurred. Development costs are capitalised when it is probable that the project will be a success considering its commercial and technical feasibility; the consolidated entity is able to use or sell the asset; the consolidated entity has sufficient resources and intent to complete the development; and its costs can be measured reliably. Capitalised development costs are amortised on a straight-line basis over the period of their expected benefit, being their finite life of 10 years.

Patents and trademarks

Significant costs associated with patents and trademarks are deferred and amortised on a straight-line basis over the period of their expected benefit, being their finite life of 10 years.

Trade and other payables

These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the consolidated entity prior to the end of the financial years and which are unpaid. Due to their short-term nature, they are measured at amortised cost and are not discounted. The amounts are unsecured and are usually paid within 30 days of recognition.

Borrowings

Loans and borrowings are initially recognised at the fair value of the consideration received, net of transaction costs. They are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

Lease liabilities

A lease liability is recognised at the commencement date of a lease. The lease liability is initially recognised at the present value of the lease payments to be made over the term of the lease, discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease or, if that rate cannot be readily determined, the consolidated entity’s incremental borrowing rate. Lease payments comprise of fixed payments less any lease incentives receivable, variable lease payments that depend on an index or a rate, amounts expected to be paid under residual value guarantees, exercise price of a purchase option when the exercise of the option is reasonably certain to occur, and any anticipated termination penalties. The variable lease payments that do not depend on an index or a rate are expensed in the period in which they are incurred.

F-13

Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the years ended 30 June 2019 and 2020

1. Significant accounting policies (cont.)

Lease liabilities are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. The carrying amounts are remeasured if there is a change in the following: future lease payments arising from a change in an index, or a rate used; residual guarantee; lease term; certainty of a purchase option and termination penalties. When a lease liability is remeasured, an adjustment is made to the corresponding right-of use asset, or to profit or loss if the carrying amount of the right-of-use asset is fully written down.

No lease liabilities are recognized for leases where the lease term is 12 months or less at the commencement date and for leases where the underlying value is deemed to be of low value. The costs of any such leases are recorded within expenses as incurred.

Finance costs

Finance costs attributable to qualifying assets are capitalised as part of the asset. All other finance costs are expensed in the period in which they are incurred.

Provisions

Provisions are recognised when the consolidated entity has a present (legal or constructive) obligation as a result of a past event, it is probable the consolidated entity will be required to settle the obligation, and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. The amount recognised as a provision is the best estimate of the consideration required to settle the present obligation at the reporting date, taking into account the risks and uncertainties surrounding the obligation. If the time value of money is material, provisions are discounted using a current pre-tax rate specific to the liability. The increase in the provision resulting from the passage of time is recognised as a finance cost.

Employee benefits

Short-term employee benefits

Liabilities for wages and salaries, including non-monetary benefits, annual leave and long service leave expected to be settled wholly within 12 months of the reporting date are measured at the amounts expected to be paid when the liabilities are settled.

Other long-term employee benefits

The liability for annual leave and long service leave not expected to be settled within 12 months of the reporting date are measured at the present value of expected future payments to be made in respect of services provided by employees up to the reporting date using the projected unit credit method. Consideration is given to expected future wage and salary levels, experience of employee departures and periods of service. Expected future payments are discounted using market yields at the reporting date on corporate bonds with terms to maturity and currency that match, as closely as possible, the estimated future cash outflows.

Share-based payments

Equity-settled compensation benefits are provided to employees.

Equity-settled transactions are awards of shares, performance rights or options over shares, that are provided to employees in exchange for the rendering of services.

The cost of equity-settled transactions are measured at fair value on grant date. Fair value is independently determined using either the trinomial or Black-Scholes option pricing model that takes into account the exercise price, the term of the option, the impact of dilution, the share price at grant date and expected price volatility of the underlying share, the expected dividend yield and the risk free interest rate for the term of the option, together with non-vesting conditions that do not determine whether the consolidated entity receives the services that entitle the

F-14

Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the years ended 30 June 2019 and 2020

1. Significant accounting policies (cont.)

employees to receive payment. Inputs into the trinomial and Black-Scholes option pricing models used to calculate fair value are classified as level three inputs under the fair value hierarchy of IFRS 13. No account is taken of any other vesting conditions.

The cost of equity-settled transactions are recognised as an expense with a corresponding increase in equity over the vesting period. The cumulative charge to profit or loss is calculated based on the grant date fair value of the award, the best estimate of the number of awards that are likely to vest and the expired portion of the vesting period. The amount recognised in profit or loss for the period is the cumulative amount calculated at each reporting date less amounts already recognised in previous periods.

Market conditions are taken into consideration in determining fair value. Therefore any awards subject to market conditions are considered to vest irrespective of whether or not that market condition has been met, provided all other conditions are satisfied.

If equity-settled awards are modified, as a minimum an expense is recognised as if the modification has not been made. An additional expense is recognised, over the remaining vesting period, for any modification that increases the total fair value of the share-based compensation benefit as at the date of modification.

If the non-vesting condition is within the control of the consolidated entity or employee, the failure to satisfy the condition is treated as a cancellation. If the condition is not within the control of the consolidated entity or employee and is not satisfied during the vesting period, any remaining expense for the award is recognised over the remaining vesting period, unless the award is forfeited.

If equity-settled awards are cancelled, it is treated as if it has vested on the date of cancellation, and any remaining expense is recognised immediately. If a new replacement award is substituted for the cancelled award, the cancelled and new award is treated as if they were a modification.

Fair value measurement

When an asset, liability or equity instrument, financial or non-financial, is measured at fair value for recognition or disclosure purposes, the fair value is based on the price that would be received to sell an asset or an equity instrument or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date; and assumes that the transaction will take place either: in the principal market; or in the absence of a principal market, in the most advantageous market.

Fair value is measured using the assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset, liability or equity instrument, assuming they act in their economic best interests. For non-financial assets, the fair value measurement is based on its highest and best use. Valuation techniques that are appropriate in the circumstances and for which sufficient data are available to measure fair value, are used, maximising the use of relevant observable inputs and minimising the use of unobservable inputs.

Assets, liabilities and equity instruments measured at fair value are classified into three levels, using a fair value hierarchy that reflects the significance of the inputs used in making the measurements. For assets and liabilities measured at fair value after initial recognition, classifications are reviewed at each reporting date and transfers between levels are determined based on a reassessment of the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are described as follows:

•        Level 1 — quoted (unadjusted) market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

•        Level 2 — valuation techniques for which the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement is directly or indirectly observable; and

•        Level 3 — valuation techniques for which the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement is unobservable.

F-15

Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the years ended 30 June 2019 and 2020

1. Significant accounting policies (cont.)

For recurring and non-recurring fair value measurements, external valuers may be used when internal expertise is either not available or when the valuation is deemed to be significant. External valuers are selected based on market knowledge and reputation. Where there is a significant change in fair value of an asset or liability from one period to another, an analysis is undertaken, which includes a verification of the major inputs applied in the latest valuation and a comparison, where applicable, with external sources of data.

Issued capital

Ordinary shares are classified as equity.

Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or options are shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds.

Dividends

Dividends are recognized when declared during the financial years.

Earnings/(loss) per share

Basic earnings/(loss) per share

Basic earnings/(loss) per share is calculated by dividing the profit attributable to the owners of Incannex Healthcare Limited, excluding any costs of servicing equity other than ordinary shares, by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the financial years, adjusted for bonus elements in ordinary shares issued during the financial years. These values are set out in Note 7.

Diluted earnings/(loss) per share

Diluted earnings/(loss) per share adjusts the figures used in the determination of basic earnings per share to take into account the after income tax effect of interest and other financing costs associated with dilutive potential ordinary shares and the weighted average number of shares assumed to have been issued for no consideration in relation to dilutive potential ordinary shares. These values are set out in Note 7.

Goods and Services Tax (‘GST’) and other similar taxes

Revenues, expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of associated GST, unless the GST incurred is not recoverable from the tax authority. In this case it is recognised as part of the cost of the acquisition of the asset or as part of the expense.

Receivables and payables are stated inclusive of the amount of GST receivable or payable. The net amount of GST recoverable from, or payable to, the tax authority is included in other receivables or other payables in the statement of financial position.

Cash flows are presented on a gross basis. The GST components of cash flows arising from investing or financing activities which are recoverable from, or payable to the tax authority, are presented as operating cash flow.

Commitments and contingencies are disclosed net of the amount of GST recoverable from, or payable to, the tax authority.

New Accounting Standards and Interpretations not yet mandatory or early adopted

International Financial Reporting Standards and Interpretations that have recently been issued or amended but are not yet mandatory, have not been early adopted by the consolidated entity for the annual reporting periods ended 30 June 2019 and 2020. The consolidated entity’s assessment of the impact of these new or amended Accounting Standards and Interpretations, most relevant to the consolidated entity, are set out below.

F-16

Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the years ended 30 June 2019 and 2020

1. Significant accounting policies (cont.)

Conceptual Framework for Financial Reporting (Conceptual Framework)

The revised Conceptual Framework is applicable to annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2020 and early adoption is permitted. The Conceptual Framework contains new definition and recognition criteria as well as new guidance on measurement that affects several Accounting Standards. Where the consolidated entity has relied on the existing framework in determining its accounting policies for transactions, events or conditions that are not otherwise dealt with under the International Financial Reporting Standards, the consolidated entity may need to review such policies under the revised framework. At this time, the application of the Conceptual Framework is not expected to have a material impact on the consolidated entity’s financial statements.

IFRS 9 Financial Instruments

IFRS 9 Financial Instruments replaces IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement for the financial year ended 30 June 2019. It makes major changes to the previous guidance on the classification and measurement of financial assets and introduces an ‘expected credit loss’ model for impairment of financial assets. The investment classifications Available-for-sale financial assets and Held-to-maturity investments are no longer used and Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI) was introduced. There were no investments held in these categories as at 30 June 2018. Interest revenue is no longer included in the Revenue note and is now shown separately on the face of the statement of comprehensive income.

When adopting IFRS 9, the Group has applied transitional relief and opted not to restate prior periods due to the immaterial impact of any changes.

IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers and Related Amending Standards

In the financial year ended 30 June 2019, the Company adopted IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers which is effective for an annual period that begins on or after 1 January 2018. IFRS 15 introduced a 5-step approach to revenue recognition. IFRS 15 replaces IAS 18 Revenue, IAS 11 Construction Contracts and several revenue-related Interpretations. The new Standard has been applied as at 1 July 2018 using the modified retrospective approach. Under this method, the cumulative effect on initial application is recognised as an adjustment to the opening balance of accumulated losses on 1 July 2018 and comparatives are not restated. In accordance with the transition guidance, IFRS 15 has only been applied to contracts that were incomplete as at 1 July 2018. The core principle of IFRS 15 is that an entity should recognise revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. Specifically, the Standard introduces a 5-step approach to revenue recognition:

•        Step 1: Identify the contract(s) with a customer.

•        Step 2: Identify the performance obligations in the contract.

•        Step 3: Determine the transaction price.

•        Step 4: Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract.

•        Step 5: Recognise revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation.

In adopting IFRS 15 Steps 1 through 4 occur during the order process when the customer places the order. For on-line orders this also involves paying for the product. Step 5 occurs when the product is dispatched to the customer.

The adoption of IFRS 15 has mainly affected the following areas:

a)      Sales revenue in respect of products ordered and paid for by customers upon order that had yet to be produced and delivered to the customer

F-17

Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the years ended 30 June 2019 and 2020

1. Significant accounting policies (cont.)

b)      The value ascribed to work-in-progress on sales that are the subject of a) above

While this represents significant new guidance, the implementation of this new guidance did not have a significant impact on the timing or amount of revenue recognised by the Company during the year ended 30 June 2019.

Financial impact of initial application of IFRS 15

First time adoption of IFRS 15 required an adjustment against Accumulated Losses of $79,220 comprising derecognition of sales revenue of $94,888 and recognition of additional cost of sales of $15,668 applicable to the prior year. For the year ended 30 June 2019, adoption of IFRS 15 had an effect of reducing net revenue by $19,111.

IFRS 17 Insurance Contracts

IFRS 17 Insurance Contracts has been issued, but is not yet mandatorily required to be adopted by the Company. The Company will be required to adopt IFRS 17 during the financial year ending 30 June 2024. The Company is not planning to early adopt this new standard and the Directors do not expect the adoption of IFRS 17 to have a material impact on the financial position or performance of the Company once adopted.

2. Critical accounting judgements, estimates and assumptions

The preparation of the financial statements requires management to make judgements, estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts in the financial statements. Management continually evaluates its judgements and estimates in relation to assets, liabilities, contingent liabilities, revenue and expenses. Management bases its judgements, estimates and assumptions on historical experience and on other various factors, including expectations of future events, management believes to be reasonable under the circumstances. The resulting accounting judgements and estimates will seldom equal the related actual results. The judgements, estimates and assumptions that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities (refer to the respective notes) within the next financial year are discussed below.

Coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic

Judgement has been exercised in considering the impacts that the Coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic has had, or may have, on the consolidated entity based on known information. This consideration extends to the nature of the products and services offered, customers, supply chain, staffing and geographic regions in which the consolidated entity operates. Other than as addressed in specific notes, there does not currently appear to be either any significant impact upon the financial statements or any significant uncertainties with respect to events or conditions which may impact the consolidated entity unfavourably as at the reporting date or subsequently as a result of the Coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic.

Share-based payment transactions

The consolidated entity measures the cost of equity-settled transactions with employees and third parties by reference to the fair value of the equity instruments at the date at which they are granted. The fair value is determined by using either the trinomial or Black-Scholes model taking into account the terms and conditions upon which the instruments were granted. The accounting estimates and assumptions relating to equity-settled share-based payments would have no impact on the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next annual reporting period but may impact profit or loss and equity. Refer to notes 13 and 19 for further information.

F-18

Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the years ended 30 June 2019 and 2020

3. Revenue & expenses

 

Consolidated

   

2020

 

2019

   

$

 

$

(a) Revenue (point in time)

       

Cannabinoid oils sales

 

604,884

 

   

604,884

 

(b) Other income

       

Income from other arrangements(1)

 

123,125

 

Government grants(2)

 

89,500

 

Interest

 

4,545

 

1,553

   

217,170

 

1,553

(c) Expenses

       

Executive directors’ remuneration

 

539,923

 

217,949

____________

(1)      Notes for Income from other contractual arrangements

In September 2018 a transaction was entered into with AXIM Biotechnologies, in consideration of the terms of the full understanding 6,800,000 IHL shares were issued in full consideration of the intended transaction.

AXIM was not able to fulfill their part of the transaction, and the contract was terminated. In lieu of returning the shares, the Company received cash. As this revenue is not derived from any normal trading transactions, it has been accounted for as a separate line item in the accounts. The return of these shares and the subsequent income is a one off income item for IHL and has not resulted in a change in equity per the consolidated statement of financial position.

(1)      Notes for Government grants

Other income from government grants relates to assistance provided by the Australian Government in relation to the COVID-19 pandemic. The Company has reasonable assurance that it has complied with the conditions attaching to these grants. There were no unfulfilled conditions or other contingencies attaching to these grants as at 30 June 2020.

4. Segment Information

Identification of reportable operating segments

IFRS 8 Operating Segments requires operating segments to be identified on the basis of internal reports about components of the Group that are regularly reviewed by the Chief Executive Officer in order to allocate resources to the segment and to assess its performance.

The Group’s operating segments have been determined with reference to the monthly management accounts used by the Chief Executive Officer to make decisions regarding the Group’s operations and allocation of working capital. Due to the size and nature of the Group, the Board as a whole has been determined as the Chief Executive Officer.

Based on the quantitative thresholds included in IFRS 8, for the financial year ended 30 June 2020, the consolidated entity was organised into two operating segments based on differences in products and services provided (1) medicinal cannabis and (2) dental devices. On 30 June 2020, the Company disposed of the dental devices segment (refer note 6) to focus entirely on medicinal cannabis product sales and development from 1 July 2020. The consolidated entity will have no dental devices activities after 30 June 2020.

F-19

Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the years ended 30 June 2019 and 2020

4. Segment Information (cont.)

The consolidated entity has only one geographical segment, namely Australia.

The revenues and results of these segments of the Group as a whole are set out in the condensed statement of comprehensive income and the assets and liabilities of the Group as a whole are set out in the condensed statement of financial position. A summary of revenue and expenses for the period and assets and liabilities at the end of the period for each segment is shown below.

Segment results

 

Oral and
Dental Devices
(discontinued)

 

Medicinal Cannabis

 

Unallocated

 

Consolidated

For the year ended 30 June 2020

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Revenue from external customers

 

718,656

 

 

604,884

(1)

 

 

 

1,323,540

 

Interest income

 

8

 

 

2

 

 

4,543

 

 

4,553

 

Other income

 

140,816

 

 

212,625

 

 

 

 

353,441

 

Depreciation

 

(14,854

)

 

 

 

 

 

(14,854

)

Amortisation

 

(21,688

)

 

 

 

 

 

(21,688

)

Other expenses

 

(1,591,290

)

 

(2,899,761

)

 

(1,851,577

)

 

(6,342,628

)

Segment loss after income tax

 

(768,352

)

 

(2,082,250

)

 

(1,847,034

)

 

(4,697,636

)

Segment assets

 

 

 

662,414

 

 

3,573,665

 

 

4,236,079

 

Segment liabilities

 

 

 

(567,423

)

 

(504,228

)

 

(1,071,651

)

     

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

For the year ended 30 June 2019

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Revenue from external customers

 

1,178,466

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,178,466

 

Interest income

 

80

 

 

 

 

1,553

 

 

1,633

 

Other income

 

1,800

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,800

 

Interest expense

 

 

 

 

 

(85,065

)

 

(85,065

)

Depreciation

 

(20,198

)

 

 

 

 

 

(20,198

)

Amortisation

 

(21,688

)

 

 

 

 

 

(21,688

)

Other expenses

 

(2,581,984

)

 

(736,140

)

 

(606,546

)

 

(3,924,670

)

Income tax benefit

 

151,323

 

 

 

 

 

 

151,323

 

Segment loss after income tax

 

(1,292,201

)

 

(736,140

)

 

(690,058

)

 

(2,718,399

)

Segment assets

 

479,553

 

 

8,237

 

 

30,121

 

 

517,911

 

Segment liabilities

 

(403,636

)

 

(23,441

)

 

(508,014

)

 

(935,091

)

____________

(1)      Of the total revenue from medicinal cannabis in the financial year ended 30 June 2020, 100% was through Cannvalate Pty Ltd’s distribution network.

F-20

Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the years ended 30 June 2019 and 2020

5. Income tax

The prima facie income tax (expense)/benefit on pre-tax accounting (loss)/profit from operations reconciles to the income tax benefit in the financial statements as follows:

 

Consolidated

   

2020

 

2019

   

$

 

$

Accounting loss before tax

 

(4,697,636

)

 

(2,869,722

)

Income tax benefit at the applicable tax rate of 27.5% (2019: 27.5%)

 

1,291,850

 

 

789,174

 

Non-deductible expenses at the applicable tax rate of 27.5% (2019:27.5%)

 

(155,498

)

 

(13,160

)

Deferred tax assets not recognised

 

(1,136,352

)

 

(776,014

)

Research and Development Grant in relation to prior year

 

 

 

151,323

 

Income tax benefit

 

 

 

151,323

 

     

 

   

 

Deductible temporary differences for which no deferred tax asset has been recognised

   

 

   

 

Unused tax losses at 27.5% (2019: 27.5%)

 

3,872,022

 

 

2,735,670

 

Net unrecognised tax benefit

 

3,872,022

 

 

2,735,670

 

The income tax benefit of $151,323 for the year ended 30 June 2019 is not presented on the consolidated statements of comprehensive income as it relates to income tax benefit on discontinued operations. The loss from discontinued operations is set out in note 6 to these financial statements.

The net unrecognised tax benefit has not been recognised as an asset in the financial statements because recovery of the asset is not considered probable in the context of IAS 12 Income Taxes.

The benefit will only be realised if:

a)      the Company derives future assessable income of a nature and of an amount sufficient to enable the benefit to be realised.

b)      the Company complies with the conditions for deductibility imposed by the law; and

c)      no changes in tax legislation adversely affect the Company in realising the benefit.

6. Discontinued operations

Description

On 30 June 2020 the consolidated entity sold its 100% subsidiary — Gameday International Pty Ltd (“Gameday”), for consideration of $29,277 which was the carrying value of its assets at that date so no loss on sale was incurred. Gameday produced and sold the consolidated entity’s dental devices and had been a loss maker since 2016. As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic it suffered further as a result of the shut-down of community sport which directly affected the sale of its main product being sporting mouthguards. The sale of Gameday will allow the consolidated entity to pursue and focus entirely on its medicinal cannabis activities.

F-21

Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the years ended 30 June 2019 and 2020

6. Discontinued operations (cont.)

Financial performance information

 

Consolidated

   

2020

 

2019

   

$

 

$

Revenue from external customers

 

718,656

 

 

1,178,466

 

Interest income

 

8

 

 

80

 

Other income

 

140,816

 

 

1,800

 

Product costs

 

(589,570

)

 

(582,209

)

Administration expense

 

(38,985

)

 

(297,771

)

Advertising and promotion

 

(218,865

)

 

(610,042

)

Depreciation

 

(14,854

)

 

(20,198

)

Amortisation

 

(21,688

)

 

(21,688

)

Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment

 

(13,654

)

 

 

Impairment cost

 

(82,989

)

 

 

Compliance, legal and regulatory costs

 

 

 

(27,241

)

Occupancy expenses

 

(81,493

)

 

(153,830

)

Salaries and employee benefit expense

 

(565,734

)

 

(910,891

)

Loss before income tax

 

(768,352

)

 

(1,443,524

)

Income tax benefit

 

 

 

151,323

 

Loss after income tax from discontinued operations

 

(768,352

)

 

(1,292,201

)

     

 

   

 

Carrying amounts of assets and liabilities disposed

   

 

   

 

     

 

   

 

Cash

 

17,970

 

 

 

Inventories

 

6,000

 

 

 

Other current assets

 

6,100

 

 

 

Trade and other payables

 

(793

)

 

 

Total proceeds from sale

 

29,277

 

 

 

Impairment expense

During the process of the sale of Gameday, various assets of Gameday that were unwanted by the acquirer were assessed to determine their future value or ability to be sold. Specifically, these assets included specialist or customised plant and equipment, capitalised intangible assets, and the recovery of receivables.

For each of these assets it was determined that the future value was negligible and for each the contribution to the total impairment expense is set out below:

(i) Plant and equipment

 

Original
Cost

 

Accumulated Depreciation

 

Book value prior
to impairment

   

76,136

 

(32,221

)

 

43,915

(A)

(ii) Intangible assets

 

Original
cost

 

Accumulated Amortisation

 

Book value prior
to impairment

   

116,731

 

(89,042

)

 

27,689

(B)

(iii) Receivables

 

Original
book value

 

Recoverable
amount

 

Book value prior
to impairment

   

11,635

 

(250

)

 

11,385

(C)

Impairment expense

       

 

 

A+B+C  82,989

 

F-22

Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the years ended 30 June 2019 and 2020

7. Loss per share

Basic loss per share – continuing and discontinued operations – cents
per share

 

(0.69

)

 

(0.40

)

Basic loss per share – continuing operations – cents per share

 

(0.57

)

 

(0.21

)

     

 

   

 

Basic loss per share

   

 

   

 

The loss and weighted average number of ordinary shares used in the calculation of basic loss per share is as follows:

   

 

   

 

– Loss from continuing and discontinued operations ($)

 

(4,697,636

)

 

(2,718,399

)

– Loss from continuing operations ($)

 

(3,929,284

)

 

(1,426,198

)

– Weighted average number of ordinary shares (number)

 

684,035,399

 

 

447,439,263

 

8. Dividends

The Company has not declared a dividend for the years ended 30 June 2019 or 2020.

9. Cash

 

Consolidated

   

2020

 

2019

   

$

 

$

Cash at bank and on hand

 

3,603,390

 

93,332

   

3,603,390

 

93,332

Cash at bank earns interest at floating rates based on daily bank deposit rates.

i. Reconciliation of loss for the years to net cash flows from operating activities:

Loss after income tax

 

(4,697,636

)

 

(2,718,399

)

     

 

   

 

Non-cash based expenses:

   

 

   

 

Share based payments

 

565,448

 

 

47,854

 

Depreciation and amortisation

 

36,542

 

 

41,886

 

Interest expense capitalised as equity

 

 

 

75,000

 

Non-cash element of new business development costs

 

 

 

583,896

 

Other non-cash expenses

 

97,221

 

 

9,413

 

     

 

   

 

Changes in net assets and liabilities:

   

 

   

 

(Increase)/Decrease in receivables

 

(315,484

)

 

(43,681

)

(Increase)/Decrease in inventory

 

(30,355

)

 

70,268

 

Decrease in other current assets

 

2,928

 

 

10,009

 

(Increase)/Decrease in trade and other payables

 

464,223

 

 

(257,451

)

Increase/(Decrease) in other liabilities

 

(30,221

)

 

20,772

 

Cash flows from (used in) operations

 

(3,907,334

)

 

(2,160,433

)

ii. Non-cash financing activities

The proceeds of $29,277 from sale of the discontinued operations disclosed in note 6, were still to be received at 30 June 2020.

There Company has recorded non-cash transactions in the form of share based payments as disclosed in Note 13 to these financial statements. The total value of share-based payments recorded during the year ended 2020 is $565,448 (2019: $47,854).

F-23

Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the years ended 30 June 2019 and 2020

9. Cash (cont.)

The Company recorded other current liabilities of $244,403 as at 30 June 2019, relating to option issues awaiting shareholder approval, as disclosed in note 17 to these financial statements. During the year ended 30 June 2021, this liability was settled via the issue of options upon which time the liability balance of $244,403 was transferred to equity.

10. Trade and other receivables (Current)

 

Consolidated

   

2020

 

2019

   

$

 

$

Current

       

Receivables

 

276,151

 

66,605

GST recoverable

 

137,117

 

31,179

   

413,268

 

97,784

Opening receivables, contract assets and contract liabilities with customers:

The opening value of receivables from contracts with customers as at 1 July 2018 after the adoption of IFRS 15 was $10,422.

The opening value of contract assets from contracts with customers as at 1 July 2018 after the adoption of IFRS 15 was nil.

The opening value of contract liabilities from contracts with customers as at 1 July 2018 after the adoption of IFRS 15 was $79,220. As these opening contract liabilities related entirely to operations which have since been discontinued, no revenue is recorded in years ended 30 June 2020 and 2019 in relation to these contract liabilities. The entire value of these contract liabilities was recorded within the loss on discontinued operations, net of tax during the year ended 30 June 2019.

There was no revenue recognised in the years ended 30 June 2020 and 2019 from performance obligations satisfied (or partially satisfied) in previous periods.

Expected credit losses

The consolidated entity applies the IFRS 9 simplified model of recognising lifetime expected credit losses for all trade receivables as these items do not have a significant financing component.

In measuring the expected credit losses, the trade receivables have been assessed on a collective basis as they possess shared credit risk characteristics. They have been grouped based on the days past due and also according to the geographical location of customers.

11. Property, plant and equipment

 

Consolidated

   

2020

 

2019

   

$

 

$

Property, plant & equipment – at cost

 

 

166,342

 

Less: accumulated depreciation

 

 

(80,919

)

Total property, plant & equipment

 

 

85,423

 

F-24

Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the years ended 30 June 2019 and 2020

11. Property, plant and equipment (cont.)

Reconciliation:

 

Plant & Equipment

 

Computer Equipment

 

Office Furniture

 

Total

30 June 2019

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

Carrying value as at 1 July 2019

 

81,151

 

 

 

4,272

 

 

85,423

 

Disposals

 

(23,065

)

 

 

(3,589

)

 

(26,654

)

Depreciation

 

(14,618

)

 

 

(236

)

 

(14,854

)

Impairment – refer note 6(i)

 

(43,468

)

 

 

(447

)

 

(43,915

)

Balance at 30 June 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reconciliation:

 

Plant & Equipment

 

Computer Equipment

 

Office Furniture

 

Total

30 June 2019

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

Carrying value as at 1 July 2018

 

92,339

 

 

 

5,339

 

 

97,678

 

Additions

 

7,942

 

 

 

 

 

7,942

 

Depreciation

 

(19,130

)

 

 

(1,067

)

 

(20,197

)

Balance at 30 June 2019

 

81,151

 

 

 

4,272

 

 

85,423

 

12. Other assets (current)

 

Consolidated

   

2020

 

2019

   

$

 

$

Prepayments

 

11,083

 

4,683

Office rental bond

 

25,179

 

17,179

Work in progress (contract assets)

 

 

17,329

   

36,262

 

39,191

13. Share based payments

From time to time, the Company may issue equity securities (i.e. shares, options or performance rights) to its employees, directors or advisors to more closely align rewards for performance with the achievement of the Company’s growth and strategic objectives. Where the recipient is a director of the Company, shareholder approval must be sought under the ASX Listing Rules prior to the issue of any equity securities to any director.

Fair value of shares issued

The fair value of shares issued to employees is determined using the closing price of shares on the grant date and expensed over the vesting period.

Fair value of options and performance rights granted

The fair values at grant date are independently determined using either a trinomial pricing or Black-Scholes option model that take into account any price to exercise, the term of the options or rights, the share price at grant date, the price volatility of the underlying share and the risk-free interest rate for the term of the options or rights. Inputs into the trinomial and Black-Scholes option pricing models used to calculate fair value are classified as level three inputs under the fair value hierarchy of IFRS 13. The expensed fair value in the tables below represents the proportion of the total fair value that has been allocated to the current period with the balance to be expensed in future periods.

F-25

Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the years ended 30 June 2019 and 2020

13. Share based payments (cont.)

The following share-based payment arrangements were put in place during the period:

A. Shares

 

Number

 

Approval
Date
(1)

 

Escrow
Date

 

Exercise Price

 

Total
fair value

 

Expensed
fair value

Ordinary shares

 

4,583,334

 

26-Jun-2020

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

220,000

 

220,000

Ordinary shares (escrowed)

 

583,333

 

26-Jun-2020

 

30-Jun-2020

 

n/a

 

28,000

 

28,000

Ordinary shares (escrowed)

 

583,333

 

26-Jun-2020

 

30-Jun-2021

 

n/a

 

28,000

 

304

Ordinary shares (escrowed)

 

583,333

 

26-Jun-2020

 

30-Jun-2022

 

n/a

 

28,000

 

152

Total shares

 

6,333,333.00

                 

248,456

B. Options

 

Number

 

Grant
Date
(2)

 

Expiry
Date

 

Exercise
Price

 

Total
fair value

 

Expensed
fair value

Unlisted options

 

750,000

 

26-Jun-2020

 

30-Jun-2025

 

$

0.05

 

24,817

 

24,817

Unlisted options

 

750,000

 

26-Jun-2020

 

30-Jun-2026

 

$

0.05

 

26,424

 

286

Unlisted options

 

750,000

 

26-Jun-2020

 

30-Jun-2027

 

$

0.05

 

27,754

 

151

Unlisted options

 

200,000,000

 

26-Jun-2020

 

30-Sep-2021

 

$

0.20

 

306,299

 

130,667

Total options

 

202,250,000

         

 

       

155,921

C. Performance rights

 

Number

 

Grant
Date
(2)

 

Expiry
Date

 

Exercise
Price

 

Total
fair value

 

Expensed
fair value

Milestone-based

 

2,000,000

 

26-Jun-2020

 

Various(3)

 

n/a

 

64,000

 

 

1,341

Value-based

 

30,303,593

 

26-Jun-2020

 

24-Nov-2021

 

n/a

 

811,503

 

 

184,134

Total performance rights

 

32,303,593

                 

 

185,475

Total share based payments expense(4)

                     

$

589,852

____________

(1)      These shares were issued to Directors so shareholder approval was sought and provided at a general meeting of shareholders held on 26 June 2020.

(2)      Grant date is the date of the general meeting of shareholders, being 26 June 2020, at which these options and performance rights were approved by shareholders.

(3)      The milestone-based performance rights have non-market milestones which must be met at various dates ranging from 31 January 2021 to 31 March 2021.

(4)      The total amount issued to the Equity Reserve in relation to share based payments during the year ended 30 June 2020 per the Statement of Changes in equity is $589,852. This differs from the $565,448 disclosed in the table above by $24,404. This difference is due a $244,404 creditor that was settled via share based payments, offset by a $220,000 movement between Equity Reserve and Issued Capital.

Performance Rights

The value-based performance rights have milestones which are market-based. In arriving at the fair value of these rights the probability of achieving these milestones (related to various levels of market capitalisation) has been estimated using a trinomial option model, with major inputs being grant date share price of $0.048; risk-free rate of 0.25%; and volatility of 95%, for a total value of $469,324, of which $189,071 has been expensed in the current period commencing on 24 July 2019, being the commencement date of Dr Agarwal’s contract.

The milestone performance rights are valued at the share price at grant date ($0.048) taking into account management’s estimate s of the likelihood of meeting the milestones.

F-26

Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the years ended 30 June 2019 and 2020

13. Share based payments (cont.)

Options

The fair value of the equity-settled share options granted in the above table is estimated as at the grant date using a Black-Scholes option model (for all $0.05 options) and a trinomial option model (for the $0.20 options) taking into account the terms and conditions upon which the options were granted, as follows:

 

$0.05 Options
30-Jun-2025

 

$0.05 Options
30-Jun-2026

 

$0.05 Options
30-Jun-2027

 

$0.20 Options
30-Sep-2021

Number

 

750,000

 

 

750,000

 

 

750,000

 

 

2,000,000

 

Dividend yield (%)

 

0

%

 

0

%

 

0

%

 

0

%

Expected volatility (%)

 

92

%

 

92

%

 

92

%

 

93

%

Risk-free interest rate (%)

 

0.39

%

 

0.48

%

 

0.58

%

 

0.25

%

Expected life of option (years)

 

5

 

 

6

 

 

7

 

 

1.25

 

Exercise price (cents)

 

5.0

 

 

5.0

 

 

5.0

 

 

20.0

 

Grant date share price (cents)

 

4.8

 

 

4.8

 

 

4.8

 

 

4.8

 

Vesting date

 

30-Jun-2020

 

 

30-Jun-2021

 

 

30-Jun-2022

 

 

Refer (a)  below

 

____________

          The expected life of the options is based on historical data and is not necessarily indicative of exercise patterns that may occur. The expected volatility reflects the assumption that the historical volatility is indicative of future trends, which may also not necessarily be the actual outcome.

(a)      The options vest upon the shares having a closing price of 20 cents per share or more for any 5 trading days at any time from the date of grant of the options until the expiry date of the options (30 September 2021).

Securities issued to third parties

Refer to note 19 for details of options issued to advisors and Cannvalate Pty Ltd.

14. Inventory

 

Consolidated

   

2020

 

2019

   

$

 

$

Current

       

Devices raw materials – at cost

 

 

152,804

Medicinal cannabis products in-transit

 

183,159

 

Total inventory

 

183,159

 

152,804

15. Intangible assets

 

Consolidated

   

2020

 

2019

   

$

 

$

Non-current

   

 

   

 

Trademarks & IP

 

 

 

49,377

 

   

 

 

49,377

 

Movement schedule – Trademarks & IP

   

 

   

 

Opening Balance

 

49,377

 

 

71,066

 

Amortisation expense

 

(21,689

)

 

(21,689

)

Impairment – refer note 6(ii)

 

(27,688

)

 

 

Closing Balance

 

 

 

49,377

 

F-27

Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the years ended 30 June 2019 and 2020

16. Trade and other payables (current)

 

Consolidated

   

2020

 

2019

   

$

 

$

Trade payables

 

590,099

 

376,124

Accrued expenses

 

316,046

 

65,797

Employee leave entitlements

 

48,861

 

36,899

   

955,006

 

478,820

Employee leave entitlements Reconciliation:

 

Consolidated

   

$

Year ended 30 June 2020

   

Carrying value as at 1 July 2019

 

36,899

Leave accrued by employees during the year

 

11,962

Balance at 30 June 2020

 

48,861

 

$

Year ended 30 June 2019

   

 

Carrying value as at 1 July 2018

 

45,786

 

Leave used by employees during the year

 

(8,887

)

Balance at 30 June 2019

 

36,899

 

17. Other current liabilities

Income received in advance(1)

 

 

146,868

Provision for sales refunds(1)

 

116,645

 

Options issues awaiting shareholder approval(2)

 

 

244,403

   

116,645

 

391,271

____________

(1)      Under the terms of the sale agreement for the disposal of the devices business (refer to note 6) the Company is liable to pay to the buyer of the devices business the value of any sales proceeds already received by the Company where devices will be delivered to the customer by the buyer of the devices business after 30 June 2020. In prior years, this item related to sales proceeds that had been received where the device had yet to be produced and shipped to the customer and was treated under IFRS15 as income received in advance.

(2)      On 9 August 2019, at a general meeting of shareholders, the issue of 120,000,000 options to Cannvalate Pty Ltd as remuneration for Cannvalate’s management of the Company’s clinical program was approved. This amount was transferred to the equity based premium reserve upon approval (refer also to note 19).

Provision for sales refunds Reconciliation:

 

Consolidated

   

$

Year ended 30 June 2020

   

Carrying value as at 1 July 2019

 

Transfer from income received in advance

 

116,645

Balance at 30 June 2020

 

116,645

There was no opening or closing balance of the provision for sales refunds in the year ended 30 June 2019.

F-28

Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the years ended 30 June 2019 and 2020

18. Issued capital

(a) Issued Capital

 

34,192,043

 

26,951,744

(b) Ordinary shares — movements during years

 

Year ended
30 June
2020
(No. of shares)

 

Year ended
30 June
2019
(No. of shares)

At beginning of year

 

581,897,040

 

288,288,248

Issues of new shares – placements

 

114,663,460

 

195,203,398

Issues of new shares – rights issues

 

 

73,572,062

Issues of new shares – share based payments

 

5,750,000

 

Conversion of performance rights

 

11,916,668

 

24,833,332

Exercise of options

 

34,427,321

 

At end of year

 

748,654,489

 

581,897,040

Ordinary shares entitle the holder to participate in dividends and the proceeds on winding up of the Company in proportion to the number of shares held. On a show of hands, every shareholder present at a meeting is entitled to one vote and upon a poll each share is entitled to one vote. Ordinary shares have no par value and the Company does not have a limited amount of authorised capital.

(c) Movement in number of options on issue for the years

At 30 June 2020

Expiry date and exercise price

 

Balance at
start of year

 

Granted
during year

 

Exercised/ (expired)
during year

 

Balance at
end of year

30-Sep-2020 $0.04 IHLOB

 

 

262,960,728

 

 

 

 

(2,427,321

)

 

 

260,533,407

01-Jan-2020 $0.02 unlisted(1)

 

 

 

 

10,000,000

 

 

(10,000,000

)

 

 

01-May-2020 $0.03 unlisted(1)

 

 

 

 

10,000,000

 

 

(10,000,000

)

 

 

01-May-2020 $0.04 unlisted(1)

 

 

 

 

12,000,000

 

 

(12,000,000

)

 

 

01-Dec-2020 $0.06 unlisted(1)

 

 

 

 

14,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

14,000,000

01-Dec-2020 $0.08 unlisted(1)

 

 

 

 

16,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

16,000,000

01-Dec-2020 $0.10 unlisted(1)

 

 

 

 

18,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

18,000,000

01-Dec-2020 $0.12 unlisted(1)

 

 

 

 

20,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

20,000,000

01-Dec-2020 $0.14 unlisted(1)

 

 

 

 

20,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

20,000,000

30-Sep-2021 $0.08 unlisted(2)

 

 

 

 

89,919,705

 

 

 

 

 

89,919,705

30-Sep-2021 $0.20 unlisted(3)

 

 

 

 

200,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

200,000,000

30-Jun-2025 $0.05 unlisted(4)

 

 

 

 

750,000

 

 

 

 

 

750,000

30-Jun-2026 $0.05 unlisted(4)

 

 

 

 

750,000

 

 

 

 

 

750,000

30-Jun-2027 $0.05 unlisted(4)

 

 

 

 

750,000

 

 

 

 

 

750,000

Total

 

 

262,960,728

 

 

412,169,705

 

 

(34,427,321

)

 

 

640,703,112

Weighted average price ($)

 

$

0.04

 

$

0.139

 

$

0.031

 

 

$

0.104

F-29

Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the years ended 30 June 2019 and 2020

18. Issued capital (cont.)

At 30 June 2019

Expiry date and exercise price

 

Balance at
start of year

 

Granted
during year

 

Expired
during year

 

Balance at
end of year

31-Dec-2019 $0.12 (IHLOA)

 

 

17,266,857

 

 

 

 

(17,266,857

)

 

 

31-Dec-2019 $0.12 unlisted

 

 

11,750,000

 

 

 

 

(11,750,000

)

 

 

31-Dec-2019 $0.128 unlisted

 

 

1,171,879

 

 

 

 

(1,171,879

)

 

 

30-Sep-2020 $0.04 IHLOB

 

 

126,570,156

 

 

136,390,572

 

 

 

 

 

262,960,728

Total

 

 

156,758,892

 

 

136,390,572

 

 

(30,188,736

)

 

 

262,960,728

Weighted average price ($)

 

$

0.055

 

$

0.040

 

$

0.120

 

 

$

0.040

____________

(1)      A total of 120,000,000 options were issued to Cannvalate Pty Ltd upon approval by shareholders on 9 August 2019.

(2)      22,368,422 options were issued to participants of the July 2019 equity capital raisings attaching to shares subscribed for under those raisings and 33,000,000 options were issued to brokers who supported those equity capital raisings. A further 34,551,283 options were issued to participants of the October 2019 capital raising attaching to shares subscribed for under that raising.

(3)      200,000,000 options were issued as remuneration for the Company’s Chief Medical Officer (Dr Sud Agarwal), after approval by shareholders on 26 June 2020.

(4)      2,250,000 options were issued as remuneration for the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (Mr Joel Latham), after approval by shareholders on 26 June 2020.

(d) Movement in number of Performance Shares and Performance Rights for the years

At 30 June 2020

Security Description

 

Balance at
start of year

 

Granted by the Company

 

Converted or Expired

 

Balance at
end of year

Performance Rights(1)

 

24,166,668

 

32,303,593

 

(14,916,668

)

 

41,553,593

Performance Shares(2)

 

20,000,002

 

 

(20,000,002

)

 

At 30 June 2019

Security Description

 

Balance at
start of year

 

Granted by the Company

 

Converted or Expired

 

Balance at
end of year

Performance Rights

 

735,021

 

49,000,000

 

(25,568,353

)

 

24,166,668

Performance Shares

 

40,000,004

 

 

(20,000,002

)

 

20,000,002

____________

(1)      32,303,593 performance rights were issued as remuneration for the Company’s Chief Medical Officer (Dr Sud Agarwal), after approval by shareholders on 26 June 2020. 11,916,668 performance rights converted into ordinary shares upon achievement of designated performance hurdles and 3,000,000 performance rights expired.

(2)      Performance shares were issued to holders upon the Company’s relisting in November 2016. Performance hurdles attaching to these shares related to sales targets within the now discontinued devices business. These targets were not achieved and the performance shares lapsed on 30 June 2020.

F-30

Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the years ended 30 June 2019 and 2020

19. Reserves

Equity based premium reserve

 

Consolidated

   

2020

 

2019

   

$

 

$

Balance at start of year

 

451,643

 

228,725

Options issued to advisors(1)

 

449,093

 

175,064

Options issued to Cannvalate Pty Ltd(2)

 

244,403

 

Equity instruments issued to management and directors

 

345,449

 

47,854

Balance at end of year

 

1,490,588

 

451,643

____________

(1)      During the year ended 30 June 2020, 33,000,000 options exercisable at $0.08 and expiring on 30 September 2021, were issued to brokers who supported the July 2019 capital raisings. These options have been valued using a Black-Scholes option model with inputs being grant date share price of $0.04 risk-free rate of 0.24% and volatility of 92%.

(2)      On 9 August 2019, at a general meeting of shareholders, the issue of 120,000,000 options to Cannvalate Pty Ltd as remuneration for Cannvalate’s management of the Company’s clinical program was approved. This amount was initially recorded as a payable as at 30 June 2019 (refer also to note 17) and transferred to the reserve in the year ended 30 June 2020. Details of these options are set out in note 18(c) and have been valued using Black-Scholes option model with inputs being grant date share price of $0.02; risk-free rate of 1.07% and volatility of 59%.

The equity based premium reserve is used to record the value of equity issued to raise capital, and for share-based payments.

20. Remuneration of auditors

 

Consolidated

   

2020

 

2019

   

$

 

$

Audit or review of the financial reports of the Company

       

Amounts received & receivable by the auditor:

       

Audit services – HLB Mann Judd

 

37,000

 

37,500

   

37,000

 

37,500

The above remuneration of auditors has been recorded within Administration expense in the statement of comprehensive income/(loss).

21. Financial Instruments

The Group’s principal financial instruments comprise cash and short-term deposits and convertible notes.

The main purpose of these financial instruments is to raise finance for the Group’s operations. The Group has various other financial liabilities such as trade payables, which arise directly from its operations. It is, and has been throughout the years, the Group’s policy that no trading in financial instruments shall be undertaken. The main risks arising from the Group’s financial instruments are cash flow interest rate risk, liquidity risk, and credit risk. The Board reviews and agrees policies for managing each of these risks and they are summarised below.

Details of the significant accounting policies and methods adopted, including the criteria for recognition, the basis of measurement and the basis on which income and expenses are recognised, in respect of each class of financial asset, financial liability and equity instrument are disclosed in note 1 to the financial statements.

F-31

Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the years ended 30 June 2019 and 2020

21. Financial Instruments (cont.)

(a) Interest rate risk

The Group’s exposure to the risk of changes in market interest rates relates primarily to the Group’s short-term deposits with a floating interest rate.

The Group’s exposure to interest rate on financial assets and financial liabilities is detailed in the sensitivity analysis section of this note.

(b) Sensitivity analysis

During the years ended 30 June 2019 and 2020, if interest rates had been 50 basis points higher or lower than the prevailing rates realised, with all other variables held constant, there would have been an immaterial change in post-tax result for the year. The impact on equity would have been the same.

(c) Net fair values

The net fair value of cash and non-interest bearing monetary financial assets and liabilities approximates their carrying value.

(d) Commodity price risk

The Group’s exposure to price risk is minimal.

(e) Credit risk

There are no significant concentrations of credit risk within the Group.

With respect to credit risk arising from the other financial assets of the Group, which comprise cash, available-for-sale financial assets and certain derivative instruments, the Group’s exposure to credit risk arises from default of the counter party, with a maximum exposure equal to the carrying amount of these instruments.

Since the Group trades only with recognised third parties, there is no requirement for collateral.

(f) Liquidity risk

The Group’s objective is to maintain a balance between continuity of funding and flexibility through the use of share issues and convertible notes.

The Group’s contractual liabilities at 30 June 2020 were as follows:

Description

 

Less than
1 month

 

1 to 3
months

 

3 months to
1 year

 

1 to 5
years

 

Total

   

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

Consolidated

                   

Payables & accruals

 

906,144

 

 

 

 

906,144

   

906,144

 

 

 

 

906,144

The Group’s contractual liabilities at 30 June 2019 were as follows:

Description

 

Less than
1 month

 

1 to 3
months

 

3 months to
1 year

 

1 to 5
years

 

Total

   

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

Consolidated

                   

Payables & accruals

 

478,820

 

 

 

 

478,820

Borrowings

 

65,000

 

 

 

 

65,000

   

543,820

 

 

 

 

543,820

F-32

Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the years ended 30 June 2019 and 2020

21. Financial Instruments (cont.)

(g) Capital Management

The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard its ability to continue as a going concern, so that it may continue to provide returns for shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders. Due to the nature of the Group’s past activities, being a drug development business , it does not have ready access to credit facilities and therefore is not subject to any externally imposed capital requirements, with the primary source of Group funding being equity raisings and unsecured convertible notes. Accordingly, the objective of the Group’s capital risk management is to balance the current working capital position against the requirements and corporate overheads. This is achieved by maintaining appropriate liquidity to meet anticipated operating requirements, with a view to initiating fund raisings as required.

22. Commitments and contingencies

Lease commitments

The Group holds two commercial leases for its office premises in Melbourne and Sydney, Australia. Both of these leases had terms of 12 months from the commencement date of the lease. Future minimum payments under these contracts as at 30 June are as follows:

 

Consolidated

   

2020

 

2019

   

$

 

$

Within one year

 

9,697

 

11,500

Total minimum contract payments

 

9,697

 

11,500

In transitioning to IFRS 16, these leases were not capitalised on the basis that these are short-term leases.

23. Key Management Personnel compensation and related party disclosure

The Key Management Personnel of Incannex Healthcare Limited during the years were:

Troy Valentine

Peter Widdows

Joel Latham

Sud Agarwal (commenced 24 July 2019)

Alistair Blake (ceased as a director on 24 July 2019 and ceased employment on 31 October 2019)

Key management personnel compensation

 

Consolidated

   

2020

 

2019

   

$

 

$

Short-term employee benefits

 

638,201

 

447,929

Long-term employment benefits

 

565,448

 

42,818

Post-employment benefits

 

29,985

 

14,344

Total KMP compensation

 

1,233,634

 

505,091

Transactions with related entities

Transactions between related parties are on commercial terms and conditions, no more favourable than those available to other parties unless otherwise stated.

F-33

Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the years ended 30 June 2019 and 2020

23. Key Management Personnel compensation and related party disclosure (cont.)

During the year ended 30 June 2020, $145,200 (2019: $115,864) fees were paid to Alignment Capital Pty Ltd (“Alignment”), an entity in which Mr Valentine is a director. Alignment was engaged by the Company to act as lead manager in the various capital raisings conducted during the year.

As at 30 June 2019, there was $50,000 payable to Alignment Capital Pty Ltd and $15,000 payable to Joel Latham as short-term loans. These loans were repaid on 15 July 2019. There were no other amounts due to related parties as at 30 June 2019.

Cannvalate Pty Ltd (Cannvalate) is an entity of which Dr Sud Agarwal is a significant shareholder, the CEO and a director. In March 2019, the Company entered into a distribution agreement with Cannvalate. As stated in Note 4, of the total revenue from medicinal cannabis in the financial year ended 30 June 2020, 100% was through Cannvalate’s distribution network. This agreement is no longer effective and was terminated in June 2021.

As stated in Note 19, On 9 August 2019, at a general meeting of shareholders, the issue of 120,000,000 options to Cannvalate as remuneration for Cannvalate’s management of the Company’s clinical program was approved. This amount was initially recorded as a payable as at 30 June 2019 (refer also to Note 17) and transferred to reserves in the year ended 30 June 2020.

There were no amounts payable to related parties as at 30 June 2020.

24. Details of the controlled entity

The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of Incannex Healthcare Limited (‘IHL’) and its wholly owned subsidiary Incannex Pty Ltd (‘IXPL’). IXPL is incorporated in Australia and IHL owns 100% of the issued ordinary shares in IXPL (2019: 100%).

On 30 June 2020, the consolidated entity disposed entirely of its 100% subsidiary — Gameday International Pty Ltd, (‘Gameday’). As at 30 June 2019, the consolidated entity owned 100% of the issued ordinary shares of Gameday.

25. Subsequent events

Between 30 June 2020 and the date these financial statements were authorized for issue by the Board of Directors (17 August 2021), holders of options have provided $584,290 to exercise a total of 14,607,242 ‘IHLOB’ options into IHL ordinary shares.

Between 30 June 2020 and the date these financial statements were authorized for issue, the Group has issued the following securities:

a.      2,952,619 ordinary shares issued on 1 July 2020, granted via three tranches of 984,207 shares each. Each of these tranches are subject to escrow restrictions expiring on 30 June 2021, 30 June 2022 and 30 June 2023 respectively;

b.      2,250,000 unlisted options issued on 1 July 2020 with an exercise price of $0.05, granted via three tranches of 750,000 options each. These three tranches are subject to vesting dates of 30 June 2025, 30 June 2026 and 30 June 2027 respectively;

c.      30,164,690 unlisted options issued on 2 October 2020 with an exercise price of $0.08 and a vesting date of 30 September 2021; and

d.      20,000,000 unlisted options issued on 20 November 2020. These options were granted via two tranches of 10,000,000 options each, one tranche with an exercise price of $0.15 and the other with an exercise price of $0.25. Both of these tranches have a vesting date of 20 November 2024.

There have been no other material events subsequent to 30 June 2020.

F-34

Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the years ended 30 June 2019 and 2020

26. Parent entity disclosures

Incannex Healthcare Limited (ACN 096 635 246) is the parent entity which is registered and domiciled in Australia.

The registered address of the parent entity is Level 39, Rialto Tower South, 525 Collins Street, Melbourne, Victoria, Australia.

The individual financial statements for the parent entity show the following aggregate amounts. The information presented has been prepared using accounting policies as discussed in Note 1.

 

2020

 

2019

   

$

 

$

Financial Position as at 30 June 2020 and 2019

   

 

   

 

Current assets

 

3,573,665

 

 

30,120

 

Non-Current assets(i)

 

 

 

7,383,665

 

Total assets

 

3,573,665

 

 

7,413,785

 

Current liabilities

 

(504,228

)

 

(508,014

)

Non-current liabilities

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

(504,228

)

 

(508,014

)

Net assets

 

3,069,437

 

 

6,905,771

 

     

 

   

 

Issued capital

 

34,192,043

 

 

26,951,744

 

Reserves

 

1,490,588

 

 

451,643

 

Accumulated losses

 

(32,613,194

)

 

(20,497,616

)

Shareholders’ equity

 

3,069,437

 

 

6,905,771

 

____________

(i)      In the year ended 30 June 2020, the loan to the subsidiary company has been fully impaired.

Contingencies of the Parent Entity

There were no contingent liabilities involving the parent entity as at 30 June 2020 (2019: Nil).

Guarantees of the Parent Entity

There were no guarantees involving the parent entity as at 30 June 2020 (2019: Nil)

F-35

Table of Contents

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
for the Half-Years ended 31 December 2020 and 2019 (Unaudited)

 

Note

 

31 December 2020

 

31 December 2019

       

$

 

$

Sales

 

2(a)

 

1,177,163

 

 

7,350

 

Product costs

     

(537,939

)

 

(8,450

)

       

639,224

 

 

(1,100

)

Other income

 

2(b)

 

52,078

 

 

2,929

 

Administration expenses

     

(454,664

)

 

(173,228

)

Advertising and investor relations

     

(227,532

)

 

(141,783

)

Compliance, legal and regulatory

     

(89,065

)

 

(56,270

)

Research and development costs

     

(2,039,147

)

 

(313,426

)

Share based payment expense

 

5

 

(380,371

)

 

(966,937

)

Occupancy expenses

     

(61,992

)

 

(1,042

)

Salaries and employee benefit expense

     

(327,920

)

 

(274,616

)

Loss before tax from continuing operations

     

(2,889,389

)

 

(1,925,473

)

Income tax benefit (expense)

     

 

 

 

Loss after tax from continuing operations

     

(2,889,389

)

 

(1,925,473

)

Loss after tax from discontinuing operations

 

12

 

 

 

(286,531

)

Net loss for the period

     

(2,889,389

)

 

(2,212,004

)

Other comprehensive income

     

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss for the period

     

(2,889,389

)

 

(2,212,004

)

Total comprehensive loss attributable to owners of the parent

     

(2,889,389

)

 

(2,212,004

)

         

 

   

 

Earnings per share from continuing operations

 

3

   

 

   

 

Basic loss per share (cents per share)

     

(0.32

)

 

(0.30

)

Diluted loss per share (cents per share)

     

(0.32

)

 

(0.30

)

Earnings per share from discontinued operations

 

3

   

 

   

 

Basic loss per share (cents per share)

     

 

 

(0.04

)

Diluted loss per share (cents per share)

     

 

 

(0.04

)

The accompanying notes form part of these condensed consolidated financial statements

F-36

Table of Contents

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Financial Position
as at 31 December 2020 and 30 June 20
20 (Unaudited)

 

Note

 

31 December 2020

 

30 June
2020

       

$

 

$

Assets

       

 

   

 

Current assets

       

 

   

 

Cash

     

11,840,308

 

 

3,603,390

 

Trade and other receivables

     

87,754

 

 

413,268

 

Other financial assets

     

39,963

 

 

36,262

 

Inventory

     

212,927

 

 

183,159

 

Total current assets

     

12,180,952

 

 

4,236,079

 

         

 

   

 

Total assets

     

12,180,952

 

 

4,236,079

 

         

 

   

 

Liabilities

       

 

   

 

Current liabilities

       

 

   

 

Trade and other payables

     

378,449

 

 

955,006

 

Other current liabilities

     

 

 

116,645

 

Total current liabilities

     

378,449

 

 

1,071,651

 

         

 

   

 

Total liabilities

     

378,449

 

 

1,071,651

 

Net assets

     

11,802,503

 

 

3,164,428

 

         

 

   

 

Equity

       

 

   

 

Issued capital

 

7

 

45,076,484

 

 

34,192,043

 

Reserves

     

2,133,611

 

 

1,490,588

 

Accumulated losses

     

(35,407,592

)

 

(32,518,203

)

Total equity

     

11,802,503

 

 

3,164,428

 

The accompanying notes form part of these condensed consolidated financial statements

F-37

Table of Contents

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
for the Half-Years ended 31 December 2020 and 2019 (Unaudited)

 

Consolidated

   

31 December 2020

 

31 December 2019

   

$

 

$

Cash flows from operating activities

   

 

   

 

Receipts from customers

 

1,288,845

 

 

351,594

 

Payment to suppliers and employees

 

(4,235,483

)

 

(2,022,124

)

Interest and other income received

 

52,078

 

 

143,747

 

Net cash used in operating activities

 

(2,894,560

)

 

(1,526,783

)

     

 

   

 

Cash flows from investing activities

   

 

   

 

Proceeds from sale of discontinued operations

 

29,276

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

29,276

 

 

 

     

 

   

 

Cash flows from financing activities

   

 

   

 

Proceeds from share issues

 

11,200,178

 

 

7,119,901

 

Share issue costs paid

 

(97,975

)

 

(493,385

)

Repayment of debt

 

 

 

(65,000

)

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

11,102,203

 

 

6,561,516

 

     

 

   

 

Net increase in cash

 

8,236,918

 

 

5,034,733

 

Cash at beginning of period

 

3,603,390

 

 

93,332

 

Cash at end of period

 

11,840,308

 

 

5,128,065

 

The accompanying notes form part of these condensed consolidated financial statements

F-38

Table of Contents

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity
for the Half-Years ended 31 December 2020 and 2019 (Unaudited)

Consolidated

 

Issued
Capital

 

Reserves

 

Accumulated
Losses

 

Total
Equity

   

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

Balance at 1 July 2019

 

26,951,744

 

 

451,643

 

(27,820,567

)

 

(417,180

)

Loss for the period

 

 

 

 

(2,212,004

)

 

(2,212,004

)

Other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss for the period

 

 

 

 

(2,212,004

)

 

(2,212,004

)

Placement shares issued

 

6,885,200

 

 

 

 

 

6,885,200

 

Shares issued on exercise of options

 

234,216

 

 

 

 

 

234,216

 

Options granted

 

 

 

244,734

 

 

 

244,734

 

Share based payments

 

 

 

966,937

 

 

 

966,937

 

Shares issued pursuant to prospectus

 

154

 

 

 

 

 

154

 

Share issue costs

 

(493,384

)

 

 

 

 

(493,384

)

Balance at 31 December 2019

 

33,577,930

 

 

1,663,314

 

(30,032,571

)

 

5,208,673

 

Consolidated

 

Issued
Capital

 

Reserves

 

Accumulated
Losses

 

Total
Equity

   

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

Balance at 1 July 2020

 

34,192,043

 

 

1,490,588

 

(32,518,203

)

 

3,164,428

 

Loss for the period

 

 

 

 

(2,889,389

)

 

(2,889,389

)

Other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss for the period

 

 

 

 

(2,889,389

)

 

(2,889,389

)

Shares issued on exercise of options

 

11,199,678

 

 

 

 

 

11,199,678

 

Options granted

 

 

 

262,652

 

 

 

262,652

 

Share based payments

 

 

 

380,371

 

 

 

380,371

 

Share issue costs

 

(315,237

)

 

 

 

 

(315,237

)

Balance at 31 December 2020

 

45,076,484

 

 

2,133,611

 

(35,407,592

)

 

11,802,503

 

The accompanying notes form part of these condensed consolidated financial statements

F-39

Table of Contents

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
for the Half-Years ended 31 December 2020 and 2019

NOTE 1: CONDENSED STATEMENT OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

(a)     Basis of preparation

The condensed interim consolidated financial statements (the interim financial statements) are general purpose interim financial statements and have been have prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Corporations Act 2001, applicable accounting standards including IAS 34 Interim Financial Reporting, Accounting Interpretations and other authoritative pronouncements of the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB). Compliance with IFRS 134 ensures compliance with IAS 34 ‘Interim Financial Reporting’.

The interim financial statements comprise the condensed interim financial statements for Incannex Healthcare Limited (the “Company”) and its consolidated subsidiaries (collectively, the “Group”). For the purposes of preparing the interim financial statements, the Group is a for-profit entity.

The interim financial statements do not include full disclosures of the type normally included in the full financial report. Therefore, it cannot be expected to provide as full an understanding of the financial performance, financial position and cash flows of the Group as in the full financial report. It is recommended interim financial statements be read in conjunction with the full financial report for the years ended 30 June 2020 and 2019 and any public announcements made by Incannex Healthcare Limited and its subsidiaries during the half-years in accordance with continuous disclosure requirements arising under the Corporations Act 2001 and the ASX Listing Rules.

The accounting policies and methods of computation adopted are consistent with those of the previous financial year and corresponding half-year except for the impact of the new standards and interpretations effective 1 July 2020 as outlined below. These accounting policies are consistent with International Financial Reporting Standards and with International Financial Reporting Standards. To ensure comparability with current year disclosures, some presentation changes have been made to comparative information.

The interim financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis, except for the revaluation of certain financial instruments to fair value. Cost is based on the fair value of the consideration given in exchange for assets.

The Group is domiciled in Australia and all amounts are presented in Australian dollars, unless otherwise noted.

For the purpose of preparing the interim financial statements, the half-year has been treated as a discrete reporting period.

(b)     Adoption of new and revised standards

New Standards and Interpretations applicable for the half years ended 31 December 2020 and 2019

In the half years ended 31 December 2020 and 2019, the Directors have reviewed all of the new and revised Standards and Interpretations issued by the IFRS that are relevant to the Group and effective for the half-years. As a result of this review, the Directors have determined that there is no material impact of the new and revised Standards and Interpretations on the Group and, therefore, no material change is necessary to Group accounting policies.

Standards and Interpretations in issue not yet adopted

The Directors have also reviewed all of the new and revised Standards and Interpretations in issue not yet adopted for the half-year ended 31 December 2020. As a result of this review the Directors have determined that there is no material impact of the Standards and Interpretations in issue not yet adopted on the Group and, therefore, no change is necessary to Group accounting policies.

IFRS 17 Insurance Contracts

IFRS 17 Insurance Contracts has been issued, but is not yet mandatorily required to be adopted by the Company. The Company will be required to adopt IFRS 17 during the financial year ending 30 June 2024. The Company is not planning to early adopt this new standard and the Directors do not expect the adoption of IFRS 17 to have a material impact on the financial position or performance of the Company once adopted.

F-40

Table of Contents

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
for the Half-Years ended 31 December 2020 and 2019

NOTE 1: CONDENSED STATEMENT OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

(c)     Statement of compliance

The interim financial statements were authorised for issue on 2 August 2021 by the Board of Directors.

The interim financial statements comply with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

(d)     Significant accounting estimates and judgements

The preparation of the interim financial statements requires management to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expense. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

The judgements, estimates and assumptions applied in the interim financial statements, including the key sources of estimation uncertainty were the same as those applied in the Group’s last annual financial statements for the year ended 30 June 2020.

(e)     Going concern

The financial report has been prepared on the going concern basis, which contemplates continuity of normal business activities and the realisation of assets and settlements of liabilities in the ordinary course of business.

NOTE 2: REVENUE AND OTHER INCOME

(a)     Revenue from contracts with customers

The Group derives its revenue from the sale of medicinal cannabinoid oils.

This is consistent with the revenue information that is disclosed for each reportable segment under IFRS 8 (see note 4).

for the Half-Years ended 31 December 2020 and 2019 (Unaudited)

 

31 December
2020

 

31 December
2019

Point in time:

       

Sales of cannabinoid oils

 

1,177,163

 

7,350

Total sales revenue

 

1,177,163

 

7,350

(b) Other income

Income from other contractual arrangements

 

50,171

 

Interest

 

1,907

 

2,929

Total other income

 

52,078

 

2,929

The Company disaggregates revenue from contracts with customers based on the categories that most closely depict how the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows are affected by economic factors. During the half-years ended 31 December 2020 and 2019, the Company recognized revenue from only one such category, being cannabinoid oils sales. The Company previously recognized revenue from oral and dental devices, although these operations have been discontinued. All sales are made within Australia and the Company has not disaggregated revenue based on geography.

F-41

Table of Contents

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
for the Half-Years ended 31 December 2020 and 2019

NOTE 3: LOSS PER SHARE

Basic loss per share has been calculated using the loss attributable to shareholders of the Parent Company and the weighted average number of ordinary shares on issue.

for the Half-Years ended 31 December 2020 and 2019 (Unaudited)

 

31 December
2020

 

31 December
2019

Weighted average number of shares

 

902,054,732

 

649,048,889

NOTE 4: SEGMENT REPORTING

IFRS 8 Operating Segments requires operating segments to be identified on the basis of internal reports about components of the Group that are regularly reviewed by the Chief Executive Officer in order to allocate resources to the segment and to assess its performance.

The Group’s operating segments have been determined with reference to the monthly management accounts used by the Chief Executive Officer to make decisions regarding the Group’s operations and allocation of working capital. Due to the size and nature of the Group, the Board as a whole has been determined as the Chief Executive Officer.

Based on the quantitative thresholds included in IFRS 8, for the half-years, the Group now has two reportable segments, being (1) distribution of medicinal cannabis products; and (2), development of psychedelic medicines and therapies — the latter commenced during the half-year ended 31 December 2020 — and currently one geographical segment, namely Australia.

The revenues and results of these segments of the Group as a whole are set out in the condensed consolidated statement of comprehensive income and the assets and liabilities of the Group as a whole are set out in the condensed consolidated statement of financial position.

In the corresponding period for FY20, the Group had two reportable segments, being (1) production and distribution of dental devices; and (2) distribution of medicinal cannabis products. The production and distribution of dental devices ceased on 30 June 2020 and the results for this segment are reported in the condensed consolidated statement of comprehensive income as ‘Loss after tax on discontinued operations’.

A summary of revenue and expenses for the half-years and assets and liabilities at the end of the half-years for each segment is shown below:

 

6 months ended 31 December 2020
(Unaudited)

   

Medicinal
Cannabis

 

Psychedelic
Medicine(1)

 

Unallocated

 

Total

Sales revenue

 

1,177,163

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,177,163

 

Product costs

 

(537,939

)

 

 

 

 

 

(537,939

)

Other income

 

6

 

 

 

 

52,072

 

 

52,078

 

Expenses

 

(2,157,611

)

 

(90,000

)

 

(1,333,080

)

 

(3,580,691

)

Loss before tax

 

(1,518,381

)

 

(90,000

)

 

(1,281,008

)

 

(2,889,389

)

Segment assets

 

774,229

 

 

 

 

11,406,723

 

 

12,180,952

 

Segment liabilities

 

(119,141

)

 

 

 

(259,308

)

 

(378,449

)

F-42

Table of Contents

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
for the Half-Years ended 31 December 2020 and 2019

NOTE 4: SEGMENT REPORTING (cont.)

 

6 months ended 31 December 2019
(Unaudited)

   

Medicinal
Cannabis

 

Dental
Devices(2)

 

Unallocated

 

Total

Sales revenue

 

7,350

 

 

352,150

 

 

 

 

359,500

 

Product costs

 

(8,450

)

 

(204,334

)

 

 

 

(212,784

)

Other income

 

 

 

140,817

 

 

2,929

 

 

143,746

 

Expenses

 

(322,779

)

 

(575,164

)

 

(1,604,523

)

 

(2,502,466

)

Loss before tax

 

(323,879

)

 

(286,531

)

 

(1,601,594

)

 

(2,212,004

)

Segment assets

 

96,836

 

 

338,666

 

 

5,162,710

 

 

5,598,212

 

Segment liabilities

 

(130,330

)

 

(241,441

)

 

(17,768

)

 

(389,539

)

____________

(1)      Commenced 20 November 2020

(2)      Ceased 30 June 2020

NOTE 5: SHARE BASED PAYMENTS

A.     Securities on Issue at 30 June 2020

As at 30 June 2020, the Group had a number of securities on issue that had either not completed all of their vesting conditions or had not yet reached their performance hurdles (or both). These included:

a.       88,000,000 unlisted options previously issued with various performance hurdles set for achievement prior to their expiry date of 1 December 2020 did not meet these hurdles and were lapsed. The amount of $72,656 that had been expensed during FY20 has been written-back in the current period;

b.       1,166,666 ordinary shares approved by shareholders on 26 June 2020. Half of these vest upon continuing employment with the Company by the CEO on 30 June 2021 and the other half on 30 June 2022. $456 was expensed for these options during FY20, with $20,810 expensed during this period. $20,810 will be expensed in the second half of FY21, and $13,924 will be expensed in FY22;

c.       1,500,000 options with a strike price of $0.05 (750,000 expiring on 30 June 2025 and 750,000 expiring on 30 June 2026) were issued after approval by shareholders on 26 June 2020. Each 750,000 of these vest upon continued employment with the Company by the CEO until 30 June 2021 and 30 June 2022 respectively. $438 was expensed for these options during FY20, with $19,969 expensed during this period. $19,969 will be expensed in the second half of FY21, and $13,801 will be expensed in FY22;

d.       18,266,328 value-based performance rights with an expiry date of 22 November 2021, achieved their value milestones (ranging between $60m and $150m market capitalisation) and converted to ordinary shares during the period. Up to 30 June 2020, $127,235 had been expensed and a residual amount of $190,059 was to be expensed across the remainder of their vesting period, however having now vested, the full expense value of $190,059 has been recognised in the current period;

e.       As at 31 December 2020, 12,037,265 value-based performance rights are yet to achieve their value milestone and need to do so prior to 22 November 2021 to convert to ordinary shares. At the start of the period, the amount of $60,964 had been expensed during FY20, and a value of $91,066 was yet to be expensed across the remainder of their vesting period (to 22 November 2021). Of this, $32,535 has been expensed in the current period;

F-43

Table of Contents

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
for the Half-Years ended 31 December 2020 and 2019

NOTE 5: SHARE BASED PAYMENTS (cont.)

f.       2,000,000 milestone-based performance rights subject to performance hurdles that must be achieved between 30 January 2021 and 31 March 2021 to convert to ordinary shares. $1,345 was expensed in FY20 with $54,789 being expensed in the first half of FY21 and the remaining $7,870 to be expensed in the second half of FY21. In the event that the performance hurdles are not achieved, this amount will be written back in the second half of FY21; and

g.      200,000,000 unlisted options issued that vest upon achievement of share price of $0.20 and expire on 30 September 2021. As at 30 June 2020 the amount of $131,096 had been expensed during FY20 with $175,203 to be expensed over their remaining life — of this $69,989 has been expensed during this period, with $105,214 to be expensed between 1 January 2021 and 30 September 2021.

 

Being expensed:

Description

 

During
FY20

 

This period
FY21

 

Remainder of
FY21

 

FY22
and after

88m unlisted options

 

 

(72,656

)

 

 

1.167m CEO ordinary shares

 

456

 

20,810

 

 

20,810

 

13,924

1.5m CEO unlisted options

 

437

 

19,969

 

 

19,969

 

13,801

18.266m value-based performance rights

 

127,235

 

190,059

 

 

 

12.037m value-based performance rights

 

60,495

 

32,535

 

 

32,535

 

25,997

2m milestone-based performance rights

 

1,341

 

54,789

 

 

7,870

 

200m unlisted options

 

130,667

 

69,989

 

 

69,989

 

35,224

Share Based Payments expense (A)

     

315,495

 

       

B.     New Securities Issued During Period

During the period, the Group also issued the following securities that are subject to expense at the time of their issue and over the life of their vesting period:

a.      2,952,619 ordinary shares approved by shareholders at a general meeting held on 26 June 2020;

b.      2,250,000 unlisted options approved by shareholders at a general meeting held on 26 June 2020;

c.      30,164,690 unlisted options issued on 2 October 2020 as consideration for broker support of the exercise of the 262m listed IHLOB options series; and

d.      20,000,000 unlisted options issued on 20 November 2020 as consideration for investor relations and corporate advisory work contracted.

Type

 

Quantity

 

Exercise
price

 

Grant
Date

 

Vest date/
Expiry date

 

Expense
Value

Ordinary shares

 

984,207

 

 

n/a

 

1-Jul-2020

 

30-Jun-2021

 

48,226

Ordinary shares

 

984,206

 

 

n/a

 

1-Jul-2020

 

30-Jun-2022

 

43,403

Ordinary shares

 

984,206

 

 

n/a

 

1-Jul-2020

 

30-Jun-2023

 

36,170

Total (a)

 

2,952,619

 

 

           

127,799

Unlisted options

 

750,000

 

$

0.05

 

1-Jul-2020

 

30-Jun-2025

 

25,432

Unlisted options

 

750,000

 

$

0.05

 

1-Jul-2020

 

30-Jun-2026

 

27,450

Unlisted options

 

750,000

 

$

0.05

 

1-Jul-2020

 

30-Jun-2027

 

29,040

Total (b)

 

2,250,000

 

 

           

81,922

Unlisted options

 

30,164,690

 

$

0.08

 

2-Oct-2020

 

30-Sep-2021

 

876,284

Total (c)

 

30,164,690

 

 

           

876,284

Unlisted options

 

10,000,000

 

$

0.15

 

20-Nov-2020

 

20-Nov-2024

 

659,400

Unlisted options

 

10,000,000

 

$

0.25

 

20-Nov-2020

 

20-Nov-2024

 

539,500

Total (d)

 

20,000,000

 

 

           

1,198,900

F-44

Table of Contents

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
for the Half-Years ended 31 December 2020 and 2019

NOTE 5: SHARE BASED PAYMENTS (cont.)

Type

 

Quantity

 

Expense
Value

 

This period
FY21

 

Remainder
FY21

 

FY22 and
after

(a) Ordinary Shares

 

2,952,619

 

127,799

 

40,650

 

40,650

 

45,609

(b) Unlisted options

 

2,250,000

 

81,922

 

24,226

 

24,226

 

32,940

(c) Unlisted options

 

30,164,690

 

876,284

 

217,261

 

436,935

 

222,089

(d) Unlisted options

 

20,000,000

 

1,198,900

 

44,890

 

198,174

 

955,835

Share Based Payments expense (B)

         

327,027

       

C.     Amount expensed as Share Based Payments expense in the half-year ended 31 December 2020 (Unaudited)

Share Based Payments expense (A) – for securities on issue at 30 June 2020

 

315,495

 

Share Based Payments expense (B) – for securities issued during this period

 

327,027

 

Less amount charged to share raising costs

 

(217,261

)

Less amount charged to advertising and investor relations

 

(44,890

)

Total Share Based Payments expense

 

380,371

 

D.     Valuation assumptions

OPTIONS

The fair value of the equity-settled share options granted in the above tables is estimated as at the date of grant using a trinomial option model taking into account the terms and conditions upon which the options were granted.

Expiry date

 

30-Sep-21

 

20-Nov-23

 

20-Nov-23

 

30-Jun-25

 

30-Jun-26

 

30-Jun-27

Exercise price

 

$

0.08

 

 

$

0.15

 

 

$

0.25

 

 

$

0.05

 

 

$

0.05

 

 

$

0.05

 

Dividend yield

 

 

0

%

 

 

0

%

 

 

0

%

 

 

0

%

 

 

0

%

 

 

0

%

Expected volatility

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

Risk-free interest rate

 

 

2

%

 

 

2

%

 

 

2

%

 

 

2

%

 

 

2

%

 

 

2

%

Expected life of option

 

 

1

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

6

 

Grant date share price

 

$

0.077

 

 

$

0.115

 

 

$

0.115

 

 

$

0.049

 

 

$

0.049

 

 

$

0.049

 

The expected life of the options is based on historical data and is not necessarily indicative of exercise patterns that may occur. The expected volatility reflects the assumption that the historical volatility is indicative of future trends, which may also not necessarily be the actual outcome. The options vest upon the shares having a closing price of 20 cents per share or more for any 5 trading days at any time from the date of grant of the options until the expiry date of the options (30 September 2021).

SHARES

Ordinary shares issued have been valued based on the market price of the shares on grant date.

NOTE 6: DIVIDENDS

No dividend have been declared or paid in the half-years ended 31 December 2020 or 2019.

F-45

Table of Contents

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
for the Half-Years ended 31 December 2020 and 2019

NOTE 7: ISSUED CAPITAL (UNAUDITED)

Movement in:

 

Issued
Capital
($)

 

Number of securities:

Ordinary
Shares

 

Performance
Shares

 

Performance
Rights

 

Listed
Options

 

Unlisted
Options

As at 1 July 2019

 

26,951,744

 

 

581,897,040

 

20,000,002

 

24,166,668

 

 

262,960,728

 

 

 

Placement shares issued

 

6,885,354

 

 

114,663,460

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares issued on exercise of options

 

234,217

 

 

10,855,423

 

 

 

 

(855,423

)

 

(10,000,000

)

Share issue costs

 

(493,385

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options granted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

209,919,705

 

As at 31 December 2019

 

33,577,930

 

 

707,415,923

 

20,000,002

 

24,166,668

 

 

262,105,305

 

 

199,919,705

 

     

 

           

 

   

 

   

 

As at 1 July 2020

 

34,192,043

 

 

748,654,489

 

 

41,553,593

 

 

260,533,407

 

 

380,169,705

 

Shares issued on exercise of options

 

11,199,678

 

 

270,262,674

 

 

 

 

(260,533,407

)

 

(9,729,267

)

Performance rights converted

 

 

 

18,266,328

 

 

(18,266,328

)

 

 

 

 

Share issue costs

 

(315,237

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options granted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

52,414,690

 

Other securities issued

 

 

 

2,952,619

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lapsed/expired

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(88,000,000

)

As at 31 December 2020

 

45,076,484

 

 

1,040,136,110

 

 

23,287,265

 

 

 

 

334,855,128

 

Expiry date and exercise price of options

 

As at
31-Dec-19
Listed
Options

 

As at
31-Dec-19
Unlisted
Options

 

As at
31-Dec-20
Listed
Options

 

As at
31-Dec-20
Unlisted
Options

01-May-2020 $0.03 unlisted

 

 

10,000,000

 

 

01-Dec-2020 $0.04 unlisted

 

 

12,000,000

 

 

30-Sep-2020 $0.04 IHLOB

 

262,105,305

 

 

 

30-Jun-2025 $0.05 unlisted

 

 

 

 

1,500,000.00

30-Jun-2026 $0.05 unlisted

 

 

 

 

1,500,000.00

30-Jun-2027 $0.05 unlisted

 

 

 

 

1,500,000.00

01-Dec-2020 $0.06 unlisted

 

 

14,000,000

 

 

01-Dec-2020 $0.08 unlisted

 

 

16,000,000

 

 

30-Sep-2021 $0.08 unlisted

 

 

89,919,705

 

 

110,355,128

01-Dec-2020 $0.10 unlisted

 

 

18,000,000

 

 

01-Dec-2020 $0.12 unlisted

 

 

20,000,000

 

 

01-Dec-2020 $0.14 unlisted

 

 

20,000,000

 

 

23-Nov-2023 $0.15 unlisted

 

 

 

 

10,000,000

23-Nov-2023 $0.25 unlisted

 

 

 

 

10,000,000

30-Sep-2021 $0.20 unlisted

 

 

 

 

200,000,000

Total

 

262,105,305

 

199,919,705

 

 

334,855,128

NOTE 8: CONTINGENCIES

There has been no change in contingent liabilities since the last annual reporting date.

F-46

Table of Contents

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
for the Half-Years ended 31 December 2020 and 2019

NOTE 9: FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The Group has a number of financial instruments which are not measured at fair value in the condensed consolidated statement of financial position.

The Directors consider that the carrying amounts of current receivables, current payables and current borrowings are considered to be a reasonable approximation of their fair values.

NOTE 10: RELATED PARTY DISCLOSURES

Directors’ holdings in securities

31 December 2020 (Unaudited)

 

Options

 

Performance
Shares and
Rights#

 

Ordinary
Shares

Mr Troy Valentine

 

7,116,950

 

1,500,000

 

23,734,248

Mr Peter Widdows

 

657,895

 

1,500,000

 

15,915,799

Dr Sud Agarwal*

 

200,000,000

 

14,037,265

 

54,266,328

Mr Joel Latham

 

4,700,000

 

5,000,000

 

17,948,414

31 December 2019 (Unaudited)

 

Options

 

Performance
Shares and
Rights#

 

Ordinary
Shares

Mr Troy Valentine

 

48,355,557

 

2,762,538

 

19,900,914

Mr Peter Widdows

 

3,957,895

 

1,833,334

 

12,282,456

Dr Sud Agarwal*

 

110,000,000

 

 

10,000,000

Mr Joel Latham

 

4,437,500

 

6,000,000

 

10,245,795

____________

*         Options and shares reported for Dr Sud Agarwal include those owned by Cannvalate Pty Ltd — an entity of which Dr Agarwal is a significant shareholder, the CEO and a director.

#         Performance Shares convert on one-for-one basis on achievement of sales targets — refer to 30 June 2020 financial statements for further details. Performance Rights convert on a one-for one basis on achievement of sales targets or EBITDA hurdles — refer to 30 June 2020 financial statements for further details.

Other Related Party Disclosures

There were no other transactions during the half-years with related parties and there were no liabilities due to related parties at the end of the half-years.

NOTE 11: SIGNIFICANT EVENTS AFTER BALANCE DATE

There has not been any other matter or circumstance that has arisen after balance date that has significantly affected, or may significantly affect, the operations of the Group, the results of those operations, or the state of affairs of the Group in future financial periods.

NOTE 12: DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

As disclosed in the Group’s financial report for the year ended 30 June 2020, the Group sold its 100% subsidiary, Gameday International Pty Ltd (“Gameday”), on 30 June 2020. The Condensed Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income discloses a loss after tax from discontinued operations, being Gameday, of $286,531 for the half year ended 31 December 2019. This amount represents the net loss attributed to Gameday for that period.

F-47

Table of Contents

American Depositary Shares

Representing            Ordinary Shares

_____________________________________

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

, 2021

_____________________________________

Roth Capital Partners, LLC

Through and including            , 2021 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in the ADSs, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 6.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Australian law.    Australian law provides that a company or a related body corporate of the company may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent of any of the following liabilities incurred as an officer or director of the company:

•        a liability owed to the company or a related body corporate of the company;

•        a liability for a pecuniary penalty order made under section 1317G or a compensation order under section 961M, 1317H, 1317HA, 1317HB 1317HC or 1317HE of the Corporations Act;

•        a liability that is owed to someone other than the company or a related body corporate of the company and did not arise out of conduct in good faith; or

•        legal costs incurred in defending an action for a liability incurred as an officer or auditor of the company if the costs are incurred:

•        in defending or resisting proceedings in which the person is found to have a liability for which they cannot be indemnified as set out above;

•        in defending or resisting criminal proceedings in which the person is found guilty;

•        in defending or resisting proceedings brought by the Australian Securities& Investments Commission or a liquidator for a court order if the grounds for making the order are found by the court to have been established (except costs incurred in responding to actions taken by the Australian Securities& Investments Commission or a liquidator as part of an investigation before commencing proceedings for a court order); or

•        in connection with proceedings for relief to the person under the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth), or the Corporations Act, in which the court denies the relief.

Constitution.    Our Constitution provides that, except to the extent prohibited by the law and the Corporations Act and, to the extent that the officer is not otherwise indemnified by us pursuant to an indemnity, we indemnify every person who is or has been an officer of the company against any liability or claim (other than legal costs that are unreasonable) incurred by that person as an officer. This includes any liability or claim incurred by that person in their capacity as an officer of a subsidiary of the company where the company requested that person to accept that appointment.

SEC Position.    Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

ITEM 7.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

Since July 1, 2018, the following changes have been made to our ordinary share capital:

•        the Registrant granted share options to purchase an aggregate of 968,279,897 ordinary shares with a weighted-average exercise price of US$ 0.0654 per share to employees, directors, officers and consultants, under Regulation S. Options to purchase an aggregate of 53,685,260 ordinary have been exercised for aggregate consideration of approximately US$ 1,865,307, under Regulation S;

II-1

Table of Contents

•        the Registrant granted performance rights equivalent to an aggregate of 81,303,593 ordinary shares to employees, directors, officers and consultants, under Regulation S. Performance rights equivalent to 36,250,001 ordinary shares have been exercised for no consideration, under Regulation S;

•        on August 29, 2018, the Registrant issued 6,000,000 ordinary shares at a price of A$0.025 per share to institutional investors, under Regulation S;

•        on September 20, 2018, the Registrant issued 16,800,000 ordinary shares at a price of A$0.20 per share to institutional investors, under Regulation S;

•        on October 22, 2018, the Registrant issued 33,117,189 ordinary shares at a price of A$0.01 per share to institutional investors, under Regulation S;

•        on November 7, 2018, the Registrant issued 40,454,873 ordinary shares at a price of A$0.01 per share to institutional investors, under Regulation S;

•        on November 21, 2018, the Registrant issued 85,534,312 ordinary shares at a price of A$0.01 per share to institutional investors, under Regulation S;

•        on January 31, 2019, the Registrant issued 74,100,000 ordinary shares at a price of A$0.01 per share and 3,500,000 ordinary shares at a price of A$0.02 to institutional investors, under Regulation S;

•        on April 26, 2019, the Registrant issued 9,269,086 ordinary shares at a price of A$0.01 per share to institutional investors, under Regulation S;

•        on July 8, 2019, the Registrant issued 31,983,470 ordinary shares and 2,000,000 ordinary shares, at a price of A$0.038 per share and A$0.02 to institutional investors, under Regulation S;

•        on October 25, 2019, the Registrant issued 64,103,564 ordinary shares at a price of A$0.078 per share to institutional investors, under Regulation S;

•        on December 31, 2019, the Registrant issued 10,000,000 ordinary shares at a price of A$0.04 per share to institutional investors, under Regulation S;

•        on June 29, 2020, the Registrant issued 1,750,000 ordinary shares at a price of A$0.016 per share to institutional investors, under Regulation S;

•        on June 29, 2020, the Registrant issued 4,000,000 ordinary shares at a price of A$0.048 per share to institutional investors, under Regulation S;

•        on July 1, 2020, the Registrant issued 2,952,619 ordinary shares at a price of A$0.036 per share to institutional investors, under Regulation S;

None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriter, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering. The recipients of the securities in each of these transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were placed on the share certificates issued in these transactions. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with us, to information about us. The sales of these securities were made without any general solicitation or advertising.

II-2

Table of Contents

ITEM 8.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a)    Exhibits

Exhibit

 

Description

1.1*

 

Form of Underwriting Agreement

3.1

 

Constitution of Incannex Healthcare Limited

4.1*

 

Form of Deposit Agreement between Incannex Healthcare Limited and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas as Depositary

4.2*

 

Form of American Depositary Receipt (included in Exhibit 4.1)

4.3*

 

Form of Underwriter’s Warrant

5.1*

 

Opinion of Rimôn Law

10.1

 

Employment Agreement between Incannex Healthcare Limited and Joel Latham, dated July 1, 2020

10.2

 

Service Agreement between Incannex Healthcare Limited (formerly Impression Healthcare Limited) and Dr. Sud Agarwal, dated July 23, 2019

10.3

 

Service Agreement between Incannex Healthcare Limited and Madhukar Bhalla, dated June 28, 2021

21.1

 

List of subsidiaries of Registrant

23.1

 

Consent of Withum Smith+Brown, PC

23.2*

 

Consent of Rimôn Law (included in Exhibit 5.1)

24.1

 

Power of Attorney (included in signature page to Registration Statement)

____________

*        to be filed by amendment

ITEM 9.    Undertakings.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1)    For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2)    For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-3

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in Docklands, Australia on August 17, 2021.

 

Incannex Healthcare Limited

   

By:

 

/s/ Joel Latham

   

Name:

 

Joel Latham

   

Title:

 

Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each individual whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Joel Latham his or her true and lawful attorney in fact and agents with full power of substitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, and to sign any registration statement for the same offering covered by this registration statement that is to be effective on filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and all post effective amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and all documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney in fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney in fact and agents or any of them, or his, her or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

/s/ Joel Latham

 

Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director

 

August 17, 2021

Joel Latham

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

   

/s/ Madhukar Bhalla

 

Chief Financial Officer and Company Secretary

 

August 17, 2021

Madhukar Bhalla

 

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

   

/s/ Troy Valentine

 

Director

 

August 17, 2021

Troy Valentine

       

/s/ Dr. Sud Agarwal

 

Director

 

August 17, 2021

Dr. Sud Agarwal

       

/s/ Peter Widdows

 

Director

 

August 17, 2021

Peter Widdows

       

II-4

Table of Contents

Signature of Authorized U.S. Representative of the Registrant

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned, the duly authorized representative in the United States of Incannex Healthcare Limited, has signed this Registration Statement on August 17, 2021.

 

By:

 

/s/ Donald J. Puglisi

   

Name:

 

Donald J. Puglisi

   

Title:

 

Managing Director

II-5

Exhibit 3.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DATED 25th SEPTEMBER 2015

 

MOUNT MAGNET SOUTH LIMITED

(ACN 096 635 246)

 

CONSTITUTION

 

Adopted by shareholders: 25 September 2015

Effective date: 25 September 2015

 

This is the Constitution table by me as part of the Special Resolution
for the General Meeting held on 25 September 2015

 

 

  Chairman Date  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CONTENTS

 

1. PRELIMINARY 1
     
  Definitions and interpretation 1
     
  Nature of the Company 1
     
  Replaceable rules 1
     
  Transitional provisions 1
     
2. SHARES 1
     
  Issue of Shares and options 1
     
  Preference Shares 2
     
  Variation of classes and class rights 2
     
  Converting Shares 2
     
  Reductions of capital and buy-backs 2
     
  Unmarketable parcels of Shares 3
     
  Registered holder is absolute owner 3
     
  Holding statements and certificates 3
     
3. CALLS, COMPANY PAYMENTS, FORFEITURE AND LIENS 3
     
4. TRANSFER OF SHARES 4
     
  Electronic transfer systems 4
     
  Forms of transfer 4
     
  Instrument of transfer 4
     
  Transferor is holder until transfer registered 4
     
  Refusal to register transfers 4
     
  No registration fee 5
     
  Transmission of Shares 5
     
5. PROCEEDINGS OF MEMBERS 5
     
  Who can call meetings of Members 5
     
  Annual general meeting 5
     
  How to call meetings of Members 6
     
  Right to attend meetings of Members 6
     
  Meeting of Members at more than one place 7
     
  Quorum 7

 

 

 

 

  Chairperson 8
     
  General conduct of meetings 8
     
  Resolutions of Members 9
     
  Polls 9
     
  Adjourned, cancelled and postponed meetings 10
     
  Number of votes 10
     
  Objections to qualification to vote 11
     
  Proxies, attorneys and representatives 12
     
6. DIRECTORS 14
     
  Number of Directors 14
     
  Appointment of Directors 14
     
  Retirement of Directors and vacation of office 14
     
  Alternate Directors 15
     
  Remuneration of Directors 16
     
  Interests of Directors 17
     
7. OFFICERS 18
     
  Managing director 18
     
  Secretary 19
     
  Indemnity and insurance 19
     
8. POWERS OF THE COMPANY AND DIRECTORS 20
     
  General powers 20
     
  Execution of documents 20
     
  Committees and delegates 20
     
  Attorney or agent 20
     
9. PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS 21
     
  Written resolutions of Directors 21
     
  Meetings of Directors 21
     
  Who can call meetings of Directors 21
     
  How to call meetings of Directors 21
     
  Quorum 22
     
  Chairperson 22
     
  Resolutions of Directors 23

 

 

 

 

10. DIVIDENDS AND PROFITS 23
     
  Who may determine Dividends 23
     
  Dividends for different classes 24
     
  Dividends proportional to paid up capital 24
     
  Effect of a transfer on Dividends 24
     
  No interest on Dividends 24
     
  Unpaid amounts 25
     
  Capitalisation of profits 25
     
  Distributions of assets 25
     
  Dividend plans 25
     
11. NOTICES AND PAYMENTS 26
     
  Notice to Members 26
     
  Notice to Directors 26
     
  Notice to the Company 27
     
  Time of service 27
     
  Signatures 27
     
  Payments 27
     
12. WINDING UP 28
     
  Distributions proportional to paid up capital 28
     
  Distributions of assets 28
     
SCHEDULE 1: DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION 29
   
SCHEDULE 2: CALLS, COMPANY PAYMENTS, FORFEITURE AND LIENS 33
   
SCHEDULE 3: TRANSMISSION 39
   
SCHEDULE 4: UNMARKETABLE PARCELS 40
   
SCHEDULE 5: PROPORTIONAL TAKEOVER BID APPROVAL 42
   
SCHEDULE 6: PREFERENCE SHARES 43

 

 

 

 

THIS CONSTITUTION is made on 25th September 2015.

 

BY:

 

MOUNT MAGNET SOUTH LIMITED (ACN 096 635 246) (“Company”).

 

IT IS AGREED:

 

1.PRELIMINARY

 

Definitions and interpretation

 

1.1Schedule 1 applies and forms part of this constitution.

 

Nature of the Company

 

1.2The Company is a public company limited by shares.

 

Replaceable rules

 

1.3The replaceable rules in the Corporations Act do not apply to the Company.

 

Transitional provisions

 

1.4This constitution has the effect that:

 

1.4.1every Director, Alternate Director, senior manager and Secretary in office as at the Adoption Date continues in office subject to, and is taken to have been appointed or elected under, this constitution;

 

1.4.2any register maintained by the Company immediately before the Adoption Date is taken to be a register maintained under this constitution;

 

1.4.3any common seal adopted by the Company before the Adoption Date is taken to be the common seal until another common seal is adopted by the Company under this constitution;

 

1.4.4for the purposes of article 11.19.2, a cheque issued under a corresponding provision of the Previous Constitution is taken to have been issued under article 11.19.2; and

 

1.4.5unless a contrary intention appears in this constitution, all persons, things, agreements and circumstances appointed, approved, created or delegated by or under the Previous Constitution continue to have the same status, operation and effect as if they had occurred under this constitution on and after the Adoption Date.

 

2.SHARES

 

Issue of Shares and options

 

2.1Subject to any rights and restrictions attached to a class of Shares, the Company may:

 

2.1.1allot and issue unissued Shares; and

 

2.1.2grant options over unissued Shares,

 

on any terms, at any time and for any consideration, as the Directors resolve.

 

2.2The powers of the Company under article 2.1 may only be exercised by the Directors.

 

1

 

 

Preference Shares

 

2.3The Company may issue any Shares as preference Shares including:

 

2.3.1preference Shares which are liable to be redeemed in a manner permitted by the Corporations Act; and

 

2.3.2preference Shares in accordance with the terms of schedule 6,

 

provided that such preference Shares are convertible into ordinary Shares in accordance with their terms.

 

2.4Holders of preference Shares have the same rights as holders of ordinary Shares in relation to receiving Notices, reports and audited accounts, and attending meetings of Members.

 

2.5A holder of a preference Share only has the right to vote:

 

2.5.1during a period during which a Dividend (or part of a Dividend) in respect of the Share is in arrears;

 

2.5.2on a proposal to reduce the share capital of the Company;

 

2.5.3on a resolution to approve the terms of a buy-back agreement;

 

2.5.4on a proposal that affects rights attached to the Share;

 

2.5.5on a proposal to wind up the Company;

 

2.5.6on a proposal for the disposal of the whole of the property, business and undertaking of the Company; and

 

2.5.7during the winding up of the Company.

 

Variation of classes and class rights

 

2.6Subject to the terms of issue of Shares in a particular class, the Company may:

 

2.6.1vary or cancel rights attached to Shares in that class; or

 

2.6.2convert Shares from one class to another, by a special resolution of the Company and:

 

2.6.3a special resolution passed at a meeting of the Members holding Shares in that class; or

 

2.6.4the written consent of Members who are entitled to at least 75 per cent of the votes that may be cast in respect of Shares in that class.

 

2.7The provisions in this constitution concerning meetings of Members (with the necessary changes) apply to a meeting held under article 2.6.3.

 

Converting Shares

 

2.8The Company may by ordinary resolution passed at a meeting of Members convert all or any of its Shares into a larger or smaller number of Shares.

 

Reductions of capital and buy-backs

 

2.9The Company may:

 

2.9.1reduce its share capital; and

 

2

 

 

2.9.2buy-back Shares in itself,

 

on any terms and at any time.

 

2.10The method of distribution of a reduction of the share capital of the Company may include any or all of the payment of cash, the issue of shares, the grant of Company options or other Company securities, the transfer of shares or any other securities in any other body corporate or units in any unit trust or the transfer of any other assets.

 

2.11If a distribution of a reduction of the share capital of the Company includes an issue or transfer of shares in a body corporate, each Member:

 

2.11.1agrees to become a member of that body corporate; and

 

2.11.2in the case of transfer, appoints the Company and each Director as its agent to execute an instrument of transfer or other document required to transfer those shares to that Member.

 

Unmarketable parcels of Shares

 

2.12Schedule 4 applies and forms part of this constitution.

 

Registered holder is absolute owner

 

2.13Except as required by Applicable Law, the Company is not required to recognise any interest in, or right in respect of, a Share except an absolute right of legal ownership of the Member registered as the holder of that Share.

 

Holding statements and certificates

 

2.14The Directors will not, unless they determine otherwise or are required by any Applicable Law, issue a certificate to a Member for any Shares registered in the Member’s name.

 

2.15The Company must issue to each Member, in accordance with Applicable Law, statements of the holdings of Shares registered in the Member’s name.

 

2.16Any certificate for Shares must be issued and despatched in accordance with Applicable Law.

 

2.17If a Share is jointly held:

 

2.17.1the Company is not required to issue more than one certificate for that Share; and

 

2.17.2delivery of a certificate for that Share to any one of the joint holders of that Share is delivery to all the joint holders.

 

2.18Subject to article 2.14 the Company must issue a replacement certificate for a Share if the Company:

 

2.18.1receives and cancels the existing certificate; or

 

2.18.2is satisfied that the existing certificate is lost or destroyed, and the Member complies with all conditions set out in the Corporations Act and pays any fee as the Directors resolve.

 

3.CALLS, COMPANY PAYMENTS, FORFEITURE AND LIENS

 

Schedule 2 applies and forms part of this constitution.

 

3

 

 

4.TRANSFER OF SHARES

 

Electronic transfer systems

 

4.1The Company may do any act, matter or thing permitted under Applicable Law to facilitate involvement by the Company in any clearing and settlement facility provided under Applicable Law for the transfer of securities.

 

Forms of transfer

 

4.2Subject to this constitution, a Member may transfer one or more Shares the Member holds by:

 

4.2.1a proper ASX Settlement transfer;

 

4.2.2an instrument of transfer in compliance with this constitution; or

 

4.2.3any other method permitted by Applicable Law.

 

4.3Excepted as permitted by the Listing Rules or ASX, a Member must not dispose of restricted securities during the escrow period for those securities.

 

Instrument of transfer

 

4.4An instrument of transfer of a Share referred to in article 4.2.2 must be:

 

4.4.1in writing;

 

4.4.2in any usual form or in any other form approved by the Directors that is otherwise permitted by law;

 

4.4.3subject to the Corporations Act, executed by or on behalf of the transferor, and if required by the Company, the transferee;

 

4.4.4stamped, if required by a law about stamp duty; and

 

4.4.5delivered to the Company, at the place where the Register is kept, together with the certificate (if any) of the Share to be transferred and any other evidence as the Directors require to prove:

 

4.4.6the title of the transferor to that Share;

 

4.4.7the right of the transferor to transfer that Share; and

 

4.4.8the proper execution of the instrument of transfer.

 

Transferor is holder until transfer registered

 

4.5Subject to the ASX Settlement Operating Rules, a person transferring a Share remains the registered holder of that Share until the transfer for that Share is registered and the name of the person to whom the Share is being transferred is entered in the Register as the holder of that Share.

 

Refusal to register transfers

 

4.6Subject to:

 

4.6.1Applicable Law;

 

4.6.2article 4.4 and articles 4.6 to 4.15 (inclusive); and

 

4.6.3paragraph 2.3 of schedule 2,

 

the Company must not refuse or fail to register a transfer of Shares.

 

4

 

 

4.7The Company may refuse to register a transfer of Shares where Applicable Law permits the Company to do so.

 

4.8The Company must refuse to register a transfer of Shares where Applicable Law or a law about stamp duty requires the Company to do so.

 

4.9Except as permitted by the Listing Rules or ASX, the Company must refuse to acknowledge a disposal (including registering a transfer) of restricted securities during the escrow period for those securities.

 

4.10Schedule 5 applies and forms part of this constitution.

 

4.11The Company may apply, or may ask ASX Settlement to apply, a holding lock (including to prevent a transfer, or to refuse to register a paper-based transfer document) where Applicable Law permits the Company to do so.

 

4.12The Company must give Notice of any refusal to register a transfer of Shares, and the reasons for the refusal, to the person transferring those Shares and the person who lodged the transfer (if not the same person) within five Business Days after the date on which the transfer was lodged with the Company.

 

4.13The Company must give Notice of any holding lock, and the reasons for the holding lock, to the Member of those Shares within five Business Days after the date on which the Company asked for the holding lock.

 

4.14Failure by the Company to give Notice under article 4.12 or 4.13 does not invalidate the refusal to register the transfer or the holding lock.

 

4.15The powers of the Company under articles 4.7 and 4.11 may only be exercised by the Directors.

 

No registration fee

 

4.16The Company must not charge a fee to register a transfer of a Share in compliance with this constitution except as permitted by Applicable Law.

 

Transmission of Shares

 

4.17Schedule 3 applies and forms part of this constitution.

 

5.PROCEEDINGS OF MEMBERS

 

Who can call meetings of Members

 

5.1The Directors may call a meeting of Members at a time and place as the Directors resolve.

 

5.2Subject to the Corporations Act, a Director may call a meeting of Members at a time and place as that Director determines.

 

5.3The Directors must call and arrange to hold a meeting of Members on the request of Members made in accordance with the Corporations Act.

 

5.4The Members may call and arrange to hold a meeting of Members as provided by the Corporations Act.

 

Annual general meeting

 

5.5The Company must hold an AGM if required by, and in accordance with, Applicable Law.

 

5

 

 

How to call meetings of Members

 

5.6The Company must give not less than Prescribed Notice of a meeting of Members.

 

5.7Notice of a meeting of Members must be given to ASX, each Member, each Director, each Alternate Director and any auditor of the Company.

 

5.8Holders of preference Shares have the same rights as holders of ordinary Shares to:

 

5.8.1receive Notice of a meeting of Members; and

 

5.8.2receive Notices, reports and financial reports of the Company.

 

5.9Subject to article 5.49, a Notice of a meeting of Members must include:

 

5.9.1date and time for the meeting (and if the meeting is to be held in two or more places, the technology that will be used to facilitate this);

 

5.9.2the general nature of the business of the meeting;

 

5.9.3the date and time (being not more than 48 hours before the meeting) at which persons will be taken for the purposes of the meeting to hold Shares; and

 

5.9.4any other information or documents specified by Applicable Law.

 

5.10A person may waive Notice of any meeting of Members by Notice to the Company to that effect.

 

5.11Anything done (including the passing of a resolution) at a meeting of Members is not invalid because either or both a person does not receive Notice of that meeting or the Company accidentally does not give Notice of that meeting to a person.

 

Right to attend meetings of Members

 

5.12Each Eligible Member and any auditor of the Company is entitled to attend any meetings of Members.

 

5.13Holders of preference Shares have the same rights as holders of ordinary Shares to attend a meeting of Members.

 

5.14Subject to this constitution, each Director is entitled to attend and speak at all meetings of Members.

 

5.15The chairperson of a meeting of Members may refuse any person’s admission to, or require a person to leave and remain out of, the meeting if that person:

 

5.15.1in the opinion of the chairperson, is not complying with the reasonable directions of the chairperson;

 

5.15.2has any audio or visual recording device;

 

5.15.3has a placard or banner;

 

5.15.4has an article the chairperson considers to be dangerous, offensive or liable to cause disruption;

 

5.15.5refuses to produce or to permit examination of any article, or the contents of any article, in the person’s possession;

 

5.15.6behaves or threatens to behave in a dangerous, offensive or disruptive manner; or

 

6

 

 

5.15.7is not:

 

5.15.7.1an Eligible Member;

 

5.15.7.2a proxy, attorney or representative of an Eligible Member;

 

5.15.7.3a Director; or

 

5.15.7.4an auditor of the Company.

 

Meeting of Members at more than one place

 

5.16A meeting of Members may be held in two or more places linked together by any technology that:

 

5.16.1gives the Eligible Members as a whole in those places a reasonable opportunity to participate in proceedings;

 

5.16.2enables the chairperson of that meeting to be aware of proceedings in each place; and

 

5.16.3enables the Eligible Members in each place to vote on a show of hands and on a poll.

 

5.17If a meeting of Members is held in two or more places under article 5.16:

 

5.17.1an Eligible Member present at one of the places is taken to be present at that meeting; and

 

5.17.2that meeting will be deemed to be held at the place stated in the Notice of meeting, or, failing statement of a place in the Notice of meeting, as determined by the chairperson of that meeting.

 

Quorum

 

5.18Two Eligible Members present and entitled to vote at a meeting of Members constitute a quorum.

 

5.19In determining whether a quorum for a meeting of Members is present:

 

5.19.1where more than one proxy, attorney or representative of an Eligible Member is present, only one of those persons is counted;

 

5.19.2where a person is present as an Eligible Member and as a proxy, attorney or representative of another Eligible Member, that person is counted separately for each appointment provided that there is at least one other Eligible Member present; and

 

5.19.3where a person is present as a proxy, attorney or representative for more than one Eligible Member, that person is counted separately for each appointment provided that there is at least one other Eligible Member present.

 

5.20A quorum for a meeting of Members must be present at the commencement of that meeting. If a quorum is present at the commencement of a meeting of Members, it is taken to be present throughout that meeting unless the chairperson of that meeting otherwise determines.

 

5.21If a quorum is not present within 30 minutes after the time appointed for a meeting of Members:

 

5.21.1if that meeting was called under article 5.3 or article 5.4, that meeting 1s dissolved; and

 

7

 

 

5.21.2any other meeting is adjourned to the date, time and place as the Directors may by Notice to the Members appoint, or failing any appointment, to the same day in the next week at the same time and place as that meeting adjourned.

 

5.22If a quorum is not present within 30 minutes after the time appointed for an adjourned meeting of Members, that meeting is dissolved.

 

Chairperson

 

5.23The chairperson of Directors (if any) must (if present within 15 minutes after the time appointed for the holding of the meeting and willing to act) chair each meeting of Members.

 

5.24If there is no chairperson of Directors or the chairperson of Directors will be unable to attend a meeting of Members or not willing to chair the meeting, the Directors may, by majority vote at any time prior to a meeting of Members, elect a person to chair a meeting of Members.

 

5.25If at a meeting of Members:

 

5.25.1there is no chairperson of Directors;

 

5.25.2the chairperson of Directors is not present within 15 minutes after the time appointed for the holding of that meeting; or

 

5.25.3the chairperson of Directors is present within that time but is not willing to chair all or part of that meeting,

 

5.25.4the Directors present may, by majority vote, elect a person present to chair all or part of that meeting.

 

5.26Subject to articles 5.23 to 5.25 (inclusive), if at a meeting of Members:

 

5.26.1a chairperson of that meeting has not been elected by the Directors under article 5.23, 5.24 or 5.25; or

 

5.26.2the chairperson of that meeting elected by the Directors is not willing to chair all or part of that meeting,

 

the Eligible Members present must elect another person present and willing to act to chair all or part of that meeting.

 

General conduct of meetings

 

5.27The chairperson of a meeting of Members is responsible for the general conduct of that meeting and for the procedures to be adopted at that meeting.

 

5.28The chairperson of a meeting of Members may:

 

5.28.1make rulings or adjourn a meeting of Members without putting the question (or any question) to the vote if that action is required to ensure the orderly conduct of that meeting

 

5.28.2determine the procedures to be adopted for the casting or recording of votes;

 

5.28.3determine any dispute concerning the admission, validity or rejection of a vote at that meeting;

 

5.28.4terminate debate or discussion on any matter being considered at that meeting and require that matter be put to a vote;

 

8

 

 

5.28.5refuse to allow debate or discussion on any matter which is not business referred to in the Notice of that meeting or is not business allowed to be discussed in accordance with the Corporations Act;

 

5.28.6subject to the Corporations Act, refuse to allow any amendment to be moved to a resolution set out in the Notice of that meeting; or

 

5.28.7determine who may speak at that meeting.

 

5.29The chairperson of a meeting of Members may delegate any power conferred by articles 5.27 to 5.30 (inclusive) to any person.

 

5.30The powers conferred on the chairperson of a meeting of Members under articles 5.27 to 5.30 (inclusive) do not limit the powers conferred by law.

 

Resolutions of Members

 

5.31A resolution at a meeting of Members is passed if the number of votes cast in favour of the resolution by Members entitled to vote on the resolution exceeds the number of votes cast against the resolution by Members entitled to vote on the resolution.

 

5.32Unless a poll is requested in accordance with articles 5.34 to 5.41 (inclusive), a resolution put to the vote at a meeting of Members must be decided on a show of hands.

 

5.33A declaration by the chairperson of a meeting of Members that a resolution on a show of hands is passed, passed by a particular majority, or not passed, and an entry to that effect in the minutes of that meeting, are sufficient evidence of that fact, unless proved incorrect.

 

Polls

 

5.34A poll may be demanded on any resolution at a meeting of Members.

 

5.35A poll on a resolution at a meeting of Members may be demanded by:

 

5.35.1at least five Eligible Members present and entitled to vote on that resolution;

 

5.35.2one or more Eligible Members present and who are together entitled to at least five per cent of the votes that may be cast on that resolution on a poll; or

 

5.35.3the chairperson of that meeting.

 

5.36A poll on a resolution at a meeting of Members may be demanded:

 

5.36.1before a vote on that resolution is taken; or

 

5.36.2before or immediately after the results of the vote on that resolution on a show of hands are declared.

 

5.37A demand for a poll may be withdrawn.

 

5.38A poll demanded on a resolution at a meeting of Members other than for the election of a chairperson of that meeting or the adjournment of that meeting must be taken in the manner and at the time and place the chairperson directs.

 

5.39A poll demanded on a resolution at a meeting of Members for the election of a chairperson of that meeting or the adjournment of that meeting must be taken immediately.

 

5.40The result of a poll demanded on a resolution of a meeting of Members is a resolution of that meeting.

 

9

 

 

5.41A demand for a poll on a resolution of a meeting of Members does not prevent the continuance of that meeting or that meeting dealing with any other business.

 

Adjourned, cancelled and postponed meetings

 

5.42The chairperson of a meeting of Members:

 

5.42.1may adjourn that meeting to any day, time and place; and

 

5.42.2must adjourn that meeting if the Eligible Members present with a majority of votes that may be cast at that meeting agree or direct the chairperson to do so. The chairperson may adjourn that meeting to any day, time and place.

 

5.43No person other than the chairperson of a meeting of Members may adjourn that meeting.

 

5.44The Company is only required to give Notice of a meeting of Members resumed from an adjourned meeting if the period of adjournment exceeds 28 days.

 

5.45Only business left unfinished is to be transacted at a meeting of Members resumed after an adjournment.

 

5.46Subject to articles 5.42 to 5.49 (inclusive), the Directors may at any time postpone or cancel a meeting of Members by:

 

5.46.1the Directors passing a resolution to postpone or cancel that meeting, with such postponement or cancellation taking effect upon the Directors passing that resolution;

 

5.46.2giving Notice as soon as practicable to ASX (or, if the Company is not admitted to the Official List at the relevant time, by other publication) of the postponement or cancellation of that meeting ; and

 

5.46.3giving Notice as soon as practicable to each person who is, at the date of the Notice:

 

5.46.3.1a Member;

 

5.46.3.2a Director or Alternate Director; or

 

5.46.3.3an auditor of the Company.

 

5.47A meeting of Members called under article 5.3 must not be cancelled by the Directors without the consent of the Members who requested that meeting.

 

5.48A meeting of Members called under article 5.4 must not be cancelled or postponed by the Directors without the consent of the Members who called that meeting.

 

5.49A Notice under article 5.44 of a meeting of Members resumed from an adjourned meeting and a Notice under article 5.46.3 postponing a meeting of Members must set out the place, date and time for the revised meeting (and if the revised meeting is to be held in two or more places, the technology that will be used to facilitate this).

 

Number of votes

 

5.50Subject to this constitution and any rights or restrictions attached to a class of Shares, on a show of hands at a meeting of Members, every Eligible Member present has one vote.

 

5.51Subject to this constitution and any rights or restrictions attached to a class of Shares, on a poll at a meeting of Members, every Eligible Member present has:

 

5.51.1one vote for each fully paid up Share (whether the issue price of the Share was paid up or credited or both) that the Eligible Member holds; and

 

10

 

 

5.51.2a fraction of one vote for each partly paid up Share that the Eligible Member holds. The fraction is equal to the proportion which the amount paid up on that Share (excluding amounts credited) is to the total amounts paid up and payable (excluding amounts credited) on that Share.

 

5.52Amounts paid in advance of a call on a Share are ignored when calculating the proportion under article 5.51.2.

 

5.53If the total number of votes to which an Eligible Member is entitled on a poll does not constitute a whole number, the Company must disregard the fractional part of that total.

 

5.54If a Share is held jointly and more than one Member votes in respect of that Share, only the vote of the Member whose name appears first in the Register counts.

 

5.55A person may vote in respect of a Share at a meeting of Members if:

 

5.55.1the person is entitled to be registered as the holder of that Share because of a Transmission Event; and

 

5.55.2the person satisfied the Directors of that entitlement not less than 48 hours before that meeting.

 

5.56A Member who holds restricted securities is not entitled to any voting rights in respect of those restricted securities during:

 

5.56.1a breach of the Listing Rules relating to those restricted securities; or

 

5.56.2a breach of a restriction agreement.

 

5.57An Eligible Member present at a meeting of Members is not entitled to vote on any resolution in respect of any Shares on which any calls due and payable in respect of those Shares have not been paid.

 

5.58An Eligible Member present at a meeting of Members is not entitled to vote on a resolution at that meeting where that vote is prohibited Applicable Law, an order of a court of competent jurisdiction or ASX.

 

5.59The Company must disregard any vote on a resolution purported to be cast by a Member present at a meeting of Members where that person is not entitled to vote on that resolution.

 

5.60The authority of any proxy or attorney for an Eligible Member to speak or vote at a meeting of Members in respect of the Shares to which the authority relates is suspended while the Eligible Member is present in person at that meeting.

 

5.61If more than one proxy, or more than one attorney authorised to speak or vote at a meeting of Members in respect of a Share is present at a meeting of Members:

 

5.61.1none of them is entitled to vote on a show of hands; and

 

5.61.2on a poll, the vote of each one is of no effect where the aggregate number or proportion of the Eligible Member’s votes for which they have been appointed exceeds the total number or proportion of votes that could be cast by the Eligible Member.

 

Objections to qualification to vote

 

5.62An objection to the qualification of any person to vote at a meeting of Members may only be made:

 

5.62.1before that meeting, to the Directors; or

 

11

 

 

5.62.2at that meeting (or any resumed meeting if that meeting is adjourned), to the chairperson of that meeting.

 

5.63Any objection under article 5.62 must be decided by the Directors or the chairperson of the meeting of Members (as the case may be), whose decision, made in good faith, is final and conclusive.

 

Proxies, attorneys and representatives

 

5.64An Eligible Member, who is entitled to attend and cast a vote at a meeting of Members, may vote on a show of hands and on a poll:

 

5.64.1in person or, if the Member is a body corporate, by its representative appointed in accordance with the Corporations Act;

 

5.64.2by proxy or, if the Member is entitled to cast two or more votes at that meeting, by not more than two proxies; or

 

5.64.3by attorney or, if the Member is entitled to cast two or more votes at that meeting, by not more than two attorneys.

 

5.65A proxy, attorney or representative of a Member need not be a Member.

 

5.66A Member may appoint a proxy, attorney or representative for:

 

5.66.1all or any number of meetings of Members; or

 

5.66.2a particular meeting of Members.

 

5.67An instrument appointing a proxy is valid if it 1s signed by the Member making the appointment and contains:

 

5.67.1the name and address of that Member;

 

5.67.2the name of the Company;

 

5.67.3the name of the proxy or the name of the office of the proxy; and

 

5.67.4the meetings of Members at which the proxy may be used.

 

5.68The chairperson of a meeting of Members may determine that an instrument appointing a proxy is valid even if it contains only some of the information specified in article 5.67.

 

5.69The decision of the chairperson of a meeting of Members as to the validity of an instrument appointing a proxy, attorney or representative is final and conclusive.

 

5.70Unless otherwise provided in the Corporations Act or in the instrument appointing a proxy or attorney, a proxy or attorney may:

 

5.70.1agree to a meeting of Members being called by shorter Notice than is required by the Corporations Act or this constitution;

 

5.70.2speak on any resolution at a meeting of Members on which the proxy or attorney may vote;

 

5.70.3vote at a meeting of Members (but only to the extent allowed by the appointment);

 

5.70.4demand or join in demanding a poll on any resolution at a meeting of Members on which the proxy or attorney may vote; and

 

5.70.5attend and vote at any meeting of Members which is rescheduled or adjourned.

 

12

 

 

5.71Unless otherwise provided in the instrument appointing a proxy or attorney, a proxy or attorney may vote on:

 

5.71.1any amendment to a resolution on which the proxy or attorney may vote;

 

5.71.2any motion not to put that resolution or any similar motion; and

 

5.71.3any procedural motion relating to that resolution, including a motion to elect the chairperson of a meeting of Members, vacate the chair or adjourn that meeting,

 

even if the appointment directs the proxy or attorney how to vote on that resolution.

 

5.72The Company must only send a form of proxy to Eligible Members in respect of a meeting of Members which provides for the Eligible Member:

 

5.72.1to appoint proxies of the Eligible Member’s choice, but may specify who is to be appointed as proxy if the Eligible Member does not choose; and

 

5.72.2to vote for or against each resolution, and may also provide for the Eligible Member to abstain from voting on each resolution or for the proxy to exercise a discretion to vote for or against each resolution.

 

5.73If the name of the proxy or the name of the office of the proxy in a proxy form of an Eligible Member is not filled in, the proxy of that Eligible Member is:

 

5.73.1the person specified by the Company in the form of proxy in the case the Eligible Member does not choose; or

 

5.73.2if no person is so specified, the chairperson of that meeting.

 

5.74An Eligible Member may specify the manner in which a proxy or attorney is to vote on a particular resolution at a meeting of Members.

 

5.75The appointment of a proxy or attorney by an Eligible Member may specify the proportion or number of the Eligible Member’s votes that the proxy or attorney may exercise.

 

5.76If an Eligible Member appoints two persons as proxy or attorney, and the appointment does not specify the proportion or number of the Eligible Member’s votes those persons may exercise, each of those persons may exercise one half of the votes of the Eligible Member.

 

5.77If the total number of votes to which a proxy or attorney is entitled to exercise does not constitute a whole number, the Company must disregard the fractional part of that total.

 

5.78An appointment of proxy or attorney for a meeting of Members is effective only if the Company receives the appointment (and any authority under which the appointment was signed or a certified copy of the authority) not less than:

 

5.78.148 hours before the time scheduled for commencement of that meeting; or

 

5.78.2in the case of a meeting which has been adjourned or postponed, 48 hours before the time scheduled for resumption or commencement of that meeting.

 

5.79Unless the Company has received Notice of the matter not less than 48 hours before the time scheduled for the commencement of a meeting of Members, a vote cast at that meeting by a person appointed by an Eligible Member as a proxy, attorney or representative is, subject to this constitution valid even if, before the person votes:

 

5.79.1there is a Transmission Event in respect of that Eligible Member;

 

5.79.2that Eligible Member revokes the appointment of that person;

 

13

 

 

5.79.3that Eligible Member revokes the authority under which that person was appointed by a third party; or

 

5.79.4that Eligible Member transfers the Shares in respect of which the appointment is made.

 

6.DIRECTORS

 

Number of Directors

 

6.1The Company must have not less than three Directors.

 

6.2The Company may by ordinary resolution passed at a meeting of Members alter the maximum or minimum number of Directors provided that the minimum is not less than three.

 

6.3Subject to articles 6.1 to 6.4 (inclusive), the Directors must determine the number of Directors provided that the Directors cannot reduce the number of Directors below the number in office at the time that determination takes effect.

 

6.4If the number of Directors is below the minimum fixed by this constitution, the Directors must not act except in emergencies, for appointing one or more Directors in order to make up a quorum for a meeting of Directors, or to call and arrange to hold a meeting of Members.

 

Appointment of Directors

 

6.5The first Directors are the persons specified as Directors in the application for the registration of the Company under the Corporations Act.

 

6.6Subject to articles 6.1 to 6.4 (inclusive), the Directors may appoint any person as a Director.

 

6.7The Company may by ordinary resolution passed at a meeting of Members elect any person as a Director.

 

6.8A Director need not be a Member.

 

6.9The Company must hold an election of Directors each year.

 

6.10The Company must accept nominations for the election of a Director in the case of a meeting of Members called under article 5.3, 30 Business Days, or otherwise, 35 Business Days, before the date of the meeting of Members at which the Director may be elected.

 

6.11A nomination of a person for Director (other than a Director retiring in accordance with this constitution) must be:

 

6.11.1in writing;

 

6.11.2signed by a Member entitled to attend and vote at the meeting of Members at which the election is proposed;

 

6.11.3accompanied by a Notice signed by the nominee consenting to the nomination; and

 

6.11.4lodged with the Company at its registered office.

 

Retirement of Directors and vacation of office

 

6.12Articles 6.13 to 6.15 (inclusive) and articles 6.20 and 6.21 do not apply to the managing director of the Company, or if more than one, the managing director of the Company determined by the Directors.

 

6.13A Director must retire from office no later than the longer of:

 

6.13.1the third AGM; or

 

14

 

 

6.13.2three years following that Director’s last election or appointment.

 

6.14If the Company has three or more Directors, one third of the Directors (excluding Directors required to retire under article 6.21 and rounded down to the nearest whole number) must retire at each AGM.

 

6.15If the Company has less than three Directors, one Director must retire at each AGM.

 

6.16The Directors to retire under articles 6.14 and 6.15 are:

 

6.16.1those who have held their office as Director the longest period of time since their last election or appointment to that office; and

 

6.16.2if two or more Directors have held office for the same period of time, those Directors determined by lot, unless those Directors agree otherwise.

 

6.17A Director who retires under articles 6.13 to 6.15 (inclusive) or article 6.23 is eligible for re-election.

 

6.18A Director may resign from office by giving the Company Notice.

 

6.19The Company may by ordinary resolution passed at a meeting of Members remove any Director, and if thought fit, appoint another person in place of that Director.

 

6.20A Director appointed under article 6.6 may retire at the next meeting of Members and is eligible for election at that meeting.

 

6.21Unless a Director appointed under article 6.6 has retired under article 6.20, that Director must retire at the next AGM, and is eligible for re-election at that meeting.

 

6.22A Director ceases to hold office immediately if:

 

6.22.1the Director becomes mentally unfit to hold office, or the Director or his or her affairs are made subject to any law relating to mental health or incompetence;

 

6.22.2without the consent of the other Directors, the Director is absent from all meetings of the Directors held during a period of six months;

 

6.22.3the Director resigns or is removed under this constitution;

 

6.22.4the Director is an Executive Director (including a managing director) and ceases and continues not to be to be an employee of the Company or of a related body corporate of the Company (not including being a Non-Executive Director);

 

6.22.5the Director becomes bankrupt; or

 

6.22.6the Director becomes disqualified by law from being a Director or the Corporations Act otherwise provides.

 

6.23A Director who ceases to be the managing director must retire at the next AGM following the Director ceasing to be managing director.

 

Alternate Directors

 

6.24With the approval of a majority of the other Directors, a Director may appoint a person as an Alternate Director of that Director for any period.

 

6.25An Alternate Director need not be a Member.

 

15

 

 

6.26The appointing Director may terminate the appointment of his or her Alternate Director at any time.

 

6.27A Notice of appointment, or termination of appointment, of an Alternate Director is effective only if:

 

6.27.1the Notice is in writing;

 

6.27.2the Notice is signed by the Director who appointed that Alternate Director;

 

6.27.3the Company is given a copy of the Notice; and

 

6.27.4in the case of an appointment of an Alternate Director, the Alternate Director has provided their written consent to act as an Alternate Director.

 

6.28If the Director who appointed an Alternate Director is not present at a meeting of Directors, that Alternate Director may, subject to this constitution and Applicable Law:

 

6.28.1attend, count in the quorum of, speak at, and vote at that meeting in place of that appointing Director; and

 

6.28.2exercise any other powers (except the power under article 6.24) that the appointing Director may exercise.

 

6.29An Alternate Director cannot exercise any powers of his or her appointing Director if that appointing Director ceases to be a Director.

 

6.30A person does not cease to be a Director under article 6.29 if that person retires as a Director at a meeting of Members and is re-elected as a Director at that meeting.

 

6.31Subject to article 6.39, the Company is not required to pay any remuneration to an Alternate Director.

 

6.32An Alternate Director is an officer of the Company and not an agent of his or her appointing Director.

 

Remuneration of Directors

 

6.33The Company may pay to the Non-Executive Directors a maximum total amount of Director’s fees, determined by the Company in a meeting of Members, or until so determined, as the Directors resolve.

 

6.34The remuneration of the Non-Executive Directors must not be calculated as a commission on, or percentage of, profits or operating revenue.

 

6.35The Directors may determine the manner in which all or part of the amount in article 6.33 is divided between the Non-Executive Directors, or until so determined, the amount in article 6.33 must be divided between the Non-Executive Directors equally.

 

6.36The remuneration of the Non-Executive Directors is taken to accrue from day-to-day.

 

6.37The remuneration of the Executive Directors:

 

6.37.1must, subject to the provisions of any contract between each of them and the Company, be fixed by the Directors; and

 

6.37.2must not be calculated as a commission on, or percentage of, operating revenue.

 

6.38If a Director performs extra or special services, including being:

 

6.38.1a member on a committee of Directors; or

 

16

 

 

6.38.2the chairperson of Directors or deputy chairperson of Directors,

 

the Company may, subject to articles 6.33 to 6.41 (inclusive), pay additional remuneration or provide benefits to that Director as the Directors resolve.

 

6.39The Company must pay all reasonable travelling, accommodation and other expenses that a Director or Alternate Director properly incurs:

 

6.39.1in attending meetings of Directors or any meetings of committees of Directors;

 

6.39.2in attending any meetings of Members; and

 

6.39.3in connection with the business of the Company.

 

6.40Any Director may participate in any fund, trust or scheme for the benefit of:

 

6.40.1past or present employees or Directors of the Company or a related body corporate of the Company; or

 

6.40.2the dependants of, or persons connected with, any person referred to m article 6.40.1.

 

6.41The Company may give, or agree to give, a person a benefit in connection with that person’s, or someone else’s, retirement from a board or managerial office in the Company or a related body corporate of the Company.

 

Interests of Directors

 

6.42A Director may:

 

6.42.1hold an office or place of profit (except as auditor) in the Company, on any terms as the Directors resolve;

 

6.42.2hold an office or otherwise be interested in any related body corporate of the Company or other body corporate in which the Company is interested; or

 

6.42.3act, or the Director’s firm may act, in any professional capacity for the Company (except as auditor) or any related body corporate of the Company or other body corporate in which the Company is interested,

 

6.42.4and retain the benefits of doing so if the Director discloses in accordance with the Corporations Act the interest giving rise to those benefits.

 

6.43If a Director discloses the interest of the Director in accordance with the Corporations Act:

 

6.43.1the Director may contract or make an arrangement with the Company, or a related body corporate of the Company or a body corporate in which the Company is interested, in any matter in any capacity;

 

6.43.2the Director may, subject to the Corporations Act, be counted in a quorum for a meeting of Directors considering the contract or arrangement;

 

6.43.3the Director may, subject to Applicable Law, vote on whether the Company enters into the contract or arrangement, and on any matter that relates to the contract or arrangement;

 

6.43.4the Director may sign on behalf of the Company, or witness the affixing of the common seal of the Company to, any document in respect of the contract or arrangement;

 

6.43.5the Director may retain the benefits under the contract or arrangement; and

 

17

 

 

6.43.6the Company cannot avoid the contract or arrangement merely because of the existence of the Director’s interest.

 

6.44The Director must give to the Company:

 

6.44.1at its registered office; or

 

6.44.2any other place the Company reasonably notifies the Director in writing,

 

the information which the Company is required by the Listing Rules to disclose to ASX in respect of:

 

6.44.3Notifiable Interests of the Director; and

 

6.44.4changes to the Notifiable Interests of the Director,

 

in the form which the Company is required to tell ASX under the Listing Rules.

 

6.45The information referred to in article 6.44 must be given to the Company as soon as reasonably possible after each of the following dates but in any event no later than three Business Days after each of the following dates:

 

6.45.1when the Director is appointed as a Director of the Company, the date of appointment;

 

6.45.2when a change in a Notifiable Interest of the Director occurs, the date of the change; and

 

6.45.3when the Director ceases to be a director of the Company, the date of cessation.

 

6.46Each Director authorises the Company to give the information provided by the Director under article 6.44 to ASX on the Director’s behalf and as the Director’s agent.

 

6.47The Company may enforce after the date a person ceases to be a Director an obligation of that person under article 6.44 in respect of events which occurred on or prior to the date that person ceased to be a Director.

 

7.OFFICERS

 

Managing director

 

7.1The Directors may appoint one or more of themselves as a managing director, for any period and on any terms (including as to remuneration) as the Directors resolve.

 

7.2Subject to any agreement between the Company and a managing director and without prejudice to any other article in this constitution, the Directors may remove or dismiss a managing director (without removing him as a Director) at any time, with or without cause.

 

7.3The Directors may delegate any of their powers (including the power to delegate) to a managing director.

 

7.4The Directors may revoke or vary:

 

7.4.1the appointment of a managing director; or

 

7.4.2any power delegated to a managing director, without removing him as a Director.

 

7.5A managing director must exercise the powers delegated to him or her in accordance with any directions of the Directors.

 

18

 

 

7.6The exercise of a delegated power by a managing director is as effective as if the Directors exercised the power.

 

7.7A person ceases to be a managing director if the person ceases to be a Director.

 

7.8Subject to article 6.22.4, removal as managing director under this article 7 does not remove the managing director as a Director.

 

Secretary

 

7.9The first Secretary is the person specified in the application for registration of the Company as company secretary.

 

7.10The Directors may appoint one or more Secretaries, for any period and on any terms (including as to remuneration) as the Directors resolve.

 

7.11Subject to any agreement between the Company and a Secretary, the Directors may remove or dismiss a Secretary at any time, with or without cause.

 

7.12The Directors may revoke or vary the appointment of a Secretary.

 

Indemnity and insurance

 

7.13To the extent permitted by law, the Company must indemnify each Relevant Officer against:

 

7.13.1a Liability of that person; and

 

7.13.2Legal Costs of that person.

 

7.14To the extent permitted by law, the Company may make a payment (whether by way of advance, loan or otherwise) to a Relevant Officer in respect of Legal Costs of that person.

 

7.15To the extent permitted by law, the Company may pay, or agree to pay, a premium for a contract insuring a Relevant Officer against:

 

7.15.1a Liability of that person; and

 

7.15.2Legal Costs of that person.

 

7.16To the extent permitted by law, the Company may enter into an agreement or deed with:

 

7.16.1a Relevant Officer; or

 

7.16.2a person who is, or has been an officer of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company,

 

under which the Company must do all or any of the following:

 

7.16.3keep books of the Company and allow either or both that person and that person’s advisers access to those books on the terms agreed;

 

7.16.4indemnify that person against any Liability of that person;

 

7.16.5make a payment (whether by way of advance, loan or otherwise) to that person in respect of Legal Costs of that person; and

 

7.16.6keep that person insured in respect of any act or omission by that person while a Relevant Officer or an officer of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company, on the terms agreed (including as to payment of all or part of the premium for the contract of insurance).

 

19

 

 

8.POWERS OF THE COMPANY AND DIRECTORS

 

General powers

 

8.1The Company may exercise in any manner permitted by the Corporations Act any power which a public company limited by shares may exercise under the Corporations Act.

 

8.2The business of the Company is managed by or under the direction of the Directors.

 

8.3The Directors may exercise all the powers of the Company except any powers that the Corporations Act or this constitution requires the Company to exercise in meetings of Members.

 

Execution of documents

 

8.4If the Company has a common seal, the Company may execute a document if that seal is fixed to the document and the fixing of that seal is witnessed by:

 

8.4.1two Directors;

 

8.4.2a Director and a Secretary; or

 

8.4.3a Director and another person appointed by the Directors for that purpose.

 

8.5The Company may execute a document without a common seal if the document is signed by:

 

8.5.1two Directors;

 

8.5.2a Director and a Secretary; or

 

8.5.3a Director and another person appointed by the Directors for that purpose.

 

8.6The Company may execute a document as a deed if the document is expressed to be executed as a deed and is executed in accordance with article 8.4 or 8.5.

 

8.7The Directors may resolve, generally or in a particular case, that any signature on certificates for securities of the Company may be affixed by mechanical or other means.

 

8.8Negotiable instruments may be signed, drawn, accepted, endorsed or otherwise executed by or on behalf of the Company in the manner and by the persons as the Directors resolve.

 

Committees and delegates

 

8.9The Directors may delegate any of their powers (including this power to delegate) to a committee of Directors, a Director, an employee of the Company or any other person.

 

8.10The Directors may revoke or vary any power delegated under article 8.9.

 

8.11A committee or delegate must exercise the powers delegated in accordance with any directions of the Directors.

 

8.12The exercise of a delegated power by the committee or delegate is as effective as if the Directors exercised the power.

 

8.13Article 9 applies with the necessary changes to meetings of a committee of Directors.

 

Attorney or agent

 

8.14The Directors may appoint any person to be attorney or agent of the Company for any purpose, for any period and on any terms (including as to remuneration) as the Directors resolve.

 

8.15The Directors may delegate any of their powers (including the power to delegate) to an attorney or agent.

 

20

 

 

8.16The Directors may revoke or vary:

 

8.16.1an appointment under article 8.14; or

 

8.16.2any power delegated to an attorney or agent.

 

9.PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS

 

Written resolutions of Directors

 

9.1The Directors may pass a resolution without a meeting of the Directors being held if all of the Directors entitled to vote on the resolution assent to a document containing a statement that they are in favour of the resolution set out in the document. For the avoidance of doubt, a Director who is prohibited from voting on a resolution pursuant to section 195(1)(b) of the Corporations Act will, for the purposes of this article 9.1, not be entitled to vote on such resolution.

 

9.2Separate copies of the document referred to in article 9.1 may be used for assenting to by Directors if the wording of the resolution and the statement is identical in each copy.

 

9.3A Director may signify assent to a document under articles 9.1 to 9.5 (inclusive) by signing the document or by notifying the Company of the assent of the Director:

 

9.3.1in a manner permitted by article 11.10; or

 

9.3.2by any technology including telephone or email.

 

9.4Where a Director signifies assent to a document under article 9.3 other than by signing the document, the Director must by way of confirmation sign the document before or at the next meeting of Directors attended by that Director.

 

9.5The resolution the subject of a document under article 9.1 is not invalid if a Director does not comply with article 9.4.

 

Meetings of Directors

 

9.6The Directors may meet, adjourn and otherwise regulate their meetings as they think fit.

 

9.7A meeting of Directors may be held using any technology.

 

9.8If a meeting of Directors is held in two or more places linked together by any technology:

 

9.8.1a Director present at one of the places is taken to be present at the meeting unless and until the Director states to the chairperson of that meeting that the Director is discontinuing her or her participation in that meeting; and

 

9.8.2the chairperson of that meeting may determine at which place the meeting will be taken to have been held.

 

Who can call meetings of Directors

 

9.9A Director may call a meeting of Directors at any time.

 

9.10On request of any Director, a Secretary of the Company must call a meeting of the Directors.

 

How to call meetings of Directors

 

9.11Notice of a meeting of Directors must be given to each Director and Alternate Director.

 

9.12The Company must give not less than 12 hours’ Notice of a meeting of Directors, unless all Directors agree otherwise.

 

21

 

 

9.13A Director or Alternate Director may waive Notice of a meeting of Directors by Notice in writing to the Company to that effect.

 

Quorum

 

9.14Subject to the Corporations Act, a quorum for a meeting of Directors is:

 

9.14.1if the Directors have fixed a number for the quorum, that number of Directors; and

 

9.14.2in any other case, two Directors entitled to vote on a resolution that may be proposed at that meeting.

 

9.15In determining whether a quorum for a meeting of Directors is present:

 

9.15.1where a Director has appointed an Alternate Director, that Alternate Director is counted if the appointing Director is not present;

 

9.15.2where a person is present as Director and an Alternate Director for another Director, that person is counted separately provided that there is at least one other Director or Alternate Director present; and

 

9.15.3where a person is present as an Alternate Director for more than one Director, that person is counted separately for each appointment provided that there is at least one other Director or Alternate Director present.

 

9.16A quorum for a meeting of Directors must be present at all times during the meeting.

 

9.17If there are not enough persons to form a quorum for a meeting of Directors, one or more of the Directors (including those who have an interest in a matter being considered at that meeting) may call a meeting of Members and the Members may pass a resolution to deal with the matter.

 

Chairperson

 

9.18Subject to article 9.19, the Directors may elect a Director as chairperson of Directors or deputy chairperson of Directors for any period they resolve, or if no period is specified, until that person ceases to be a Director.

 

9.19The Directors may remove the chairperson of Directors or deputy chairperson of Directors at any time.

 

9.20The chairperson of Directors must (if present within 15 minutes after the time appointed for the holding of the meeting and willing to act) chair each meeting of Directors.

 

9.21If:

 

9.21.1there is no chairperson of Directors; or

 

9.21.2the chairperson of Directors is not present within 15 minutes after the time appointed for the holding of a meeting of Directors; or

 

9.21.3the chairperson of Directors is present within that time but is not willing to chair all or part of that meeting,

 

then if the Directors have elected a deputy chairperson of Directors, the deputy chairperson of Directors must (if present within 15 minutes after the time appointed for the holding of the meeting and willing to act) chair all or part of the meeting of Directors.

 

9.22Subject to articles 9.20 and 9.21, if:

 

9.22.1there is no deputy chairperson of Directors; or

 

9.22.2the deputy chairperson of Directors is not present within 15 minutes after the time appointed for the holding of a meeting of Directors; or

 

22

 

 

9.22.3the deputy chairperson of Directors is present within that time but is not willing to chair all or part of that meeting,

 

the Directors present must elect one of themselves to chair all or part of the meeting of Directors.

 

9.23A person does not cease to be a chairperson of Directors or deputy chairperson of Directors if that person retires as a Director at a meeting of Members and is re-elected as a Director at that meeting.

 

Resolutions of Directors

 

9.24A resolution of Directors is passed if more votes are cast in favour of the resolution than against it.

 

9.25Subject to article 6.42 to 6.47 (inclusive) and articles 9.24 to 9.27 (inclusive), each Director has one vote on a matter arising at a meeting of the Directors.

 

9.26In determining the number of votes a Director has on a matter arising at a meeting of Directors:

 

9.26.1where a person is present as Director and an Alternate Director for another Director, that person has one vote as a Director and, subject to article 6.28, one vote as an Alternate Director; and

 

9.26.2where a person is present as an Alternate Director for more than one Director, that person has, subject to article 6.28, one vote for each appointment.

 

9.27Subject to Applicable Law, in case of an equality of votes on a resolution at a meeting of Directors, the chairperson of that meeting has a casting vote on that resolution in addition to any vote the chairperson has in his or her capacity as a Director in respect of that resolution.

 

10.DIVIDENDS AND PROFITS

 

Who may determine Dividends

 

10.1Subject to and in accordance with the Corporations Act, the Listing Rules, the rights of any preference Shares and to the rights of the holders of any Shares created or raised under any special arrangement as to Dividend, the Directors may from time to time declare a Dividend to be paid to the shareholders entitled to the Dividend. Subject to the rights of any preference Shares and to the rights of the holders of any Shares created or raised under any special arrangement as to a Dividend, the Dividend as declared will be payable on all Shares according to the proportion that the amount paid (not credited) is of the total amounts paid and payable (excluding amounts credited) in respect of such Shares.

 

10.2The Directors may determine that a Dividend is payable on Shares and fix:

 

10.2.1the amount of the Dividend;

 

10.2.2whether the Dividend is franked, the franking percentage and the franking class;

 

10.2.3the time for determining entitlements to the Dividend;

 

10.2.4the time for the payment of the Dividend; and

 

10.2.5the method of payment of the Dividend.

 

23

 

 

10.3The method of payment of a Dividend may include any or all of the payment of cash, the issue of Shares, the grant of Company options or other Company securities, the transfer of shares or any other securities in any other body corporate or units in any unit trust or the transfer of any other assets.

 

10.4If the method of payment of a Dividend includes an issue or transfer of shares in a body corporate, each Member:

 

10.4.1agrees to become a member of that body corporate; and

 

10.4.2in the case of a transfer, appoints the Company and each Director as its agent to execute instrument of transfer or other document required to transfer those shares to that Member.

 

10.5A Dividend in respect of a Share must be paid to the person whose name is entered in the Register as the holder of that Share:

 

10.5.1where the Directors have fixed a time under article 10.2.3, at that time; or

 

10.5.2in any other case, on the date the Dividend is paid.

 

10.6Subject to article 10.7, a Member who holds restricted securities is entitled to any Dividends in respect of those restricted securities.

 

10.7A Member who holds restricted securities is not entitled to any Dividends in respect of those restricted securities during a breach of:

 

10.7.1the Listing Rules relating to those restricted securities; or

 

10.7.2a restriction agreement.

 

Dividends for different classes

 

10.8The Directors may determine that Dividends be paid:

 

10.8.1on Shares of one class but not another class; and

 

10.8.2at different rates for different classes of Shares.

 

Dividends proportional to paid up capital

 

10.9Subject to any rights or restrictions attached to a class of Shares, the person entitled to a Dividend on a Share is entitled to:

 

10.9.1if the Share is fully paid (whether the issue price of the Share was paid or credited or both), the entire Dividend; or

 

10.9.2if the Share is partly paid, a proportion of that Dividend equal to the proportion which the amount paid (excluding amounts credited) on that Share is of the total amounts paid or payable (excluding amounts credited) on that Share.

 

10.10Amounts paid in advance of a call on a Share are ignored when calculating the proportion under article 10.9.2.

 

Effect of a transfer on Dividends

 

10.11If a transfer of a Share is registered after the time determined for entitlements to a Dividend on that Share but before the Dividend is paid, the person transferring that Share is, subject to the ASX Settlement Operating Rules, entitled to that Dividend.

 

No interest on Dividends

 

24

 

 

10.12The Company is not required to pay any interest on a Dividend.

 

Unpaid amounts

 

10.13The Company may retain the whole or part of any Dividend on which the Company has a lien and apply that amount in total or part satisfaction of any amount secured by that lien.

 

Capitalisation of profits

 

10.14The Directors may capitalise any profits of the Company and distribute that capital to the Members, in the same proportions as the Members are entitled to a distribution by Dividend.

 

10.15The Directors may fix the time for determining entitlements to a capitalisation of profits.

 

10.16The Directors may decide to apply capital under article 10.14 in either or both of the following ways:

 

10.16.1in paying up an amount unpaid on Shares already issued; and

 

10.16.2in paying up in full any unissued Shares or other securities in the Company.

 

10.17The Members must accept an application of capital under article 10.16 in full satisfaction of their interests in that capital.

 

Distributions of assets

 

10.18The Directors may settle any problem concerning a distribution under article 10 in any way, including:

 

10.18.1rounding amounts up or down to the nearest whole number;

 

10.18.2ignoring fractions;

 

10.18.3valuing assets for distribution;

 

10.18.4paying cash to any Member on the basis of that valuation; and

 

10.18.5vesting assets in a trustee on trust for the Members entitled.

 

Dividend plans

 

10.19The Directors may establish a dividend selection plan or bonus share plan on any terms, under which participants may elect in respect of all or part of their Shares:

 

10.19.1to receive a Dividend from the Company paid in whole or in part out of a particular fund or reserve or out of profits derived from a particular source; or

 

10.19.2to forego a Dividend from the Company and receive some other form of distribution or entitlement (including securities) from the Company or another body corporate or a trust.

 

10.20The Directors may establish a dividend reinvestment plan on any terms, under which participants may elect in respect of all or part of their Shares to apply the whole or any part of a Dividend from the Company in subscribing for securities of the Company or a related body corporate of the Company.

 

10.21Subject to the Listing Rules, the Directors may implement, amend, suspend or terminate a plan established under articles 10.19 to 10.21 (inclusive).

 

25

 

 

11.NOTICES AND PAYMENTS

 

Notice to Members

 

11.1The Company may give Notice to a Member:

 

11.1.1in person;

 

11.1.2by sending it by post to the address of the Member in the Register or the alternative address (if any) nominated by that Member;

 

11.1.3by sending it to the fax number or electronic address (if any) nominated by that Member; or

 

11.1.4such other means as permitted by the Corporations Act.

 

11.2If the address of a Member in the Register is not within Australia, the Company must send all documents to that Member by air-mail, air courier, fax or by electronic means.

 

11.3The Company must give any Notice to Members who are joint holders of a Share to the person named first in the Register in respect of that Share, and that Notice is Notice to all holders of that Share.

 

11.4The Company may give Notice to a person entitled to a Share because of a Transmission Event in any manner specified in article 11.1.

 

11.5Notice to a person entitled to a Share because of a Transmission Event is taken to be Notice to the Member of that Share.

 

11.6A Notice to a Member is sufficient, even if:

 

11.6.1a Transmission Event occurs in respect of that Member (whether or not a joint holder of a Share); or

 

11.6.2that Member is an externally administered body corporate,

 

and regardless of whether or not the Company has Notice of that Transmission Event.

 

11.7A person entitled to a Share because of a transfer, Transmission Event or otherwise, is bound by every Notice given in respect of that Share.

 

11.8Any Notice required or allowed to be given by the Company to one or more Members by advertisement is, unless otherwise stipulated, sufficiently advertised if advertised once in a daily newspaper circulating in the states and territories of Australia.

 

Notice to Directors

 

11.9The Company may give Notice to a Director or Alternate Director:

 

11.9.1in person;

 

11.9.2by sending it by post to the usual residential address of that person or the alternative address (if any) nominated by that person;

 

11.9.3by sending it to the fax number or electronic address (if any) nominated by that person; or

 

11.9.4by any other means agreed between the Company and that person.

 

26

 

 

Notice to the Company

 

11.10A person may give Notice to the Company by:

 

11.10.1leaving it at the registered office of the Company during a time when the registered office is open;

 

11.10.2sending it by post to the registered office of the Company;

 

11.10.3sending it to a fax number at the registered office of the Company nominated by the Company for that purpose;

 

11.10.4sending it to the electronic address (if any) nominated by the Company for that purpose; or

 

11.10.5any other means permitted by the Corporations Act.

 

Time of service

 

11.11A Notice sent by post to an address within Australia is taken to be given:

 

11.11.1in the case of a Notice of meeting, one day after it is posted; or

 

11.11.2in any other case, at the time at which the Notice would be delivered in the ordinary course of post.

 

11.12A Notice sent by post or air-mail to an address outside Australia is taken to be given:

 

11.12.1in the case of a Notice of meeting, one day after it is posted; or

 

11.12.2in any other case, at the time at which the Notice would be delivered in the ordinary course of post.

 

11.13A Notice sent by air courier to a place outside Australia is taken to be given one day after delivery to the air courier.

 

11.14A Notice sent by fax is taken to be given on the day it is sent, provided that the sender’s transmission report shows that the whole Notice was sent to the correct fax number.

 

11.15A Notice sent to an electronic address is taken to be given on the date it is sent unless a delivery failure message is received by the Company.

 

11.16The giving of a Notice by post, air-mail or air courier is sufficiently proved by evidence that the Notice:

 

11.16.1was addressed to the correct address of the recipient; and

 

11.16.2was placed in the post or delivered to the air courier.

 

11.17A certificate by a Director or Secretary of a matter referred to in article 11.16 is sufficient evidence of the matter, unless it is proved to the contrary.

 

Signatures

 

11.18The Directors may decide, generally or in a particular case, that a Notice given by the Company be signed by mechanical or other means.

 

Payments

 

11.19The Company may pay a person entitled to an amount payable in respect of a Share (including a Dividend) by:

 

11.19.1crediting an account nominated in writing by that person;

 

11.19.2cheque made payable to bearer, to the person entitled to the amount or any other person the person entitled directs in writing; or

 

27

 

 

11.19.3any other manner as the Directors resolve.

 

11.20The Company may post a cheque referred to in article 11.19.2 to:

 

11.20.1the address in the Register of the Member of the Share;

 

11.20.2if that Share is jointly held, the address in the Register of the Member named first in the Register in respect of the Share; or

 

11.20.3any other address which that person directs in writing.

 

11.21Any joint holder of a Share may give effective receipt for an amount (including a Dividend) paid in respect of the Share.

 

12.WINDING UP

 

Distributions proportional to paid up capital

 

12.1Subject to any rights or restrictions attached to a class of Shares, on a winding up of the Company, any surplus must be divided among the Members in the proportions which the amount paid (including amounts credited) on the Shares of a Member is of the total amounts paid and payable (including amounts credited) on the Shares of all Members.

 

Distributions of assets

 

12.2Subject to any rights or restrictions attached to a class of Shares, on a winding up of the Company, the liquidator may, with the sanction of a special resolution of the Members:

 

12.2.1distribute among the Members the whole or any part of the property of the Company; and

 

12.2.2decide how to distribute the property as between the Members or different classes of Members.

 

12.3The liquidator of the Company may settle any problem concerning a distribution under article 12 in any way, including:

 

12.3.1rounding amounts up or down to the nearest whole number;

 

12.3.2ignoring fractions;

 

12.3.3valuing assets for distribution;

 

12.3.4paying cash to any Member on the basis of that valuation; and

 

12.3.5vesting assets in a trustee on trust for the Members entitled.

 

12.4A Member need not accept any property, including shares or other securities, carrymg a liability.

 

28

 

 

SCHEDULE 1: DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.DEFINITIONS

 

In this constitution, unless the context otherwise requires:

 

Adoption Date” means the date on which this constitution is adopted by the Company as its constitution;

 

Alternate Director” means a person for the time being holding office as an alternate Director of the Company under articles 6.24 to 6.32 (inclusive);

 

Applicable Law” means the Corporations Act, the Listing Rules and the ASX Settlement Operating Rules;

 

AGM” means an annual general meeting of Members;

 

ASX” means ASX Limited (ACN 008 624 691) and where the context permits the Australian Securities Exchange operated by ASX Limited;

 

ASX Settlement” means ASX Settlement Pty Limited (ACN 008 504 532); “ASX Settlement Operating Rules” mean the operating rules of ASX Settlement; “Business Day”:

 

(a)if the Company is admitted to the Official List at the time, has the meaning given in the Listing Rules; or

 

(b)otherwise, means a day except a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday in Western Australia;

 

Company” means the company named Mount Magnet South Limited (ACN 096 635 246), or whatever its name may be from time to time;

 

Corporations Act” means the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth), except to the extent of any exemption, modification, declaration or order made in respect of that legislation which applies to the Company;

 

Directors” means the directors of the Company for the time being; “Dividend” includes an interim dividend and a final dividend; “Eligible Member” means, in respect of a meeting of Members:

 

(a)the date and time specified in the Notice of that meeting, a person who is a Member at that time; or

 

(b)as otherwise determined by the party calling that meeting, provided that the time is not more than 48 hours prior to that meeting.

 

Executive Director” means a Director who is an employee (whether full-time or part-time) of the Company or of any related body corporate of the Company other than by virtue of being a Director of the Company;

 

Legal Costs” of a person means legal costs incurred by that person in defending an action for a Liability of that person;

 

Liability” of a person means any liability incurred by that person as an officer of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company;

 

Listing Rules” means the listing rules of ASX and any other rules of ASX which are applicable while the Company is admitted to the Official List, each as amended or replaced from time to time, except and to the extent of any express written waiver by ASX;

 

29

 

 

Member” means a person whose name is entered in the Register as the holder of a Share;

 

Non-Executive Directors” means all Directors other than Executive Directors;

 

Notice” means a notice given pursuant to, or for the purposes of, this constitution or Applicable Law;

 

Notifiable Interest” has the meaning given by paragraph (a) of the definition of notifiable interest of a director in the Listing Rules;

 

Official List” means the official list of ASX;

 

Personal Representative” means the legal personal representative, executor or administrator of the estate of a deceased person;

 

Prescribed Notice” means 28 days or any shorter period of Notice for a meeting of Members of the Company allowed under the Corporations Act;

 

Previous Constitution” means the constitution of the Company immediately before the Adoption Date;

 

Register” means the register of Members kept under Applicable Law and, where appropriate, includes any sub-register and branch register;

 

Relevant Officer” means a person who is, or has been, a Director or Secretary; “Secretary” means a company secretary of the Company for the time being; “Share” means a share in the capital of the Company;

 

Transmission Event” means:

 

(a)if a Member is an individual:

 

(i)death or bankruptcy of that Member; or

 

(ii)that Member becoming of unsound mind or becoming a person whose property is liable to be dealt with under a law about mental health;

 

(b)if a Member is a body corporate, the deregistration of that Member under the laws of the jurisdiction of its registration; or

 

(c)in any case, the vesting in, or transfer to, a person of the Shares of a Member without that person becoming a Member.

 

2.INTERPRETATION

 

2.1In this constitution, unless the context otherwise requires:

 

2.1.1a reference to a partly paid Share is a reference to a Share on which there is an amount unpaid;

 

2.1.2a reference to a call or an amount called in respect of a Share includes an amount that, by the terms of issue of a Share or otherwise, is payable at one or more fixed times;

 

2.1.3a reference to a Share which is jointly held is a reference to a Share for which there is more than one Member;

 

2.1.4a reference to a meeting of Members includes a meeting of any class of Members;

 

2.1.5a Member is taken to be present at a meeting of Members if the Member is present in person or by proxy, attorney or representative; and

 

30

 

 

2.1.6a reference to a notice or document in writing includes a notice or document given by fax or another form of written communication.

 

2.2In this constitution, headings are for convenience only and do not affect interpretation, and unless the context indicates a contrary intention:

 

2.2.1words importing the singular include the plural (and vice versa);

 

2.2.2words indicating a gender include every other gender;

 

2.2.3the word person includes an individual, the estate of an individual, a corporation, an authority, an association or a joint venture (whether incorporated or unincorporated), a partnership and a trust;

 

2.2.4where a word or phrase is given a defined meaning, any other part of speech or grammatical form of that word or phrase has a corresponding meaning; and

 

2.2.5the word includes in any form is not a word of limitation.

 

2.3In this constitution, unless the context otherwise requires:

 

2.3.1a reference to an article or a schedule is to an article or a schedule of this constitution;

 

2.3.2a reference in a schedule to a paragraph is to a paragraph of that schedule;

 

2.3.3a schedule is part of this constitution; and

 

2.3.4a reference to this constitution is to this constitution (and where applicable any of its provisions) as modified or repealed from time to time.

 

2.4In this constitution, unless the context otherwise requires:

 

2.4.1a reference to any statute or to any statutory provision includes any statutory modification or re-enactment of it or any statutory provision substituted for it, and all ordinances, by-laws, regulations, rules and statutory instruments (however described) issued under it; and

 

2.4.2a reference to the Listing Rules or the ASX Settlement Operating Rules includes any amendment or replacement of those rules from time to time.

 

2.5Unless the context indicates a contrary intention:

 

2.5.1an expression in a provision of this constitution which deals with a matter dealt with by a provision of Applicable Law has the same meaning as in that provision of Applicable Law; and

 

2.5.2an expression in a provision of this constitution that is defined in section 9 of the Corporations Act has the same meaning as in that section.

 

2.5.3In this constitution, a reference to the Listing Rules, the ASX Settlement Operating Rules or ASX has effect only if at that time the Company is included in the Official List.

 

3.EXERCISE OF POWERS

 

3.1Where this constitution confers a power or imposes a duty, then, unless the contrary intention appears, the power may be exercised and the duty must be performed from time to time as the occasion requires.

 

31

 

 

4.ARTICLES OF THIS CONSTITUTION

 

4.1Unless Applicable Law provides that this constitution may contain a provision contrary to Applicable Law, the articles of this constitution are subject to Applicable Law such that any article of this constitution that is inconsistent with or contrary to Applicable Law will be read down to the extent of the inconsistency with Applicable Law.

 

4.2If an article is inconsistent with or contrary to Applicable Law and is not capable of being read down to the extent of the inconsistency under paragraph 4.1, the relevant article will be severed from this constitution.

 

4.3If at any time any provision of this constitution is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under the law of any jurisdiction, that does not affect or impair:

 

4.3.1the legality, validity or enforceability in that jurisdiction of any other provision of this constitution; or

 

4.3.2the legality, validity or enforceability under the law of any other jurisdiction of that or any other provision of this constitution.

 

5.PROVISIONS REQUIRED BY LISTING RULE 15.11.1

 

If the Company is admitted to the Official List, the following provisions apply:

 

5.1notwithstanding anything contained in this constitution, if the Listing Rules prohibit an act being done, the act must not be done;

 

5.2nothing contained in this constitution prevents an act being done that the Listing Rules require to be done;

 

5.3if the Listing Rules require an act to be done or not to be done, authority is given for that act to be done or not to be done (as the case may be);

 

5.4if the Listing Rules require this constitution to contain a provision and it does not contain such a provision, this constitution is deemed to contain that provision;

 

5.5if the Listing Rules require this constitution not to contain a provision and it contains such a provision, this constitution is deemed not to contain that provision; and

 

5.6if any provision of this constitution is or becomes inconsistent with the Listing Rules, this constitution is deemed not to contain that provision to the extent of the inconsistency.

 

32

 

 

SCHEDULE 2: CALLS, COMPANY PAYMENTS, FORFEITURE AND LIENS

 

1.EXERCISE OF POWERS

 

The powers of the Company under this schedule 2 may only be exercised by the Directors.

 

2.CALLS

 

Making a call

 

2.1Subject to the terms of issue of a Share, the Company may at any time make calls on the Members of a Share for all or any part of the amount unpaid on the Share as the Directors resolve.

 

2.2The Company may make calls payable for one or more Members for different amounts and at different times.

 

2.3Subject to the terms of issue of a Share, a call may be made payable by instalments.

 

2.4Subject to the Company may revoke or postpone a call or extend the time for payment of a call.

 

2.5A call is made when the Directors resolve to make the call.

 

Notice of a call

 

2.6The Company must give Members at least 10 Business Days’ Notice of a call.

 

2.7A Notice of a call must be in writing and specify the amount of the call, the due date for payment, the manner in which payment of the call must be made, the consequences of non-payment of the call and any other information required by the Listing Rules.

 

2.8A call is not invalid if:

 

2.8.1a Member does not receive Notice of the call; or

 

2.8.2the Company accidentally does not give Notice of the call to a Member.

 

Payment of a call

 

2.9A Member must pay to the Company the amount of each call made on the Member on the date and in the manner specified in the Notice of the call.

 

2.10If an amount unpaid on a Share is payable, by the terms of issue of the Share or otherwise, in one or more fixed amounts on one or more fixed dates, the Member of that Share must pay to the Company those amounts on those dates.

 

2.11A Member must pay to the Company:

 

2.11.1interest at the rate specified in paragraph 7.1 on any amount referred to in paragraph 2.9 or 2.10 which is not paid on or before the time appointed for its payment, from the time appointed for payment to the time of the actual payment; and

 

2.11.2expenses incurred by the Company because of the failure to pay or late payment of that amount.

 

2.12The Company may waive payment of all or any part of an amount payable under paragraph 2.11.

 

2.13The joint holders of a Share are jointly and severally liable for the payment of all calls due in respect of that Share.

 

33

 

 

Recovery of a call

 

2.14The Company may recover an amount due and payable under this paragraph 2 from a Member by:

 

2.14.1commencing legal action against the Member for all or part of the amount due;

 

2.14.2enforcing a lien on the Share in respect of which the call was made; or

 

2.14.3forfeiting the Share in respect of which the call was made.

 

2.15The debt due in respect of an amount payable under this paragraph 2 in respect of a Share is sufficiently proved by evidence that:

 

2.15.1the name of the Member sued is entered in the Register as one or more of the holders of that Share; and

 

2.15.2there is a record in the minute books of the Company of:

 

2.15.2.1in the case of an amount referred to in paragraph 2.10, that amount; or

 

2.15.2.2in any other case, the resolution making the call.

 

Payment in advance of a call

 

2.16The Company may:

 

2.16.1accept from any Member all or any part of the amount unpaid on a Share held by the Member before that amount is called for;

 

2.16.2pay interest at any rate the Directors resolve, on the amount paid before it is called, from the date of payment until and including the date the amount becomes actually payable; and

 

2.16.3repay the amount paid to that Member.

 

2.17An amount paid pursuant to paragraph 2.16.1 does not confer a right to participate in:

 

2.17.1a Dividend determined to be paid from the profits of the Company; or

 

2.17.2any surplus of the Company in a winding up of the Company,

 

for the period before the date when the amount paid would have otherwise become payable.

 

3.COMPANY PAYMENTS ON BEHALF OF A MEMBER

 

Rights of the Company

 

3.1A Member or, if the Member is deceased, the Member’s Personal Representative, must indemnify the Company against any liability which the Company has under any law to make a payment (including payment of a tax) in respect of:

 

3.1.1a Share held by that Member (whether solely or jointly);

 

3.1.2a transfer or transmission of Shares by that Member;

 

3.1.3a Dividend or other money which is, or may become, due or payable to that Member; or

 

3.1.4that Member.

 

34

 

 

3.2A Member or, if the Member is deceased, the Member’s Personal Representative, must pay to the Company immediately on demand:

 

3.2.1the amount required to reimburse the Company for a payment referred to in paragraph 3.1; and

 

3.2.2pay to the Company interest at the rate specified in paragraph 7.1 on any amount referred to in paragraph 3.1 paid by the Company, from the date of payment by the Company until and including the date the Company is reimbursed in full for that payment.

 

3.3Subject to Applicable Law, the Company may refuse to register a transfer of any Shares by a Member referred to in paragraph 3.1, or that Member’s Personal Representative, until all money payable to the Company under paragraphs 3.1 to 3.4 (inclusive) has been paid.

 

3.4The powers and rights of the Company under paragraphs 3.1 to 3.4 (inclusive) are in addition to any right or remedy that the Company may have under the law which requires the Company to make a payment referred to in paragraph 3.1.

 

Recovery of Company payments

 

3.5The Company may recover an amount due and payable under paragraphs 3.1 to 3.4 (inclusive) from the Member or the Member’s Personal Representative by any or all of:

 

3.5.1deducting all or part of that amount from any other amount payable by the Company to that person in respect of the Shares of that person;

 

3.5.2commencing legal action against that person for all or part of that amount; or

 

3.5.3enforcing a lien on one or more of the Shares of that person.

 

3.6The Company may waive any or all its rights under paragraph 3.

 

4.FORFEITURE

 

Forfeiture procedure

 

4.1The Company may forfeit a Share of a Member by a resolution of the Directors if:

 

4.1.1that Member does not pay a call or instalment on that Share on or before the date for its payment;

 

4.1.2the Company gives that Member Notice:

 

4.1.2.1requiring the Member to pay that call or instalment, any interest on it and all expenses incurred by the Company by reason of the non-payment; and

 

4.1.2.2stating that the Share is liable to be forfeited if that Member does not pay to the Company, at the place specified in the Notice, the amount specified in the Notice, within 10 Business Days (or any longer period specified) after the date of the Notice; and

 

4.1.3that Member does not pay that amount in accordance with that Notice.

 

Notice of forfeiture

 

4.2When any Share has been forfeited, the Company must:

 

4.2.1give Notice of the forfeiture to the Member registered as its holder before the forfeiture; and

 

35

 

 

4.2.2record the forfeiture with the date of forfeiture in the Register.

 

4.3Failure by the Company to comply with any requirement in paragraph 4.2 does not invalidate the forfeiture.

 

Effect of forfeiture

 

4.4The forfeiture of a Share extinguishes:

 

4.4.1all interests in that Share of the former Member; and

 

4.4.2all claims against the Company in respect of that Share by the former Member, including all Dividends determined to be paid in respect of that Share and not actually paid.

 

4.5A former Member of a forfeited Share must pay to the Company:

 

4.5.1all calls, instalments, interest and expenses in respect of that Share at the time of forfeiture; and

 

4.5.2interest at the rate specified in paragraph 7.1 on those amounts from the time of forfeiture until and including the date of payment of those amounts.

 

Sale or reissue of forfeited Shares

 

4.6The Company may sell, otherwise dispose of or reissue, a Share which has been forfeited on any terms and in any manner as the Directors resolve.

 

Cancellation of forfeited Shares

 

4.7The Company may by ordinary resolution passed at a meeting of Members cancel a Share which has been forfeited under the terms on which the Share is on issue.

 

Proof of forfeiture

 

4.8A certificate in writing from the Company signed by a Director or Secretary that a Share was forfeited on a specified date is sufficient evidence of:

 

4.8.1the forfeiture of that Share; and

 

4.8.2the right and title of the Company to sell, dispose or reissue that Share.

 

Waiver or cancellation of forfeiture

 

4.9The Company may:

 

4.9.1waive any or all of its rights under paragraph 4; and

 

4.9.2at any time before a sale, disposition, reissue or cancellation of a forfeited Share, cancel the forfeiture on any terms as the Directors resolve.

 

5.LIENS

 

First ranking lien

 

5.1The Company has a first ranking lien on:

 

5.1.1each Share registered in the name of a Member;

 

5.1.2the proceeds of sale of those Shares; and

 

5.1.3all Dividends determined to be payable in respect of those Shares,

 

36

 

 

for:

 

5.1.4each unpaid call or instalment which is due but unpaid on those Shares;

 

5.1.5if those Shares were acquired under an employee incentive scheme, all amounts payable to the Company by the Member under loans made to enable those Shares to be acquired;

 

5.1.6all amounts which the Company is required by law to pay, and has paid, in respect of those Shares (including any payment under paragraph 3) or the forfeiture or sale of those Shares; and

 

5.1.7all interest and expenses due and payable to the Company under this schedule 2.

 

Enforcement by sale

 

5.2The Company may sell a Share of a Member to enforce a lien on that Share if:

 

5.2.1an amount secured by that lien is due and payable;

 

5.2.2the Company gives that Member or the Member’s Personal Representative Notice:

 

5.2.2.1requiring payment to the Company of that amount, any interest on it and all expenses incurred by the Company by reason of the non-payment; and

 

5.2.2.2stating that the Share is liable to be sold if that person does not pay to the Company, in the manner specified in the Notice, the amount specified in the Notice within 10 Business Days (or any longer period specified) after the date of the Notice; and

 

5.2.3that Member or the Member’s Personal Representative does not pay that amount in accordance with that Notice.

 

Release or waiver of lien

 

5.3Registration of a transfer of a Share by the Company releases any lien of the Company on that Share in respect of any amount owing on that Share, unless the Company gives Notice, to the person to whom that Share is transferred, of the amount owing.

 

5.4The Company may waive any or all of its rights under paragraph 5.

 

6.SALES, DISPOSALS AND REISSUES Sale procedure

 

6.1The Company may:

 

6.1.1receive the purchase money or consideration for Shares sold or disposed of under this schedule 2;

 

6.1.2appoint a person to sign a transfer of Shares sold or disposed of under this schedule 2;

 

6.1.3do all things necessary or desirable under Applicable Law to effect a transfer of Shares sold or disposed of under this schedule 2; and

 

6.1.4enter in the Register the name of the person to whom Shares are sold or disposed.

 

6.2The person to whom a Share is sold or disposed under this schedule 2 need not enquire whether the Company:

 

6.2.1properly exercised its powers under this schedule 2 in respect of that Share; or

 

37

 

 

6.2.2properly applied the proceeds of sale or disposal of those Shares,

 

and the title of that person is not affected by those matters.

 

6.3The remedy (if any) of any person aggrieved by a sale or other disposal of Shares under this schedule 2 is in damages only and against the Company exclusively.

 

6.4A certificate in writing from the Company signed by a Director or Secretary that a Share was sold, disposed of or reissued in accordance with this schedule 2 is sufficient evidence of those matters.

 

Application of proceeds

 

6.5The Company must apply the proceeds of any sale, other disposal or reissue of any Shares under this schedule 2 in the following order:

 

6.5.1the expenses of the sale, other disposal or reissue;

 

6.5.2the amounts due and unpaid in respect of those Shares; and

 

6.5.3the balance (if any) to the former Member or the former Member’s Personal Representative, on the Company receiving the certificate (if any) of those Shares or other evidence satisfactory to the Company regarding the ownership of those Shares.

 

7.INTEREST

 

7.1A person must pay interest under this schedule 2 to the Company:

 

7.1.1at a rate the Directors resolve; or

 

7.1.2if the Directors do not resolve, at 15 per cent per annum.

 

7.2Interest payable to the Company under this schedule 2 accrues daily.

 

7.3The Company may capitalise interest payable under this schedule 2 at any interval the Directors resolve.

 

38

 

 

SCHEDULE 3: TRANSMISSION

 

1.DECEASED MEMBERS

 

Effect of death

 

1.1If a Member in respect of a Share which is not jointly held dies, the Company must recognise only the Personal Representative of that Member as having any title to or interest in, or any benefits accruing in respect of, that Share.

 

1.2If a Member in respect of a Share which is jointly held dies, the Company must recognise only the surviving Members of that Share as having any title to or interest in, or any benefits accruing in respect of, that Share.

 

Estates and Personal Representatives

 

1.3The estate of a deceased Member is not released from any liability in respect of the Shares registered in the name of that Member.

 

1.4Where two or more persons are jointly entitled to any Share as a consequence of the death of the registered holder of that Share, they are taken to be joint holders of that Share.

 

2.TRANSMISSION EVENTS

 

Transmittee right to register or transfer

 

2.1Subject to the Bankruptcy Act 1966 (Cth) if a person entitled to a Share because of a Transmission Event gives the Directors the information they reasonably require to establish the person’s entitlement to be registered as the holder of the Share, that person may:

 

2.1.1elect to be registered as a Member in respect of that Share by giving a signed Notice to the Company; or

 

2.1.2transfer that Share to another person.

 

2.2On receiving a Notice under paragraph 2.1.1, the Company must register the person as the holder of that Share.

 

2.3A transfer under paragraph 2.1.2 is subject to all provisions of this constitution relating to transfers of Shares.

 

Other transmute rights and obligations

 

2.4A person registered as a Member as a consequence of paragraphs 2.1 to 2.3 (inclusive) must indemnify the Company to the extent of any loss or damage suffered by the Company as a result of that registration.

 

2.5A person who has given to the Directors the information referred to in paragraph 2.1 in respect of a Share is entitled to the same rights to which that person would be entitled if registered as the holder of that Share.

 

39

 

 

SCHEDULE 4: UNMARKETABLE PARCELS

 

1.DEFINITIONS

 

In this schedule, unless the context otherwise requires, “Sale Share” means a Share which is sold or disposed of in accordance with this schedule.

 

2.POWER TO SELL UNMARKETABLE PARCELS Existing unmarketable parcels

 

2.1The Company may sell the Shares of a Member if:

 

2.1.1the total number of Shares of a particular class held by that Member is less than a marketable parcel;

 

2.1.2the Company gives that Member Notice stating that the Shares are liable to be sold or disposed of by the Company; and

 

2.1.3that Member does not give Notice to the Company, by the date specified in the Notice of the Company (being not less than 42 days after the date of the Company giving that Notice), stating that all or some of those Shares are not to be sold or disposed of.

 

2.2The Company may only exercise the powers under paragraph 2.1, in respect of one or more Members, once in any 12-month period.

 

2.3The power of the Company under paragraph 2.1 lapses following the announcement of a takeover bid. However, the procedure may be started again after the close of the offers made under the takeover bid.

 

New unmarketable parcels

 

2.4The Company may sell the Shares of a Member if:

 

2.4.1the Shares of a particular class held by that Member are in a new holding created by a transfer on or after 1 September 1999; and

 

2.4.2that transfer is of a number of Shares of that class that was less than a marketable parcel at the time the transfer document was initiated, or in the case of a paper based transfer document, was lodged with the Company.

 

2.5The Company may give a Member referred to in paragraph 2.4 Notice stating that the Company intends to sell or dispose of the Shares.

 

3.EXERCISE OF POWER OF SALE

 

Extinguishment of interests and claims

 

3.1The exercise by the Company of its powers under paragraph 2 extinguishes, subject to this schedule 4:

 

3.1.1all interests in the Sale Shares of the former Member; and

 

3.1.2all claims against the Company in respect of the Sale Shares by that Member, including all Dividends determined to be paid in respect of those Share and not actually paid.

 

Manner of sale

 

3.2The Company may sell or dispose of any Shares under paragraph 2 at any time:

 

3.2.1using a financial services licensee on the basis that person obtains the highest possible price for the sale of the Shares; or

 

40

 

 

3.2.2in any other manner and on any terms as the Directors resolve.

 

3.3The Company may:

 

3.3.1exercise any powers permitted under Applicable Law to enable the sale or disposal of Shares under this schedule;

 

3.3.2receive the purchase money or consideration for Sale Shares;

 

3.3.3appoint a person to sign a transfer of Sale Shares; and

 

3.3.4enter in the Register the name of the person to whom Sale Shares are sold or disposed.

 

3.4The person to whom a Sale Share is sold or disposed need not enquire whether the Company:

 

3.4.1properly exercised its powers under this schedule in respect of that Share; or

 

3.4.2properly applied the proceeds of sale or disposal of those Shares, and the title of that person is not affected by those matters.

 

3.5The remedy of any person aggrieved by a sale or disposal of Sale Shares is in damages only and against the Company exclusively.

 

3.6A certificate in writing from the Company signed by a Director or Secretary that a Share was sold or disposed of in accordance with this schedule 4 is sufficient evidence of those matters.

 

Application of proceeds

 

3.7If the Company exercises the powers under paragraphs 2.1 to 2.3 (inclusive), either the Company or the person to whom a Sale Share is sold or disposed of must pay the expenses of the sale or disposal.

 

3.8The Company must apply the proceeds of any sale or disposal of any Sale Shares in the following order:

 

3.8.1in the case of an exercise of the powers under paragraphs 2.4 and 2.5, the expenses of the sale or disposal;

 

3.8.2the amounts due and unpaid in respect of those Shares; and

 

3.8.3the balance (if any) to the former Member or the former Member’s Personal Representative, on the Company receiving the certificate (if any) for those Shares or other evidence satisfactory to the Company regarding the ownership of those Shares.

 

Voting and dividend rights pending sale

 

3.9If the Company is entitled to exercise the powers under paragraphs 2.4 and 2.5, the Company may by resolution of the Directors remove or change either or both:

 

3.9.1the right to vote; and

 

3.9.2the right to receive Dividends,

 

of the relevant Member in respect of some or all of the Shares liable to be sold or disposed of.

 

3.10After the sale of the relevant Sale Shares, the Company must pay to the person entitled any Dividends that have been withheld under paragraph 3.9.

 

41

 

 

SCHEDULE 5: PROPORTIONAL TAKEOVER BID APPROVAL

 

1.DEFINITIONS

 

In this schedule, unless the context otherwise requires:

 

“Approving Resolution” means a resolution to approve a proportional takeover bid in accordance with this schedule 5;

 

“Deadline” means the 14th day before the last day of the bid period for a proportional takeover bid;

 

“Voter” means a person (other than the bidder under a proportional takeover bid or an associate of that bidder) who, as at the end of the day on which the first offer under that bid was made, held bid class securities for that bid.

 

2.REFUSAL OF TRANSFERS Requirement for an Approving Resolution

 

2.1The Company must refuse to register a transfer of Shares giving effect to a takeover contract for a proportional takeover bid unless and until an Approving Resolution is passed in accordance with this schedule 5.

 

2.2This schedule 5 ceases to apply on the third anniversary of its last adoption, or last renewal, in accordance with the Corporations Act.

 

Voting on an Approving Resolution

 

2.3Where offers are made under a proportional takeover bid, the Directors must, call and arrange to hold a meeting of Voters for the purpose of voting on an Approving Resolution before the Deadline.

 

2.4The provisions of this constitution concerning meetings of Members (with the necessary changes) apply to a meeting held under paragraph 2.3.

 

2.5Subject to this constitution, every Voter present at the meeting held under paragraph 2.3 is entitled to one vote for each Share in the bid class securities that the Voter holds.

 

2.6To be effective, an Approving Resolution must be passed before the Deadline.

 

2.7An Approving Resolution that has been voted on is taken to have been passed if the proportion that the number of votes in favour of the resolution bears to the total number of votes on the resolution is greater than 50 per cent, and otherwise is taken to have been rejected.

 

2.8If no Approving Resolution has been voted on as at the end of the day before the Deadline, an Approving Resolution is taken, for the purposes of this schedule, to have been passed in accordance with this schedule 5.

 

42

 

 

SCHEDULE 6: PREFERENCE SHARES

 

1.DEFINITIONS

 

In this schedule, unless the context otherwise requires:

 

“Conversion Circumstances” means, in respect of a Converting Preference Share, whether the Preference Share is liable to be converted or convertible:

 

(a)at the option of the Holder, or of the Company, or both;

 

(b)upon the happening of a particular event; or

 

(c)at a fixed time;

 

“Conversion Date” means, in respect of a Converting Preference Share, the date (if any) specified in the Issue Resolution for the conversion of that Preference Share or the date upon which an event specified in the Issue Resolution occurs which results in the conversion of that Preference Share;

 

“Conversion Number” means the number, or formula for determining the number, of ordinary Shares into which a Converting Preference Share will convert upon conversion;

 

“Converting Preference Share” means a Preference Share which is specified in the Issue Resolution as being liable to be converted or convertible into ordinary Shares in a manner permitted by the Corporations Act, whether at the option of the Holder or otherwise;

 

“Dividend” means any distribution of any property (including without limitation, money, Paid Up shares, debentures, debenture stock or other securities of the Company or of any other Corporation) to a Holder in respect of a Preference Share as a dividend, whether interim or final;

 

“Dividend Date” means, in respect of a Preference Share, a date specified in the Issue Resolution on which a Dividend in respect of that Preference Share is payable;

 

“Dividend Rate” means, in respect of a Preference Share, the terms specified in the Issue Resolution for the calculation of the amount of Dividend to be paid in respect of that Preference Share on any Dividend Date, which calculation may be wholly or partly established by reference to an algebraic formula;

 

“Franked Dividend” has the meaning given in the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 (Cth);

 

“Holder” means, in respect of a Preference Share, the registered holder of that Share;

 

“Issue Resolution” means the resolution specified in paragraph 3;

 

“Preference Share” means a Share issued under articles 2.3 to 2.5 (inclusive);

 

“Redeemable Preference Share” means a Preference Share which is specified in the Issue Resolution as being liable to be redeemed in a manner permitted by the Corporations Act;

 

“Redemption Amount” means, in respect of a Redeemable Preference Share, the amount specified in the Issue Resolution to be paid on redemption of the Redeemable Preference Share;

 

“Redemption Circumstances” means, in respect of a Redeemable Preference Share, whether the Preference Share is liable to be redeemed:

 

(a)at the option of the Holder, or of the Company, or both;

 

(b)upon the happening of a particular event; or

 

43

 

 

(c)at a fixed time;

 

“Redemption Date” means, in respect of a Redeemable Preference Share, the date specified in the Issue Resolution for the redemption of that Preference Share or the date upon which an event specified in the Issue Resolution occurs which results in the redemption of that Preference Share;

 

“Specified Date” means, in respect of a Redeemable Preference Share, the date (if any) specified in the Issue Resolution before which that Redeemable Preference Share may not be redeemed by the Holder.

 

2.RIGHTS OF HOLDERS

 

Each Preference Share confers upon its Holder:

 

2.1the rights referred to in articles 2.4 and 2.5;

 

2.2the right in winding up to payment in cash of the amount then paid up on it, and any arrears of Dividend in respect of that Preference Share in priority to any other class of Shares;

 

2.3the right in priority to any payment of a Dividend to any other class of Shares, to a cumulative preferential dividend payable on each Dividend Date in relation to that Preference Share calculated in accordance with the Dividend Rate in relation to that Preference Share; and

 

2.4no right to participate beyond the extent elsewhere specified in this paragraph 2 in surplus assets or profits of the Company, whether in winding up or otherwise.

 

3.ISSUE RESOLUTION

 

3.1The Directors may allot a Preference Share by a resolution of the Directors specifying:

 

3.1.1the Dividend Date;

 

3.1.2the Dividend Rate;

 

3.1.3whether the Preference Share is or is not a Redeemable Preference Share;

 

3.1.4if the Preference Share is a Redeemable Preference Share, the Redemption Amount, the Redemption Date, the Redemption Circumstances and any Specified Date for that Redeemable Preference Share;

 

3.1.5that the Preference Share is a Converting Preference Share;

 

3.1.6the Conversion Circumstances, the Conversion Number and any Conversion Date; and

 

3.1.7any other terms and conditions to apply to that Preference Share.

 

3.2The Issue Resolution in establishing the Dividend Rate for a Preference Share may specify that the Dividend is to be:

 

3.2.1fixed;

 

3.2.2variable depending upon any variation of the respective values of any factors in an algebraic formula specified in the Issue Resolution; or

 

3.2.3variable depending upon such other factors as the Directors may specify in the Issue Resolution,

 

and may also specify that the Dividend is to be a Franked Dividend or not a Franked Dividend.

 

44

 

 

3.3Where the Issue Resolution specifies that the Dividend to be paid in respect of the Preference Share is to be a Franked Dividend the Issue Resolution may also specify:

 

3.3.1the extent to which such Dividend is to be franked; and

 

3.3.2the consequences of any Dividend paid not being so franked, which may include a provision for an increase in the amount of the Dividend to such an extent or by reference to such factors as may be specified in the Issue Resolution.

 

4.REDEMPTION

 

4.1The Company must redeem a Redeemable Preference Share on issue:

 

4.1.1in the case where the Redeemable Preference Share is liable to be redeemed at the option of the Company, on the specified date where the Company, not less than 10 Business Days before that date, has given a Notice to the Holder of that Redeemable Preference Share stating that the Redeemable Preference Share will be redeemed on the specified date;

 

4.1.2in the case where the Redeemable Preference Share is liable to be redeemed at the option of the Holder, on the specified date where the Holder of that Redeemable Preference Share, not less than 10 Business Days before that date, has given a Notice to the Company stating that the Redeemable Preference Share will be redeemed on the specified date; and

 

4.1.3in any event, on the Redemption Date,

 

but no Redeemable Preference Share may be redeemed by the Holder before the Specified Date unless the Redemption Date occurs before that date.

 

4.2On redemption of a Redeemable Preference Share, the Company, after the Holder has surrendered to the Company the Certificate (if any) in respect of that Redeemable Preference Share, must pay to the Holder the Redemption Amount by:

 

4.2.1directly crediting the account nominated in writing by the Holder from time to time; or

 

4.2.2cheque made payable to the Holder or such other person nominated in writing by the Holder sent through the post to:

 

4.2.2.1in the case where the Holder is a joint holder of the Redeemable Preference Share, the address in the Register of the person whose name stands first on the Register in respect of the joint holding; or

 

4.2.2.2otherwise, to the address of the Holder in the Register.

 

5.CONVERSION

 

5.1The Company must convert a Converting Preference Share on issue:

 

5.1.1in the case where the Converting Preference Share is liable to be redeemed at the option of the Company, on the specified date where the Company, not less than 10 Business Days before that date, has given a Notice to the Holder of that Converting Preference Share stating that the Converting Preference Share will be converted on the specified date;

 

5.1.2in the case where the Converting Preference Share is liable to be redeemed at the option of the Holder, on the specified date where the Holder of that Converting Preference Share, not less than 10 Business Days before that date, has given a Notice to the Company stating that the Converting Preference Share will be converted on the specified date; and

 

45

 

 

5.1.3in any event, on the Conversion Date.

 

5.2On conversion of a Converting Preference Share the Company must allot to the Holder additional ordinary Shares such that following conversion the Holder holds that number of ordinary Shares in accordance with the Conversion Number. Conversion of a Converting Preference Shares does not constitute a cancellation, redemption or termination of a Converting Preference Share or the issue, allotment or creation of a new Share.

 

5.3The allotment of additional ordinary Shares on Conversion does not constitute a cancellation, redemption or termination of a Converting Preference Share. Conversion is the taking effect of existing rights of a Converting Preference Share and the ending of the special rights attached to the Converting Preference Share.

 

5.4Following Conversion, each Converting Preference Share will rank equally with and will confer rights identical with and impose obligations identical with all other fully paid ordinary Shares then on issue.

 

6.CERTIFICATE

 

The Certificate (if any) issued by the Company in relation to any Preference Share, must specify in relation to that Preference Share:

 

6.1.1the date of issue of the Preference Share;

 

6.1.2the Dividend Rate and Dividend Dates;

 

6.1.3whether the Preference Share is a Redeemable Preference Share;

 

6.1.4if the Preference Share is a Redeemable Preference Share, the:

 

6.1.4.1Redemption Circumstances;

 

6.1.4.2Redemption Amount; and

 

6.1.4.3Redemption Date to the extent possible or if not, the event which if it occurs will result in redemption of that Redeemable Preference Share;

 

6.1.5the

 

6.1.5.1Conversion Circumstances;

 

6.1.5.2Conversion Number; and

 

6.1.5.3Conversion Date to the extent possible or if not, the event which if it occurs will result in conversion of that Concerting Preference Share; and

 

6.1.6any other matter the Directors determine.

 

 

46

 

Exhibit 10.1

 

1 July 2020    
    ABN 93 096 635 246
  Level 25 Rialto South
Mr Joel Latham 26 Highbury Road   525 Collins Street
North Kellyville NSW 2155   Melbourne VIC 3000

 

Dear Joel,

 

Change in employment arrangements

 

It is with pleasure that I provide you with documentation setting out revised arrangements for your employment with Incannex Healthcare Limited {"IHL"}, effective from 1 July 2020.

 

The new remuneration and benefit terms in the role of Managing Director will take effect upon your signing and return of this document.

 

Please review the document and contact me should you have any questions prior to signing and return.

 

For and on behalf of the Board - Glenn Fowles - Company Secretary

 

1

 

 

Table of Contents

Incannex Healthcare Limited - Employment Contract

01 July 2020

 

    Category   Sub Category   Page
1.   Employment       3
1.1       Engagement   3
1.2       Employment Commencement Date   3
1.3       Exclusivity   3
1.4       Employment Contract Term   3
2.   Employment Duties       3
2.1       Your Duties   3
2.2       Hours of Work   3
2.3       Reporting Relationship   3
2.4       Work Location   4
2.5       Adherence to Policies & Procedures   4
3.   Remuneration Package       4
3.1       Salary   3
3.2       Superannuation  
3.3       Salary Review  
3.4       Short Term Incentive (STI)  
3.5       Long Term Incentive (LTI)  
3.6       Travel & Business Expenses  
4.   Leave       4
4.1       Annual Leave   4
4.2       Sick Leave   4
4.3       Long Service Leave   4
4.4       Special leave   4
5.   Confidentiality & Intellectual Property       4
5.1       Confidentiality   4
5.2       Intellectual Property   4
6.   Workplace Health & Safety       4
           
7.   Dispute Resolution       5
7.1       Dispute Resolution procedure   5
7.2       General Dispute Resolution   5
8.   Unsatisfactory Work Performance        
8.1       Unsatisfactory Work Performance Procedure   5
9.   Termination       6
9.1       Termination for Unsatisfactory Performance or Behaviour   6
9.2       Termination Regarding a Serious Breach   6
9.3       Voluntary Resignation   6
9.4       Termination with Notice   7
9.5       Redundancy   7
9.6       Termination Payment   7
9.7       Return of Company Property   7
10.   Restraint on your Conduct       7
10.1       Involuntary termination   7
10.2       Voluntary termination   8
11.   Other       8
11.1       Governing Law   8
11.2       Waiver   8
11.3       Severance   8
11.4       Contract Amendment   8
    Contract Signatures       9
    Schedule 1       10
    Remuneration Summary       10

 

2

 

 

Incannex Healthcare Limited (IHL)

Employment Contract for Senior Staff – Joel Latham

1 July 2020

 

1. Employment    
       
1.1 Engagement  

Incannex Healthcare Limited (IHL) agrees to employ you to perform the duties as outlined in your current position description any associated performance agreements, which fall within your position scope.

 

Subject to the relevant laws, this employment contract (referred to as 'Contract') constitutes your entire contract of employment with IHL.

 

It supersedes any prior understanding or employment Contract between you and IHL and/or its subsidiary companies.

       
1.2 Employment Commencement Date  

Your employment under this contract commenced on 1 July 2018 and your employment contract is open ended.

 

The revised remuneration terms are updated for FY21 and beyond (where applicable) within Schedule 1

       
1.3 Exclusivity   You agree that your services shall be exclusive to IHL during the term of this Contract and that you will not during this period, without the prior written consent of IHL, be engaged in or undertake any work for any other person, firm or corporation.
       
1.4 Employment Contract Term   The terms of the contract are open ended and will remain in force until termination by either the Employer or Employee. Termination arrangements are defined in Clause 9.
       
2. Employment Duties
   
2.1 Work Duties  

During the term of your employment, you will do the following:

       
      1.  Faithfully and diligently perform the duties and exercise the powers consistent with the position that may be assigned to them by IHL.
         
      2.  Comply with all reasonable directions given by IHL.
         
      3.  Observe and comply with the provisions set out in any existing written policy, practice or procedure circulated by IHL.
         
      4.  Use your best endeavours to promote the interests of IHL.
         
      5.  Protect the property of IHL from theft, loss, damage, or neglect and without delay give notice immediately to the Company of any theft, loss, damage or neglect of that property which may come to your knowledge.
         
2.2 Hours of Work  

The normal hours of work will be a minimum of 40 hours per week to be worked flexibly between the hours of 7am and 7pm Monday to Friday.

 

As this is a professional role you may be required to work outside these hours as reasonably necessary to perform the work.

       
2.3 Reporting Relationship  

You will report to the Chairman of the Board of IHL.

 

Your reporting relationship may change from time to time to respond to the future needs of the business.

 

3

 

 

2.4 Work Location   You will work, primarily, in premises provided by IHL location in Sydney.
       
2.5 Adherence to IHL Policies and Procedures   It is a condition of employment that you abide by all IHL policies and procedures as developed over time and communicated to you.
       
3. Remuneration Package    
       
3.1 Remuneration   Your remuneration and the terms and duration of the applicable items of remuneration are set out in Schedule 1
       
4. Leave    
       
4.1 Annnual Leave   1.

You will be provided with 20 days paid annual leave per annum which can be taken in accordance with IHL policy.

       
      2.  No more than 2 year's annual leave can be accrued at any one time.
       
      3.  Annual Leave will be taken to suit both the ongoing business requirements and your preferences.
         
4.2 Sick Leave   1.

You will be provided with up to 10 days sick leave per annum which does not accumulate nor will it be paid out on departure.

       
      2.  In the case of any long-term sickness, leave will be given at the discretion of the Chairman.
         
4.3 Long Service Leave   Long Service Leave will be payable in line with government legislated provisions.
       
4.4 Special Leave   At the discretion of the Chairman, you may be granted special leave for other purposes than those described above.
       
5. Confidentiality and Intellectual Property    
       
5.1 Confidentiality  

You will not without prior written consent of IHL, disclose or use any confidential information of any kind concerning the business, affairs or customs of IHL which may come to your knowledge, except:

 

Disclose or use in the proper course of your duties;

 

Information which is freely available to the public;

       
      To the extent you are required to disclose information by law or requirement of any regulatory body.
       
      The obligations under this clause survive the termination of this Contract for a period of 12 months.
       
5.2 Intellectual Property Rights   You will acknowledge that copyright in any original material created by you in the course of your duties will vest with IHL.
       
6. Workplace Health & Safety (OHS)    
       
6.1     1.

IHL agrees to comply with State and Commonwealth Occupational Health & Safety (OH&S) laws and any relevant industry codes of practice.

       
      2.  You will agree to carry out any instructions, policies and decisions made to promote and maintain a safe workplace required by relevant OH&S legislation, including any further requirements specific to the employer's industry and workplace - even if not specified in the legislation.
       
      3.  Smoking is not permitted in any of the work areas.
       
      4.  IHL requires that you not be affected by alcohol or illegal drugs during working hours for your own safety and for that of others.
       
      5. If you are temporarily under medication or any condition that may affect or limit your ability to carry out normal job tasks, you are to advise IHL and, if required, alternative work arrangements may be made.

 

4

 

 

7. Dispute Resolution    
       
7.1 Dispute Resolution Procedure  

During the life of this employment contract if IHL or you are in dispute with one another then the following process is agreed to:

 

Step 1 – You and the Chairman

 

Both an IHL manager and you agree to attempt to resolve the matter at the workplace level by meeting and discussing the matter.

 

Step 2 – You and the Board

 

If the matter is not settled at such a meeting, you may arrange further discussions involving the full Board members.

 

Both parties agree to the right of IHL or you to appoint, in writing, another person to represent, or assist in settling the matter at the workplace level.

 

Step 3 – External mediation

 

If the matter cannot be resolved at the workplace level, then if both parties agree, a dispute may be referred to mediation by a mutually agreed independent person or organisation.

 

If a matter is referred to mediation, both parties must participate in the mediation process in good faith and a willingness to settle.

       
7.2 General Dispute Resolution  

1. 

During any of the steps above IHL and you will continue to work according to the employment contract unless you have a 'reasonable concern' about an immediate risk to your health or safety.

       
      2.  Even with this 'reasonable concern' but subject to relevant provisions of any State or Territory occupational health and safety law, you must not unreasonably fail to comply with an instruction by IHL to perform other available work.
         
      3.  Available work may be at the same workplace or another reasonably accessible workplace. Such work must be safe and appropriate for you to perform.
         
      4.  During the term of the dispute, the parties agree not to commence legal action unless the party commencing the action has genuinely attempted to settle the dispute at the workplace level.
       
8. Unsatisfactory Work Performance    
       
8.1 Unsatisfactory Work Performance Procedure  

Step 1: Discussion and First Warning

       
      1.  If IHL is concerned about your work performance or conduct, a manager will meet with you and explain their concerns to you.
         
      2.  The manager will advise you, in writing, of the standard of work or behaviour that is required and discuss ways and methods to improve your work and/or conduct.

 

5

 

 

      3.  The manager and you will sign and date this written document.
         
      4.  This written warning will be placed on your personnel file.
         
      5.  The manager will then provide you with a reasonable period of time to reach an acceptable work performance or conduct and you will be warned that your employment will be ended if acceptable performance levels or appropriate behaviour are not reached.
       
      Step 2: IHL Feedback on Progress and Second Warning
       
      1.  During the set period, the manager will discuss with you whether there has been any improvement and, if necessary, to further warn you, in writing, that your employment will end if that improvement is not reached.
       
      2.  Again, the manager and you will sign and date this written document.
       
      Step 3: Termination
       
      If your performance or behaviour has not improved after the 2 meetings and the written warnings above a senior manager will work towards terminating your employment.
       
9. Termination    
       
9.1 General  

IHL may terminate your employment if your performance or behaviour is unsatisfactory by giving you notice. The general procedure outlined in Clause 8.1 of this contract will be adhered to before termination of employment is considered.

       
      1.  IHL may pay you in lieu of the required period of notice. Such payment will be calculated on your Fixed Reward in Schedule 1.
       
      2.  If you resign from IHL's employment you must give a minimum of 3 month's notice.
       
9.2 Termination where there is a Breach by you  

IHL may immediately terminate this Contract, in writing and without any notice period or payment, where you:

       
      Commit any serious breach of this Contract, including, without limitation, intentional disobedience, dishonesty, serious or persistent breach of duty or serious or persistent neglect;
       
      Materially breach this Contract and do not remedy that breach within an acceptable time after receiving written notice from the IHL specifying the breach;
       
      Become of unsound mind or whose person or estate is liable to be dealt with in any way under the laws relating to mental health;
       
      Are convicted of a criminal offence, which, in the reasonable opinion of IHL, will detrimentally affect the Company.
       
      At IHL's discretion, you may be given 14 days to rectify the breach before termination is considered.
       
9.3 Voluntary Resignation  

If you resign from IHL's employment you must give a minimum of 3 month's notice; and

         
      There will be no further notice payment in these circumstances.

 

6

 

 

9.4 Termination with Notice   IHL reserves the right to issue you with a termination notice at any time. In such circumstances, you will be entitled to 3 months' salary, based upon your Fixed Reward applicable at the date of such notice.
       
9.5 Termination due to Redundancy   In the event of your position becoming redundant your employment may be terminated. In such circumstances, you may be eligible for redundancy entitlements in accordance with relevant legislation and IHL's Redundancy Policy that applies at that time. In such event the applicable notice period or payment in lieu thereof is either the period described in 9.4 above or the period provided for in accordance with relevant legislation, or the IHL Redundancy Policy, whichever is greater
       
9.6 Termination Payment   If your employment is terminated by IHL under Clauses 9.1 and 9.2, the company will not be obliged to pay the employee any monies other than the following:
         
      Any accrued salary to which you are entitled on the date your employment is terminated.
         
      You will be paid your required notice period and it may be paid in lieu if you have been terminated because of performance or behaviour. Such payment will be calculated on your Fixed Reward in Schedule 1
         
      ̜● You will not be paid any notice period if a serious breach has been determined.
         
      Any amount to which you may be entitled in lieu of unused annual leave;
         
      Any amount to which you are entitled under the state long service leave legislation.
         
9.7 Return of Company Property   On termination of this Contract you will immediately return to IHL all company property which may then be in your possession, power or control.
       
10. Restraint on your Conduct    
       
10.1    

If IHL terminates If IHL terminates your employment as per clause 9 you will be subject to the following restraints on your future employment:

 

There will be a 3-month restraint period where you must not:

       
      1. Solicit, canvas, approach or accept any approach from any person who was at any time during your last 12 months with IHL a client of the company in that part or parts of the business in which you were employed, with a view to obtaining the custom of that person in a business that is the same or similar to the business conducted by IHL; or
         
      2. Interfere with the business or employment relationship between IHL and its customers, employees or suppliers.
         
      3. Other than the obligation for payment determined under the relevant items in clause 9, IHL is under no obligation to make any additional payment in respect of the restraint period of this clause 10
         
      4. IHL reserves the absolute right to waive such restraint terms

 

7

 

 

10.2    

If you voluntarily resign from IHL employment as per clause 9:

       
      1.  The restraint terms of Clause 10.1 (1) to 10.1 (4) above will apply during the notice period; and
       
      2.  During the 3 month restraint period you must not engage or prepare to engage in any business or activity that is the same or similar to that part or parts of the business carried on by IHL in which you were employed at any time during your last 12 months of employment with IHL; and
       
      3.  the restraint period will run concurrently with the notice period.
       
11. Other    
       
11.1 Governing Law   This Contract shall be read and construed in accordance with the laws of Victoria and the parties agree to submit to the jurisdiction of the Courts of Victoria.
       
11.2 Waiver   No failure or delay to exercise any right, power or remedy under this Contract will operate as a waiver to any clauses now or in the future.
       
11.3 Severance   Any provision of this Contract which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction will be ineffective to the extent of the prohibition or unenforceability. That will not invalidate the remaining provisions of this Contract nor affect the validity or enforceability of that provision in any other jurisdiction.
       
11.4 Contract Amendment   This Contract may be amended only in writing and agreed to by both parties
     

 

8

 

 

Employment Contract Signatures

 

This Employment Contract is between:

 

Incannex Healthcare Limited ACN 096 635 246 (IHL)
incorporated in the State of Victoria

 

and

 

Joel Latham

 

IHL has agreed to employ you, Joel Latham, and you have agreed to serve IHL on the terms contained in this Employment Contract.

 

1.Signed on behalf of Incannex Health Limited (ACN 096 635 246) by order of the Board of Directors

 

Glenn Fowles 
Company SecretaryDate 01 July 2020

 

2.Signed by:

 

Joel LathamDate      July 2020

 

9

 

 

Schedule 1 Incannex Healthcare Limited (IHL) Employment Contract

 

Joel Latham - Remuneration

 

Remuneration Item   Specifics
1. Base Salary   You will be paid $230,000 per annum with your base salary payable in equal instalments in line with normal IHL payroll cycles.
     
2. Director’s Fees   In addition to your Base Salary, you will be paid $30,000 per annum as Director's Fees from the date of your appointment as a director up until the date of your resignation or termination from the Board. This amount will be added to your Base Salary and paid in equal instalments in line with normal IHL payroll cycles and be subject to PAYG income tax
     
3. Superannuation  

Your Base Salary will be exclusive of the Superannuation Guarantee Charge (SGC) of 9.5% applicable which will be paid in line with legislation changes as and when it is enacted.

 

Your Director's Fees are inclusive of SGC.

 

Both the SGC contribution and any other employee contributions can be salary sacrificed, monthly, into an approved superannuation fund.

     
4. Vehicle Allowance   You are also entitled to a Vehicle Allowance as described in your original employment contract and applicable from 1 July 2018
     
5. Equity Component  

(i)  

You will also receive an annual allocation of equity in the form of Shares and Options.

     
    (ii)  Shares and Options will be issued as at 1 July each year.
     
    (iii)  The quantity of the share allocations will be determined annually based on the share price at the date of issue.
     
    (iv)  Options will be issued with a strike price equal to 100% of the 15-day VWAP price of shares traded on ASX immediately prior to the date of issue and rounded to the nearest whole cent.
     
    (v)  Shares issued will be subject to voluntary escrow and vesting terms set down in Table 1 of this Schedule 1.
     
    (vi)  Options issued will be subject to voluntary escrow, vesting and expiry terms set out in Table 2 of this Schedule 1.
     
    (vii)  All share and options issuance will be subject to shareholder approval as required by ASX Listing Rules.
     
6. Short Term Incentive

(“STI”)

 

(i) 

You may also be eligible to participate in an STI of up to 50% of your Base Salary.

     
    (ii)  Your reward in the STI will be completely at the discretion of the board of directors and subject to any approvals required under ASX Listing Rules.
     
    (iii)  STI rewards, at the election of the employee the subject of this agreement, can be made paid to that employee in the form of ordinary fully paid shares at a price determined as 75% of the 15-day VWAP price of shares traded on ASX immediately prior to the date of issue.

 

10

 

 

TABLE 1 - Terms and conditions Equity Component - Shares

 

Quantity   2,952,619 Shares on 1 July 2020.
     
    The same equivalent $ value each year thereafter. For the avoidance of doubt the quantity of shares issued on 1 July 2020 and thereafter will be determined by the following formula: 1,750,000 x the 15-day VWAP share price on the ASX as at 1 July 2019/15 day VWAP on the day of issue.
     
    For this issue:
     
      15-day VWAP of 1 July 2019 = $0.0822080
       
      15-day VWAP of 1 July 2020 = $0.0487242
       
      1,750,000 x (0.0822080/0.0487242) = 2,952,619
       
Description of Shares   IHL restricted ordinary shares
     
Issue date   1 July 2019 and each year thereafter.
     
Vesting   1/3rd of the Quantity each vesting on the 1st, 2nd and 3rd anniversary of the Issue date {"Share Vesting Date"} into fully paid IHL ordinary shares (unrestricted) on the condition that the employee remains under employment contract as at the applicable Share Vesting Date
     
Forfeiture   All unvested Shares are forfeited and cancelled upon the employee's resignation or termination of employment under clause 9.2 of this agreement.

 

TABLE 2 - Terms and conditions Equity Component - Options

 

Quantity   2,250,000 Options
     
Description of Options   IHL unlisted CEO options
     
Strike Price   15-day VWAP rounded to nearest cent at issue date.
     
    For this issue:
     
      15-day VWAP of 1 July 2020 = $0.0487242
         
      Rounded to nearest cent = $0.05
         
Issue date(s)   Annually on 1 July
     
Vesting   Each series of options will vest 3 years from the date of issue ("Options Vesting Date") on the condition that the employee remains under employment contract as at the applicable Options Vesting Date
     
Exercise date   7 years from each series Options Vesting Date
     
Forfeiture   All unvested options are forfeited and cancelled upon the employee's resignation or termination of employment under clause 9.2 of this agreement.

 

 

 

11

 

Exhibit 10.2

 

 

 

23 July 2019

 

Mr Sudhanshu Agarwal 26 Linlithgow Road

Toorak VIC 3142

 

Email: sud@cannvalate.com.au

 

Dear Sud,

 

Impression Healthcare Limited - Appointment as Chief Medical Officer

 

This letter of appointment confirms the basis of your appointment as Chief Medical Officer of Impression Healthcare Limited ACN 096 635 246 (Company).

 

This letter contains the terms and conditions of your appointment and confirms the Company's policies and procedures.

 

DETAILS OF YOUR APPOINTMENT

 

1.Term of appointment

 

1.1Your appointment as a Chief Medical Officer will commence on the 23rd July 2019 and continue for a minimum of 12 months in duration (initial Period). If at any time you wish to interpose a corporate entity, you may nominate a corporate entity which employs you as principal consultant.

 

1.2At any time during your tenure your performance as Chief Medical Officer may be reviewed in accordance with the processes agreed by the Board from time to time. A recommendation as to your re-appointment may be made in notices of meeting or other material provided to shareholders. You agree to participate in such reviews.

 

1.3You may resign at any time on 90 days' notice.

 

1.4Either party may terminate this agreement immediately if the other commits a material breach of this agreement, which is not cured for 14 days after notice is provided from the non-defaulting party.

 

1.5Either party may terminate immediately if the other party becomes insolvent.

 

1.6On termination, resignation, retirement or removal from office as Chief Medical Officer in accordance with this agreement, you shall not be entitled to any damages for, or make any claim against the Company or its officers in relation to, loss of office and, unless expressly agreed by the Board to the contrary, no fee will be payable to you in respect of your retirement or any unexpired portion of the term of your appointment.

 

1.7This letter refers only to your appointment as Chief Medical Officer.

 

2.Time commitment

 

3.Your anticipated time commitment is approximately 40 hours per month.

 

 

 

 

4.You will be expected to perform the milestone activities as set out in Schedule 1 to this letter and as amended from time to time (and are accepted by you) and any other duties reasonably contemplated by your office.

 

4.1As you will appreciate, your time commitment will be affected by the issues confronting the Company from time to time. You are expected to meet any extra time commitments from time to time within reason as required.

 

4.2By accepting your appointment, you will be taken to have confirmed that you will be able to devote sufficient time to appropriately perform your duties and responsibilities as Chief Medical Officer of the Company. You should seek the Board's consent before you take on any added or other commitments that are likely to affect your anticipated ability to devote the required time to the performance of your duties and obligations as Chief Medical Officer of the Company.

 

5.Remuneration

 

5.1Your Annual Chief Medical Officer's Fee is $90,000 per annum ($7,500 per month). You agree to invoice the Company on a monthly basis for the Annual Chief Medical Officer's Fee.

 

5.2In addition to the Annual Chief Medical Officer's Fee, you are also entitled to:

 

5.2.1Performance rights over shares in the Company conditional on the achievement of certain milestone activities (Milestone Performance Rights) as set out in Schedule 1 to this letter;

 

5.2.2Performance rights over shares in the company conditional on the performance of the Company (Value Based Performance Rights) as set out in Schedule 2; and

 

5.2.3200,000,000 options to acquire new fully paid shares of the Company on the terms set out in Schedule 3 (CMO Options).

 

5.3The issue of the shares and options to you is also conditional on the approval of the Company's shareholders. The Company will have the Milestone Performance Rights, Value Based Performance Rights and CMO Options put to its shareholders for approval under ASX Listing Rule 10.11 at the Company's AGM to be held no later than 30 November 2019.. Where equity securities are to be issued later than 3 months from the date of the meeting, a waiver from ASX LR 10.3.3 will be sought.

 

5.4You may receive or be entitled to a retirement allowance or other equity or incentive based remuneration at the discretion of the Board (subject, if required, to the approval of the shareholders).

 

5.5If there is any dispute as to your entitlement to Milestone Performance Rights, Value Based Performance Rights and CMO Options, a suitable expert being an accounting partner from a mid-tier accounting firm (Grant Thornton, Pitcher Partners, RSM, BOO or William Buck) is to be appointed within seven days of the formal notice of dispute being provided by you. The expert will determine the dispute including who should pay for their costs.

 

5.6The amount of Milestone Performance Shares, Value Based Performance Rights or CMO Options or the nature of the benefit may be changed by the shareholders or by the Board by mutual written agreement with you, at any time prior to being approved by shareholders at the Company's AGM.

 

5.7If you are required to perform services for the Company that, in the opinion of the directors, are outside the scope of the ordinary duties of a Chief Medical Officer, the Company may pay you for those services in addition to, or instead of, your remuneration under paragraph 5.1.

 

5.8Subject at all times to the policies of the Company, you will be entitled to be paid travelling, hotel and other expenses properly incurred by you in attending and returning from any Board meetings, any committee meetings, general meetings or otherwise in connection with the Company's business. Where required by the policies of the Company, you should obtain the approval of the Board before you incur any expense.

 

2 

 

 

6.Other interests

 

6.1You confirm that you have:

 

6.1.1provided to the Company all of the relevant information about you which the Company reasonably needs to know in order to make an informed decision to appoint you to the position of Chief Medical Officer;

 

6.1.2provided the Company with details of your present directorships or offices with other companies or organisations, business and other interests;

 

6.1.3declared any actual or potential conflicts of interest; and

 

6.1.4declared that these other existing commitments and/or interests will not affect your ability to perform or discharge your responsibilities as a Chief Medical Officer of the Company.

 

6.2You agree that you will:

 

6.2.1not accept any seek any other appointments or offers of employment that may conflict with your position as Chief Medical Officer of the Company unless and until you have informed the Board (where practicable) of your intention to accept that office and paid due regard to any objections or issues raised by the Board in relation to that appointment; and

 

6.2.2fully and frankly tell the Board in a timely manner about anything that:

 

(a)affects you which, if known, may have an adverse impact on the Company's reputation or public profile;

 

(b)may lead to an actual or potential conflict of interest or duty; and

 

(c)may lead to a reasonable perception of an actual or potential conflict of interest or duty.

 

6.3You agree to tell the Company about any interest you may have in the securities of the Company or a related body corporate or interests in any contract relating to those securities.

 

7.Share trading

 

The Company has in place a share trading policy detailing when you can and cannot deal in the Company's securities and other securities. You must familiarise yourself with, and comply with

 

3 

 

 

8.Defined terms and interpretation

 

8.1In Part B of this letter:

 

Annual Chief Medical Officer's Fee is given meaning in section 5.1 of this letter.

 

Business Day means Monday to Friday inclusive, except New Year's Day, Good Friday, Easter Monday, Christmas Day, Boxing Day and any other day that ASX declares is not a business day.

 

Corporate Action means a transaction implemented by the Company, including a bonus issue, rights issue, reconstruction of capital (including consolidation, subdivision, reduction or return), scheme of arrangement or dividend reinvestment plan.

 

CMO Options means the entitlement to options to acquire shares in the Company conditional upon the performance of the company in accordance with Schedule 3 of this Letter, and conditional upon the approval of shareholders of the Company.

 

Milestone Performance Rights means the entitlement to shares in the Company conditional upon the achievement of milestones calculated in accordance with Schedule 1 of this letter, and conditional upon the approval of shareholders.

 

Value Based Performance Rights means the entitlement of shares in the Company conditional upon the performance of the Company calculated in accordance with Schedule 2 of this letter, and conditional upon the approval of shareholders of the Company.

 

8.2Your appointment is governed by the laws of Victoria.

 

Please confirm your acknowledgment that you have read and understood the contents of this letter and that you agree to act as a Chief Medical Officer of the Company on the terms set out above by signing and returning to me the enclosed copy of this letter.

 

Yours sincerely

Impression Healthcare Limited

 

Troy Valentine

Chairman

 

YOUR ACCEPTANCE

 

I accept and agree to be bound by the terms of this letter.

 

  Date    
       
       
  Signed    
       
  Name (print) Sudhanshu Agarwal  

 

4 

 

 

SCHEDULE 1 – MILESTONE PERFORMANCE RIGHTS

 

Item and Milestone Date   Milestone Activity   Approximate Commitment (Hrs)   Milestone Performance Rights

#1 

30 August 2019

 

 

Rebrand Company and create four sub-brands for Four Products with clinical feel

 

  4    
 

Set up medical board, negotiate commercial terms with the board of the Company

 

  8    
 

Clinical literature appraisal for each of the research areas related to the Four Products

 

  9    
 

Create presentation for each of the Four Product trial areas

 

  16    
 

Total for August 2019 Milestone

 

  36   1,000,000 Company shares

#2 

30 September 2019

 

 

Clinical interviews with each Four Product champion

 

  8    
 

Investment Roadshow

 

  20    
 

Medical briefing papers (clinician facing document for each trial)

 

  6    
 

Total for September 2019 Milestone

 

  34   1,000,000 Company shares

#3 

31 October 2019

 

 

Commercialisation Strategy for each Four products

 

  25    
 

Formulation Strategy for Four products

 

  25    
 

Total for October 2019 Milestone

 

  36   1,000,000 Company shares

#4

30 November 2019

 

Branding and packaging for Four Products

 

  12    
 

Research on defendable IP for Four Products

 

  40    
 

Total for November 2019 Milestone

 

  36   1,000,000 Company shares

#5 

31 December 2019

 

 

Medical patent lodgement

 

  40 (10 hours x Four Products)    
 

Total for August 2019 Milestone

 

  40   1,000,000 Company shares

#6 

31 January 2020

 

 

Presentation to Institutional Investors with medical sector analysts

 

  20    
 

Draft new presentation update on the Four Product Trials

 

  16    
 

Attendance at medical board dinner and catch-up

 

  4    
  Total for January 2020 Milestone   40   1,000,000 Company shares

 

*Note 1: reference to Four Products means products originating from four clinical trials being conducted by the Company and Cannvalate Pty Ltd, consisting of four separate phase 1 trials for Sleep Apnoea , Concussion, Gum Disease and TMJ Disorder.

 

** Note 2: Milestone Activities within a Milestone Item must be satisfied by the relevant Milestone Date in order for Milestone Performance Rights to be issued. Once the Board of the Company is satisfied that the relevant Milestone Activity has been achieved, the Milestone Performance Rights must be issued within five (5) business days.

 

Note 3: Other terms of the Milestone Performance Rights as set out in Schedule 4.

 

5 

 

 

SCHEDULE 2 - VALUE BASED PERFORMANCE RIGHTS

 

Performance Milestone   Number of Value Based Performance Rights
A fully diluted market capitalisation of $60M*   1,600,000 shares
A fully diluted market capitalisation of $125M*   7,263,280 shares
A fully diluted market capitalisation of $150M*   9,403,048 shares
A fully diluted market capitalisation of $200M*   12,037,265 shares

 

*The Performance Milestone is satisfied upon the fully diluted market capitalisation being at or above the specified milestone value at the close for any five trading days.

 

Note 1: Fully Diluted Market Capitalisation is defined as all fully paid ordinary and in-the-money option securities multiplied by the ASX closing price of the Company shares minus the aggregated exercise value of option securities.

 

Note 2: Other terms of the Value Based Performance Rights as set out in Schedule 4.

 

6 

 

 

SCHEDULE 3 - CMO OPTIONS

 

Terms of CMO Options

 

1.The CMO Options comprise of 200,000,000 Options to acquire new fully paid ordinary shares of the Company. Each Option has an Exercise Price of $0.20 and an Expiry Date of 30 September 2021. Each Option also has a vesting condition (refer to paragraph 2 below).

 

2.The CMO Options vest upon the shares of the Company having a closing price of $0.20 per share or more for any five (5) trading days, at any time from the date of grant of the CMO Options until the Expiry Date.

 

3.If, prior to the exercise of CMO Options, there is a reorganisation of capital of the Company then your rights as a holder of the CMO Options (including the number of CMO Options, the number of Company shares to which you are entitled upon the exercise of your CMO Options, or the Exercise Price) are amended in accordance with the ASX Listing Rules or as would be required by the ASX Listing Rules applying to a reorganisation of capital at the time of the reorganisation.

 

4.Any additional terms of the CMO Options will be mutually agreed in writing.

 

7 

 

 

Schedule 4 -Terms of Performance Rights

 

These rights are rights to which Subdivision 83A-C of the Income Tax Assessment Act (Cth) 1997 applies (subject to the conditions in that Act).

 

The following is a summary of the key terms and conditions of the Performance Ri ghts:

 

(a)(Performance Rights): each Performance Right is a right to a fully paid ordinary share (Share) in the capital of the Company.

 

(b)(General Meetings): each Performance Right does not confer upon the holder (Holder) the right to receive notices of general meetings and financial reports and accounts of the Company that are circulated to holders of fully paid ordinary shares in the capital of the Company (Members).

 

(c)(Dividend and Voting Rights): a Performance Right does not confer upon the Holder an entitlement to vote or receive dividends.

 

(d)(No rights to return of capital): a Performance Right does not entitle the Holder to a return of capital, whether in a winding up, upon a reduction of capital or otherwise.

 

(e)(Share ranking): all Shares issued upon exercise of the Performance Rights will upon issue rank pari passu in all respects with all other Shares.

 

(f)(Listing of Shares on ASX): At the time of exercise of the Performance Rights and issue of Shares, the Company will apply for quotation of all Shares issued pursuant to the exercise of Performance Rights on ASX within the period required by ASX.

 

(g)(Transfer of Performance Rights) : a Performance Right is not transferable (including encumbering the Performance Ri ghts). Unless the relevant dealing is effected by force of law on death or legal incapacity to the Holder's legal personal representative or the Board otherwise determines, a Holder may not dispose of a Performance Right that has been granted to them. The Company may require that a Performance Right be forfeited if a disposal occurs or is purported to occur other than in accordance with these terms.

 

(h)(Participation in new issues): there are no participation rights or entitlements inherent in the Performance Rights and holders will not be entitled to participate in new issues of capital offered to Members during the currency of the Performance Rights.

 

(i)(Adjustment for reconstruction): if, at any time, the issued capital of the Company is reorganised (including consolidation, subdivision, reduction or return), all rights of a holder of a Performance Right (including the exercise conditions) are to be changed in a manner consistent with the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) and the ASX Listing Rules at the time of the reorganisation.

 

(j)(Exercise of Performance Rights) : subject to paragraph (I), each Performance Right confers upon the Holder the right to be issued one Share at a nil exercise price upon the receipt of a written notice from the relevant Holder requesting that the Performance Right is exercised following the later of (i) any ASX imposed escrow period on the relevant Holder and (ii) achievement of the milestones as set out in the relevant Schedule (Milestones).

 

8 

 

 

(k)(Deferral of Exercise if resulting in a prohibited acquisition of Shares): if the exercise of a Performance Right would result in any person being in contravention of section 606(1) of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) (Prohibition), the exercise of those Performance Rights shall be deferred until such time or times when the exercise would not result in a contravention of the Prohibit ion. In assessing whether the exercise of a Performance Right would result in any person being in contravention of the Prohibition:

 

(i)Holders may give written notice to the Company if they consider that the exercise of a Performance Right may result in contravention of the Prohibition. The absence of such written notice from the Holder will entitle the Company to assume that the exercise of a Performance Right will not result in any person being in contravention of the Prohibition.

 

(ii)the Company may (but is not obliged to) by written notice to a Holder request that a Holder provides the written notice referred to in paragraph (k)(i) within 7 days if the Company considers that the exercise of a Performance Right may result in the contravention of the Prohibition. The absence of such written notice from the Holder will entitle the Company to assume that the exercise of a Performance Right will not result in any person being in contravention of the Prohibition.

 

(l)(Lapse if Milestone not achieved): if the relevant Milestone is not achieved by the required date, then each Performance Right in that class will automatically lapse on non-satisfaction of the Milestone.

 

(m)(Expiry): the Performance Rights (not yet exercised) will automatically lapse on the fifth anniversary of the date of this Agreement.

 

(n)(Exercise procedure): the Company will issue the Holder with a new holding statement for any Share issued upon exercise of a Performance Right within 10 business days following exercise.

 

(o)(Tranches): Performance Rights issued to a Holder may be exercised in tranches at the request of the Holder subject to paragraph (j).

 

(p)(Continued service): a Holder must be a Director, consultant or employee of the Company or a subsidiary thereof. A Holder's entitlement to any Performance Rights in relation to Milestones that have not been met, ceases upon the date the Holder ceases to be a employee of the Company. For the avoidance of doubt, for any Milestone met prior to the date of cessation of service, the Holder remains entitled to exercise the relevant Performance Rights and be issued Shares, regardless of whether the Holder remains a Director , consultant or employee of the Company or a subsidiary thereof at the time of exercise.

 

(q)(Control Events): Performance Rights issued to a Holder will be immediately exercised and Shares issued to the Holder on the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(i)a Takeover Bid is made to acquire all or some of the ordinary shares in the capital of the Company and the directors of the Company recommend to shareholders that the Takeover Bid be accepted;

 

(ii)a court approves a Scheme of Arrangement which would result in a person having a Relevant Interest in more than 50% of the ordinary shares in the capital of the Company; or

 

(iii)the Company announces to the ASX an intention to sell all or substantially all of its business undertakings or assets.

 

(r)(Definitions):

 

(i)Relevant Interest has the meaning given to it in the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).

 

(ii)Scheme of Arrangement has the meaning given to it in the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).

 

(iii)Takeover Bid has the meaning given to it in the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).

 

 

9

 

 

Exhibit 10.3

 

 

 

Services Agreement

 

This Agreement is made between lncannex Healthcare Limited ACN 096 635 246 of Level 39, Rialto South Tower, 525 Collins Street, Melbourne, Victoria 3000 (IHL or us) and Madhukar (Madhu) Bhalla of 4 Delgado Parade, lluka, WA 6028 (you).

 

 

Recitals/ Background matters

 

A.IHL requires performance of the Services.

 

B.You, and your personnel, are experienced in the provision of the Services.

 

C.IHL agrees to engage you to provide the Services, for your and IHL’s mutual benefit, on the terms of this Agreement.

 

 

You and IHL agree as follows:

 

1.Definitions

 

1.1The terms defined in clause 15, and their definitions, apply throughout this Agreement.

 

2.Services

 

2.1These standing terms commence on the Commencement Date and continue until termination of this Agreement in accordance with clause 12.

 

2.2From time to time IHL may issue you a Purchase Order, on the standing terms and conditions of this Agreement and otherwise on such terms as IHL sees fit, identifying at least the particular Services it requires you to provide, the fee and the timeframe for delivery of the Services described in the Purchase Order in question.

 

2.3If you accept any Purchase Order, you agree that you and your personnel will provide the Services described in that Purchase Order, on the standing terms and conditions of this Agreement and any additional terms and conditions set out in the Purchase Order.

 

2.4In the event of any inconsistency between this Agreement and the terms and conditions set out in the Purchase Order, this Agreement prevails to the extent of the inconsistency.

 

2.5You acknowledge that:

 

(a)you are solely responsible for determining how you and your personnel provide any Services, based on your experience and expertise;

 

(b)IHL’s need for Services, and the nature and extent of the Services required, will vary from time to time;

 

(c)IHL does not guarantee that it will require any particular level of Services or that you will receive any particular amounts over the life of this Agreement; and

 

(d)IHL relies entirely on your expertise in providing the Services.

 

 

 

2.6In entering into this Agreement you acknowledge, warrant and represent that:

 

(a)you, and your personnel, do not owe any obligation to any person or entity that does or might:

 

(i)prevent you from providing the Services from the Commencement Date; or

 

(ii)interfere with the performance of any of your obligations under this Agreement;

 

(b)you and your personnel have all skills, experience, competence, expertise and, as necessary, all qualifications and licences required or helpful to provide all aspects of the Services, and without limiting clause 3.1, you will (and will ensure that your personnel) provide all Services to the standard, and in any way reasonable, necessary or helpful, to fulfil all corporate duties that IHC’s company secretary owes it;

 

(c)IHL has not made, and you have not relied on, any representation or statement to you, to the effect that you are an independent contractor, and have instead made your own assessment of whether you are a contractor and, based on that assessment, you have concluded that you operate your own business supplying the Services;

 

(d)you will carry out all Services in an efficient manner to the highest professional standard for the benefit of your business and for the benefit of our business, promptly and with all due care, skill, competence and diligence, in a manner consistent with any duty you bear as an officeholder under any legislation;

 

(e)the fee has been set to compensate you, at a commercial rate, for the Services; and

 

(f)you have taken such advice as you see fit about your business affairs and this Agreement.

 

3.Your business is your business

 

3.1You operate your own business and as an independent contractor and we rely heavily on your expertise and knowledge and your decisions about how you provide the Services. We do not tell you or your personnel what to do or how to do what you do or control how you provide the Services or how you complete any Purchase Order, and in return, we do not underwrite your business.

 

3.2You rely on your own professional advice and make your own decisions about your business, what structures are best for you and any tax deductions available lo you. We do not give you advice.

 

3.3Nothing in this Agreement prevents you working for any other business during the No Dealing Period, so long as your other activities do not:

 

(a)interfere with the provision or quality of the Services or your performance of any duty you bear as an officeholder under any legislation;

 

(b)conflict with our interests or the interests of any Client; or

 

(c)breach clause 13.

 

- 2 -

 

 

3.4Before you take up any other opportunity during the No Dealing Period you will inform us of the opportunity and you acknowledge that this disclosure is essential to help us ensure we are aware of, and can manage, any conflict and avoid any unexpected surprises.

 

4.You are not our employee

 

4.1You acknowledge and agree that:

 

(a)you are not our employee and your personnel are not our employees, and nothing in this Agreement makes you or any personnel our employee;

 

(b)nothing in clause 2.6(b) or clause 2.6(d), or any act you perform or any Services you (or your personnel) provide, suggests or creates any relationship of employment between you and IHL;

 

(c)instead, this Agreement creates the relationship of principal and independent contractor and does not constitute: (i) a joint venture; (ii) a partnership between you and IHL; or (iii) a relationship of agency between you and IHL; and

 

(d)you must not, on our behalf: (i) make any agreement, representation or commitment; or (ii) hold out to any person that you have any authority to make any agreement, representation or commitment on our behalf.

 

4.2Instead, as an independent contractor you are solely responsible for compliance with any and all industrial awards and any and all laws and responsible for and indemnify us against:

 

(a)all typical benefits of employment, in respect of you and all of your personnel; and

 

(b)all findings of employment or that you, or your personnel (or any of them), are our employee and all consequential or related claims, including: (i) all claims for any typical employment benefits; and (ii) to the fullest extent permissible, any penalty.

 

5.Fees

 

5.1We will pay you the fee for providing the Services, subject to this clause. The Purchase Order for the Services in question will set out the fee.

 

5.2Except to the extent that the fee specified in it has already been paid, we will pay a Valid Invoice within 45 days from the date on which you give us a Valid Invoice (in any manner we notify to you from time to time).

 

5.3We are not obliged to pay you any part of the fee unless and until you have issued a Valid Invoice that nominates the Purchase Order, or for any additional costs and expenses in relation to the Services unless the additional costs and expenses are Approved Expenses.

 

- 3 -

 

 

5.4You agree to give us, promptly, any additional information or documentary evidence we ask for, to help us assess whether you have submitted a Valid Invoice (or an invoice purporting to be a Valid Invoice).

 

5.5Unless provided elsewhere in this Agreement, we are not required to pay interest on the amount of any invoice, and you agree that this clause overrides all other arrangements that may appear or be referred to in any other terms or conditions.

 

6.GST

 

6.1This Agreement deems any amount payable to you as contemplated by a Purchase Order or this Agreement, lo be expressed on a GST-exclusive basis unless it is expressly slated otherwise in this Agreement or a Valid Invoice. To achieve this, if:

 

(a)an amount payable to you and specified in, or calculated in accordance with, this Agreement is not taken to be expressed on a GST exclusive basis; and

 

(b)the amount is consideration for a supply which is a taxable supply under A New Tax System (Goods and Services Tax) Act 1999 (Cth),

 

then, despite anything else in this Agreement , the amount payable to you is 110% of the amount.

 

6.2You warrant that if you are required to registered for GST under A New Tax System (Goods and Services Tax) Act 1999 (Cth) at any time you provide any Services, you will register and remain registered for GST throughout the Term.

 

7.Impact of certain deeming laws

 

7.1This clause applies if you have chosen not to trade through your own company. While we respect your election, it does mean that Stale and Federal deeming laws may require us to deduct and remit amounts in respect of Charges, as if you were an employee and you acknowledge that this is an external requirement imposed on us by law, and does not indicate or create employment.

 

7.2To ensure that we comply with all deeming laws relating to Charges, we will:

 

(a)withhold and remit, from any fee payable to you in respect of any Services:

 

(i)the required income tax, if any (such as PAYG witholding), and you agree to provide to us your tax file number so we can comply with the applicable deeming laws that bind us; and

 

(ii)superannuation contributions on your behalf to a complying superannuation fund of your choice or, if you do not nominate such a fund, our default fund; and

 

(b)maintain statutory workers’ compensation cover on your behalf.

 

7.3Without limiting clause 7.2, you authorise and direct us to make all such deductions and remittances and acknowledge and agree that our compliance with those laws does not create an employment relationship between you and us and is instead only a reflection of our compliance with the law.

 

- 4 -

 

 

7.4You acknowledge and agree that you will:

 

(a)maintain, at all times, public liability insurance to a value of at least AUD10million;

 

(b)comply with all taxation obligations, including (as applicable) GST and PAYG obligations; and

 

(c)within 48 hours of request, give us evidence that you comply with these obligations, including a copy of all policies of insurance, receipts for premiums paid, and certificates of currency.

 

8.Confidentiality

 

8.1You are a service provider to our business, and you recognise that we rely on you heavily to protect our business interests, including our business relationships with Affected Persons and our confidential information and IP. To help you provide the Services we give you access to confidential information about us and our Clients. That information would be a significant advantage to a competitor, and you acknowledge our need to protect it and our relationship with Affected Persons.

 

8.2For so long as it remains confidential (during and after this Agreement is in effect), you must not use or disclose any confidential information. and will use all best endeavours to prevent the publication, use or disclosure, by anyone (including anyone else) of any confidential information, except:

 

(a)for our benefit;

 

(b)as necessary to provide any Services;

 

(c)as required by law, so long as you notify IHL immediately upon becoming aware that you will be required to disclose any confidential information;

 

(d)to professional advisers to obtain advice for our benefit; or

 

(e)to enforce this Agreement.

 

8.3Upon the termination of this Agreement for any reason, you will deliver to us or our authorised representative, without any further demand:

 

(a)all documents and records, including all copies of documents, records however they are stored in your possession, custody or control containing or relating in any way to Confidential Information; and

 

(b)all other property of IHL, any Related Body Corporate or any Affected Person.

 

9.Inventions, IP and IP Rights

 

9.1By entering into this Agreement, you irrevocably grant IHL a licence to use all IP Rights in all Works in perpetuity, without any cost to IHL other than the fee. Except as set out in this clause, we have no interest in any of your IP Rights.

 

10.Work Health and Safety

 

10.1As an independent contractor, you recognise that you are primarily responsible for your own WHS and the WHS of all of your personnel, because you alone control how your personnel perform any Services, and that, as a result, we rely on you to identify, assess and manage all risks involved in providing all or any Services.

 

- 5 -

 

 

11.Indemnity

 

11.1Subject to applicable laws and without limiting clauses 3, 4 or 8, you are solely liable for, and indemnify us against all claims made against us in relation to:

 

(a)how you conduct your business or how you perform the Services;

 

(b)any act, omission or default by you in the provision (or non-performance) of any Services;

 

(c)your dealings with any person or entity you work with in the course of providing the Services;

 

(d)any use (or misuse) of any confidential information;

 

(e)any interference with contract;

 

(f)any breach of your obligations under this Agreement;

 

(g)all loss, damage or injury to persons or property caused by you; and

 

(h)all claims, actions, damage or loss that we incur or are liable for as a result of any Charge, including all claims of underpayment or non-payment of any Charge.

 

11.2You acknowledge and agree that this clause survives the termination of this Agreement for any reason.

 

12.Terminating this Agreement

 

12.1Either you or IHL may terminate this Agreement and our relationship with you, immediately at any time, for any reason, by giving the other party one (1) month’s written notice. You acknowledge and agree that:

 

(a)you are not entitled to any compensation or damages from us if we terminate this Agreement and our relationship with you for any reason at any time; and

 

(b)the length of the notice period in this clause reflects the courteous approach our respective businesses adopt to working together, and does not create or indicate employment.

 

12.2If this Agreement is terminated for any reason at any time:

 

(a)you must stop providing the Services immediately (or otherwise as agreed at the time);

 

(b)subject to clause 11, we will pay you all amounts due under this Agreement;

 

(c)you must return to us, immediately: (i) all of our property, including all records, files, correspondence, notes, papers, documents and confidential information in your possession: (ii) all copies of all such property or any part of it; and (iii) an undertaking, in terms acceptable to us, that all such property has been returned; and

 

(d)the termination does not affect the operation of any of your continuing obligation/s under this Agreement.

 

- 6 -

 

 

13.Protecting our relationships with Affected Persons

 

13.1Without limiting clause 3.3, during the No Dealing Period you must not, directly or indirectly (including as an employee or through any other business):

 

(a)canvass or solicit the custom of any Affected Person:

 

(b)accept any approach from, or approach, solicit, encourage or induce any Affected Person to:

 

(i)acquire, from anyone other than us, any Similar Services; or

 

(ii)engage or allow you to perform any Similar Services except through us;

 

(c)perform any Similar Services for any Affected Person;

 

(d)interfere with our relationship with any Affected Person or entice or assist any Affected Person to limit, reduce or cease their involvement with us or our business, including by engaging you directly (without us); or

 

(e)attempt to do any act referred to in this clause or counsel, procure, encourage, assist or allow any person to do any act referred to in this clause.

 

13.2You acknowledge and agree that:

 

(a)we have invested significantly to develop confidential information and relationships with Affected Persons, and have a critical business need to protect those relationships and all confidential information:

 

(b)by virtue of providing the Services, you will acquire a detailed knowledge of confidential information and projects, products and customers and have the opportunity to build relationships with Affected Persons;

 

(c)the nature of IHL’s business and the Services make IHL particularly susceptible to irreparable harm, damage or loss from unauthorised use or disclosure of any Confidential Information;

 

(d)any use of any confidential information for someone else’s benefit could significantly and irreparably harm us or our business and the restrictions in this clause are fundamental to our decision to engage you and give you the opportunity to provide the Services, so each restriction in this Agreement on your ability to deal with Affected’ Persons and confidential information is: (i) reasonable, separate, distinct and severable; (ii) reasonably necessary to protect our connection with Affected Persons; and (iii) to be given its maximum effect, which is not greater than is reasonably necessary for the protection of our legitimate interests, given the nature of our business;

 

(e)the Restraints of Trade Act 1976 (NSW) and the laws of New South Wales govern all restrictions, including, in particular, the No Dealing Period, and otherwise, the laws of the State or Territory in which you perform the Services govern this Agreement, and you submit unconditionally to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of those courts;

 

- 7 -

 

 

(f)if any restriction is held to be void or ineffective for any reason but would be treated as valid and effective if part of the wording were deleted, the restriction will apply with such deletions or modifications as are necessary to make it valid and effective;

 

(g)the unenforceability of any restriction does not affect the enforceability of any other restriction and the overlapping nature of any, or any particular, restrictions does not undermine or affect their validity or enforceability;

 

(h)damages may not be an adequate remedy for any breach of the restrictions contained in this Agreement

 

(i)and the remedies of injunction, specific performance and other equitable relief may be appropriate, particularly if you breach or threaten to breach, or we believe that you are likely to breach, any of your obligations under this clause; and

 

(j)the fee we pay you for Services rendered is adequate consideration for all restrictions.

 

14.Personnel

 

14.1You warrant that before you allow any person to be involved in providing any Services, you will give IHL a copy of the Deed, executed by that person. You acknowledge that this clause 14 and the Deed are fundamental to us and that we would not have entered into this Agreement without the warranties and acknowledgments they contain.

 

15.Defined Terms

 

15.1The following terms, and their definitions, apply throughout this Agreement.

 

Affected Person means any person or other entity you dealt with on our behalf during the last 12 months of your involvement with us, including each Client, employee, supplier and independent contractor of IHL and IHL’s related and associated entities, and Affected Persons has a corresponding meaning.

 

Approved Expenses means any expense we have approved, in writing, before it was incurred.

 

Client means each and any person:

 

(a)IHL provides any services, for payment or other reward; and

 

(b)you provide or have provided any Services pursuant to this Agreement, and Clients has a corresponding meaning;

 

- 8 -

 

 

Charges means amounts that we are required to remit, in respect of:

 

(a)tax, pursuant to Federal income tax laws;

 

(b)superannuation, pursuant to Federal superannuation laws;

 

(c)workers’ compensation, pursuant to State laws; and

 

and Charge has a corresponding meaning.

 

Commencement Date means 28th June, 2021.

 

confidential Information:

 

(a)means all information of a confidential nature (whether that information is provided verbally or by way of a document or other material in human or machine readable form) or which is generally not known outside of IHL and which relates to IHL or its business;

 

(b)includes all information and all copies of information contained in or relating to:

 

(i)any Affected Person/sand all lists of contact details or preferences or our relationship with them, including fees and services provided;

 

(ii)the identity, details or affairs of any former, current or potential Clients, including all lists of the contact details of any of them;

 

(iii)financial matters, such as actual, projected or anticipated financial performance, margins or profit;

 

(iv)all information disclosed to a Client or a related entity by any third party (including a client of a Client) under any agreement that requires the client or related entity to keep that information confidential;

 

(v)details of any IP; and

 

(vi)all information designated as confidential, all information you know or ought to know is confidential, and all improvements, adaptations or derivative works relating to any such information, made by or on behalf of you, solely or jointly with any other person; and

 

(c)does not include information that is in the public domain, except due to breach of your obligations under this Agreement. ·

 

- 9 -

 

 

Deed means the deed set out in the Schedule to this Agreement.

 

fee means $5,000 (plus GST) each month, to be stated in, or calculated in accordance with, the Purchase Order for the Services in question.

 

IP means intellectual property and includes any computer program, software, hardware, discovery, invention or secret process or improvement in procedure made, developed or discovered by you arising from or in the course of providing any services to us or any Client.

 

IP Rights means all existing and future intellectual property rights throughout the world, including:

 

(a)all rights comprised in any copyright, trademarks, patents, designs, or similar rights, whether at common law or conferred by statute;

 

(b)all patents, copyright, registered designs, trademarks (whether or not registered or registerable) made, conceived, invented, procured or suggested by you or to which you contribute or in the course of, or at the same time as, providing any Services, and all rights in circuit layouts and the right to have confidential information kept confidential; and

 

(c)any application or right to apply for registration of any of those rights,

 

throughout the world for the full period of the rights and all extensions.

 

No Dealing Period means for so long as you provide and Services and thereafter, in the following order of priority, subject to the Restraints of Trade Act 1976 (NSW), for:

 

 

(a)

12 months;

(b) 11 months; (c) 10 months; (d) 9 months; (e) 8 months;
  (f) 7 months; (g) 6 months; (h) 5 months; (i) 4 months; (j) 3 months.

 

Purchase Order means a purchase order that IHL issues to you, on such terms as it sees fit, identifying the particular Services It requires you to provide.

 

Services means:

 

(a)specialist company secretary services and corporate services, provided to a professional standard and in any way helpful, reasonable or necessary to fulfil all corporate duties that its company secretary owes to IHC; and

 

(b)any other particular services identified in any Purchase Order provided to you.

 

Similar Services means any services that are the same as, or similar to, any Services you provided during the last 12 months, or the performance of which would require you to use, or be aided by the use of, any confidential information.

 

typical benefits of employment means all incidents of employment and all incidents of deemed employment under the deeming provisions of laws concerning superannuation, workers’ compensation, tax and payroll tax, including (as applicable) all:

 

(a)wages, salary, allowances (including annual leave loading), penalty rates, overtime, commissions and bonuses:

 

(b)leave, including annual leave, personal/carer’s (including sick) leave, parental leave, long service leave and public holidays;

 

(c)benefits under any award or other industrial Instrument;

 

(d)except as required by the deeming laws referred to in this Agreement, compulsory superannuation contributions, workers’ compensation and workers’ compensation benefits; and

 

(e)all other statutory entitlements provided, or required to be provided, to any employee.

 

- 10 -

 

 

Valid Invoice means an invoice which:

 

(a)is a tax invoice under A New Tax System (Goods and Services Tax) Act 1999 (Cth);

 

(b)identifies the Purchase Order and the Services for which you make your claim for payment;

 

(c)identifies all personnel who provided the Services in question, and contains a statement by an authorised person from your organisation, confirming that you have satisfied all typical benefits of employment, in respect of each of those personnel, in respect of all Services they have provided; and

 

(d)separately identifies all Approved Expenses included.

 

Works means:

 

(a)all materials, things and information, including all Inventions, software, databases, models, drawings, plans, processes, formulae, recipes, artwork, designs, logos, reports, proposals and records; and

 

(b)all IP Rights (and all IP Rights in any Works) in any item or thing created or developed in the course of, or at the same time as, providing any Services to us or any Client.

 

16.Other matters

 

16.1This Agreement and the Deed constitutes the entire agreement between the parties as to its subject matter and continues to apply to your engagement despite any change to the engagement. It supersedes all previous representations, agreements and/or offers about its subject matter and may be amended only by written agreement between the parties.

 

16.2The law of the State or Territory in which you supply the Services applies to this Agreement. The information contained in this document remains the property of IHL and may not be copied, distributed or formatted for any other use without our prior consent.

 

16.3A provision of or a right created under this Agreement may not be waived except in writing signed by the party or parties to be bound by the waiver.

 

16.4You warrant that you have had the opportunity to seek independent legal or professional advice in relation to the nature, effect and extent of this Agreement and that you have read, and accept, each of its terms and conditions. You understand that we rely on these warranties in providing you with the opportunity to provide the Services.

 

16.5You agree that if this Agreement imposes on you any obligation and you provide any Services to or for the benefit of any related or associated entity of IHL:

 

(a)you will owe each such obligation to that other entity as if it were a party to this Agreement;

 

(b)IHL or that other entity may enforce the obligation. in the case of the other entity, as if it were a party to this Agreement; and

 

(c)in addition to entering into this Agreement on its own behalf, IHL enters into this Agreement and holds the benefit of this clause on behalf of and on trust for that other entity.

 

- 11 -

 

 

Executed as an Agreement

 

EXECUTED on behalf of Incannex Healthcare Limited CAN 096 635 246, by its authorized representative in the presence of:   EXECUTED by the person named above as “you”, in the presence of:
     
     
Authorised signatory   Witness’ signature   Authorised signatory   Witness’ signature
             
             
Print name   Print name   Print name   Print name
Date:   Date:   Date:   Date:

 

- 12 -

 

 

Schedule

 

The person Identified in the signing clause (you) enters into this DEED for the benefit of lncannex Healthcare Limited ACN 096 635 246 (IHL or us).

 

 

Recitals

 

A.IHL engages the Provider to provide the Services and the Provider engages your services to allow the Provider to provide the Services.

 

B.In the course of providing the Services on the Provider’s behalf, you will have access to IHL’s goodwill, confidential information and relationships, which IHL wishes to protect.

 

C.In return for, and as a condition of, the opportunity to provide the Services, you agree to take on the Obligations, personally, on the terms of this Deed, to protect IHL’s legitimate business interests.

 

 

THIS DEED WITNESSES

 

1.Definitions

 

1.1Throughout this Deed:

 

(a)Agreement means the Agreement between the Provider and IHL, a copy of which is annexed to this Deed;

 

(b)Provider means the party to the Agreement that is not IHL.

 

(c)Obligations means all obligations the Agreement imposes on the Provider under: (i) clause 8 “Confidentiality”; (ii) clause 9 “Inventions, IP and IP Rights”; and (iii) clause 13 “Protecting our relationships with Affected Persons”; and

 

(d)all terms defined in the Agreement, and their definitions, apply.

 

2.Obligations

 

2.1In return for the opportunity to provide Services on behalf of the Provider, and on the basis of the acknowledgments in clause 3, you:

 

(a)take on and will perform all Obligations personally, subject to the terms of this Deed, as if: (i) you were a party to the Agreement; and (ii) each reference to the Provider were a reference to you; and

 

(b)guarantee, unconditionally and irrevocably, the due and punctual performance of all Obligations, and will take all steps reasonable, necessary or convenient to give effect to this clause.

 

- 13 -

 

 

3.Acknowledgments

 

You acknowledge and agree that:

 

(a)the Recitals are accurate and correct and this Deed is critical to protecting IHL’s business interests;

 

(b)to the extent that consideration is required, the opportunity to provide Services amounts to good and valuable consideration for entering into this Deed; .

 

(c)IHL would not have allowed you to provide any Services without you entering into this Deed;

 

(d)you are not an employee of IHL and instead provide your services or perform work through the Provider which is your employer and you are satisfied that the provision of Services does not create a relationship of employment between IHL and you;

 

(e)IHL is not responsible to you for any typical benefits of employment ;

 

(f)before entering into this Deed you have had the opportunity to obtain independent advice and have satisfied yourself about all matters and mak.e the acknowledgments in clause 13.2 of the Agreement;

 

(g)neither IHL nor any person associated with its business has: (i) misrepresented, to you or anyone else, the true nature of your relationship with IHL; or (ii) made any false statement to persuade or influence you to enter into this Deed; and

 

(h)the obligations imposed on you by this Deed are reasonable and reasonably necessary to protect IHL’s legitimate business interests, and go no further than reasonably necessary to do so.

 

4.Other matters

 

4.1Part or all of any clause of this Deed that is illegal or unenforceable will be severed from this Deed and the remaining provisions of this Deed will continue in force.

 

4.2This Deed is governed by the laws listed in clause 16.2 of the Agreement.

 

EXECUTED AS A DEED

 

Signed sealed and delivered by the person named as ‘you’ in the presence of:

 

     
Your signature   Witness signature
          
     
Print your name   Print witness name
     
     
Print your address   Print witness address
     
Date:   Date:

 

 

 

- 14 -

 

 

Exhibit 21.1

 

Subsidiary of Incannex Healthcare Limited

 

Subsidiary   

Jurisdiction

 
Incannex Pty Ltd   Victoria, Australia 
Psychennex Pty Ltd   Victoria, Australia 

Exhibit 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We hereby consent to the use in the Prospectus constituting a part of this Registration Statement on Form F-1 of our report dated August 17, 2021, which includes an explanatory paragraph relating to the Incannex Healthcare Limited’s (the “Company”) ability to continue as a going concern, relating to the consolidated financial statements of the Company, which is contained in that Prospectus. We also consent to the reference to us under the caption “Experts” in the Prospectus.

 

/s/ WithumSmith+Brown, PC

 

New York, New York

August 17, 2021